Transcripts
1. Promo video Agile Crash Course: Hey, guys, in these agile crash course, I'm gonna teach you everything you need to know about agile project management, agile delivery and agile in general. So think of this course as agile for dummies or agile for anyone and agile for everyone. I'm a discourse, a crash course. So I kept it purposely on deliberately short, simple and very valuable. So all the information that you're gonna learning the scores will help you in your agile projects and anywhere where you need to work with the agile methodology. You learn everything you need to know about it from the basic concepts, terms, tools, tips. And I'll even provide you with templates and links so you can continue to practice your agile skills on further develop your agile knowledge. But beyond that, I'll even share with you pre adult courses so that you can continue to enhance your knowledge about agile product management and agile delivery. Man is more issue, and I'm a senior project manager and also a serial entrepreneur. I'm also the founder off the agile Knowledge Base or agile kb dot com, and they created the scores after traveling the world and doing agile training in different countries. And with that in mind, I said myself to create a course that would actually help people in the world not only understand what agile is and help our abilities and how they can use it in the projects, in any industry, across any region and in any country, but also that it would actually get a certificate for completion of the course. I would become agile, certified so that they could actually put it on their CV and start applying for roles in which agile was a requirement or right. Guys, I hope you enjoy it. And I'm sure you're gonna learn a lot of indie scores. See you on the next one by
2. Intro and The Definition of Agile: welcome to the actual crash course he scores will cover the most important concepts and tools off agile development and agile project management. But I should note that Agile is not on Lee for the I T industry, nor just for developers or project managers. Actually, anyone can apply agile across different industries in almost any project. But I'll go over which projects are better suited for agile later in the course. For now, let's just go over the basics. So let's start by answering what is probably the most important question in this course. What is agile? You probably heard the term a couple of times, and we're wondering what it meant, how it was different to what you were already doing on whether it was actually good or not . Well, I have good news for you. If you are able to understand the pictures you are seeing on your screen right now, then you're already going through the learning process of understanding what audio means, because it's pretty much what you're seeing there seriously. It's just that simple. The summarizes what agile is, and what it means is a methodology for delivering projects, and I wanted to give you an analogy because I know it will help you understand it better. So let's start with the left side. At the top, you have the process or traditional project delivery. As you can see, we start to build the whole car. Right. The Ferrari, the best product that has everything, all the requirements and all the bells and whistles. And we don't consider a project done on to reach that stage, so the actual delivery can take many months on, sometimes even years on. The customer might not be happy along the way, since he's just waiting and waiting to get something. But agile is quite different. Look at the pig below that. Do you see it? Agile is an interrogative process in which you deliver value through a basic solution and then enhance it. Over time, you deliver quickly, and you deliver often on throughout the whole process. You have constant communication and interaction with a customer to ensure he's happy with every product you give him. He can actually start using even your first iteration, the skateboard, to go from point A to B. Sure, it would be nice to have a car, but isn't escape or better than nothing. Isn't it better to have a skateboard while you built the car? That is precisely what agile does. So let's put this into a real Web development example. Say you were building a website to sell products from different categories, flavors and colors. In agile, you wouldn't spend months building that website. Instead, you would create a basic first generation may be just the home base, should get started and to get the concept out there, and then you would enhance it over time and start adding to it. Maura and more pages to the website Mawr on more product features over time. In Agile, we call the Pier of Time sprints and springs less generally two weeks. Now let's shift our attention to the right. Do you see the sofa? The analogy also explains a key concept in Nigel. Keep it simple. Build the minimum. You really need to deliver what the customer expects. And that relates to another key concept in Agile, which we call the M V P or a minimum viable product. So what's the minimum you can deliver? Which satisfies the basic requirement. So, like the tire with rope? So let's recap about the concept of agile, agile is a methodology to deliver incrementally. It's interrogative on time boxed, and that period of time, which is generally two weeks, is what we call sprints. And what you work on during those two weeks, which are basically features that value to the customer, are what we call user stories. But don't worry about the terms. You're learning them over time, and I'll go over these in more detail later in the course. For now, I just want you to start getting familiar with the concepts and terminology we're using agile, such a sprints and user stories. And if you ever hear the war iteration and get confused, don't be iteration is just another word for Sprint, which, as you just learned, is disappear of time to do something generally two weeks. But some things, even three or four. That is something for the project team to decide
3. How is Agile Different?: So how is agile, different to other methodologies or ways of doing things well, it's different in many ways. For example, in traditional project delivery, you would start off with an analysis space, which would take a couple of weeks or a couple of months. Then you would move to a design and spend again a couple of weeks or months, and then you would actually develop or code. After the process, you would pass it on to the Q. A team for testing on you would move to production at the end after testing so traditionally in a lot of product management and project livery methodologies, you wouldn't move on from one place to the other until that faces being completed until milestones and deliverables. Having met and signed off, you would also ensure that scope doesn't change and keep. That has constrained. It's possible, since various cope would actually translate in the product they can even longer than originally planned. And finally, in traditional development, you would work in the final solution from the very beginning de Ferrari, the long term vision, the product with all the bells and whistles. But you wouldn't do any of these in agile in agile you would actually test from the very beginning, not just at the end. You would also plan and analyze every two weeks or every time you finish your sprint, and you would deliver it charitably often and quickly. You would also embrace changes in scope when reasonable and required. Since you're working interrogative lee and building products along the way, you are able to provide more flexibility to your end, user and customer and involve them in the development process. From the beginning. This is one of the most important advantages of agile and a reason why so many business owner stakeholders and customers love it. They have direct input in the development process, and they do it from the beginning, and they do it often, not just at the end. Another thing that makes agile different is that agile focuses more on the actual work than on documentation. Now, please don't misinterpret this and leave this course with the misconception that Agile doesn't involve documentation. Agile also requires documentation by documentation is not the main focus. It's got short and simple, says the team needs to focus more on the work than on paper. In agile rose blur on. By that, I mean that, for example, everyone in the team can be involved in testing not just the people that would normally do it, because that's their official role tester or test lead. So, since in agile your testing and planning every step of the way, well, mostly members getting both that doesn't mean that Aaron has to test or their agile dictate that it doesn't. Some adult projects still use the official roles for team assignments in tax, and that's fine. The point you need to understand is that agile can allow for Rose to blur and overlap or complement one another. And that's okay. People embrace these in agile and support each other to ensure the team's success. Now, in terms of planning, will planning is adaptive and agile. I'm priorities can change for its sprint, depending on where the team defines and finally in agile requirements can change, and the team is open to those changes. That doesn't mean that agile dictates that that you should change requirements is just means that the team considers something no longer a priority. Well, it could be the sculpt, for example, say you're working on that e commerce website and after spring to you show damage the product owner, which is your customer or a person who represent him or hair. And that person now says that they no longer want to have a product displayed vertically but now horizontally in traditional project delivery, you might say, Well, you signed off on vertical at the beginning, and now it's too late to make a change. But in Agile, you would say to your customer, Sure, by the end of the next point, we will have another demo on show you the changes. The improvement divan scope is varying. You might negotiate with a part owner about some of the user stories off the next print on , moved into the next one, or maybe remove them so that you can actually deliver and meet their expectations. See the difference. That's agile. And that is why people love it. It's powerful
4. Agile Principles and a Little Bit of History about Agile: What you see on your screen is what we refer to us. Agile principles. No, I'm not going to go over each and every one of them because I know you can read, and I'll also create an article about them. But let's go over some of the key ones. Let's reflect on number three. This relates to the concept of sprints on delivering quickly and often in agile you delivering weeks, not in months or years. If you're taking many months to live or something, you are not doing agile. If you're taking years to deliver something you are not doing agile. These audio principal has to do with the speed of delivery, which, in the agile terminology we called the team's velocity. I will explain that concept later, but keep it in mind. The speed of execution is called Velocity in Agile on. Let's now reflect on number 10. Do you remember the example of building a skateboard to get from Point A to B instead of building a Ferrari? Simplicity is one of the most important, agile principles on one of the reasons why an agile you can deliver so quickly you build basic and simple solutions which satisfy the main and most important requirements. You build a skateboard instead of a car you then iterating and iterating on. Over time you build the Ferrari over time, not a one goal or from the beginning. Over time you build up as you go, and you enhance improve on release in has improved and release. People prefer getting improvements quickly, even if they are minor but valuable than waiting a whole year to get something done. Think about the mobile app in your smart phone. Have you noticed the automatically update frequently and that sometimes the improvements are minor but cool. That is agile. See, you have been surrounded by agile for a long time. You just didn't know it. But now you do. At the end of this course, you will be familiar with agile concepts and tools. So a lot of people think agile is new and that it's mainly for writing projects. And for developers and project managers, well, that is a huge misconception about agile, and nothing could be further from the truth. In reality, agile dates back to the fifties, but the real game changer was the release of the agile manifesto in 2001. I won't go over the manifesto in detail, but I'll add a link to the resource is so you can read about it. The manifesto is basically the essence off, agile. Think about it as the Bible off, agile And yes, it came out of the I T industry on from a group of developers. But no agile is not on Lee for developers and project managers. And it's not only for I T projects, Joe is actually applied to all industries and too many types of projects. I have personally applied agile to commercial projects, operations, projects and even personal projects. And I can tell you that agile works and it works well. Try it yourself and learn from the process. Reflect for improvement, which in agile we would call a retrospective that is basically the process of reflecting on your mistakes and how you can improve and do things differently. I'll talk more about that later, but for now, retrospectives is just another agile term
5. Agile FAQs: So let's go over. Some of the typical on frequently asked questions about agile. I've been doing agile for many years now, and I've worked with agile across many industries, many projects and different organizations. I've also worked with different teams, different team sizes and different applications, right? So let's look about some of those common questions that I get all the time because people ask me these questions, and I know you might have some of those questions. I thought maybe we should just go over them, right? So one of those questions is is agile Onley for developers and Onley for project managers. And the answer to that question is, no ideal isn't on Lee for developers, nor just for project managers. There's people using agile across very different industries and across very different projects, people in very different roles, working with agile. So you have, you know, testers. You have business analysts. You have architects. You have, you know, people working in financing Hey char in sales and operations and procurement in marketing. So pretty much anyone comply, agile to their projects as long as they understand how it works and how to apply. Now I'm not gonna say agile. It's suited for every type of project, because that's a different question, but actually certainly suited for the vast majority of projects. So if you want to do something that you want to deliver quickly, deliver often on, you want to work collaboratively that you're probably suited for agile. If you're an organization that has flexibility and allows you to go empowered and do some work and do it quickly, your products probably student for agile. But if you're working in a place where there's a lot of bureaucracy, you know you need things very documented. Things have to take a long time. There's long lead times. There's a lot of approvals very, very robust structure processes. And you know, this type of organisation is probably a little bit harder to implement, agile on our locations. It might be if the project, you know, is very, very big. You're you're meant to deliver it over a couple of years, then it's probably not a natural project, and it's more off a waterfall project. But if you're working on something that you want to deliver quick, you want to deliver, often you wanna have close interaction with customers the business owners want tohave provide input, and they want to provide input constantly to the process. They want to see what you're doing. They want to get something delivered to them, and they want to see it orations of that project than your projects suited for a Joe. So, like I said, agile can be applied to very different industries. Very different type of projects. Ah, across many, many, many disciplines. I mean, I've working personally on agile on sales projects, procurement projects, operations, projects on technology projects and, of course, agile works great and technology because, well, it was born in technology. But please don't go with the misconception that, actually just for technology, it isn't right. You can apply agile to other type of projects and other type off industries. So another question that comes up when working without Italy's people when they haven't worked without they kind of have this thought in the back of their mind, like is agile hard, you know, is it's really, really difficult, you know? Do I need to be a rocket science to do scientists to do agile on? The answer to that question again is no agile is not really for rocket scientists. You know, it's not really just for developers, really techie people. Anyone can do actual, you know. And that's why I created this course so you can learn about agile and you can learn how to apply it to your projects and even to your personal projects. You know, there's people using agile to plan weddings, and there's nothing wrong with that. There's people using agile to shop their groceries every week or to organize their house and how they do things with their family. And that's fine. You know, there's so many tools out there that you can used to implement your idol projects and work with them collaboratively with different people s Another question that comes up very often when you're doing agile is agile, you know, like, is it gonna change everything? Is it going to solve everything? It's not gonna change everything. It's not gonna sold everything. Of course not. You know what I do is not perfect. It actually is a tool in a process which you can use to n has the way you deliver projects , products and services to our clients. But that doesn't mean that you know everything else is an important and you should get rid of everything else that you're doing. Of course, that you can incorporate that into agile on Dwork work together with those things to better deliver your projects. But agile, you know, the beauty of actually is that it focuses on simplicity. It focuses on doing things quickly on often on, and focuses on working collaboratively with your team and with your business owners and stakeholders so that they're constantly involved with the outcome with what you are delivering. So another was just what you think you're delivering, but what you will deliver on at the same time ideal provides. And he's open, you know, for a scope variation and allows you to incorporate new things that come up. So in traditional project management, you know something, you comes up and you would be like, Oh, no, no, no, it actually you know, we already talked about that. You signed off on that, and we really were, You know, we're really in an advanced stage of the project. We really can make a change, is gonna derail the project that's going completely out of scope of the project and so forth. Right you naturally would never say that you would actually welcome changes on include them in your project, and it has adapt and be flexible to what your customers are asking for.
6. Key Agile Concepts: Now let's go over some key concepts in terms that are used in agile. Let's start with user stories. User stories are basically product features, requirements or tasks that add value to the end customer on by adding value, I mean that whatever it is, it's something that the end customer would actually pay for or they would find really valuable and important. If something doesn't add value to the customer, then it can't be considered a user story and should remain a task sub task or requirement. User stories are reaching a specific format, which you can see on screen. For example, as a customer, I want to be able to use my Facebook loving credentials to log in to the e commerce website so that I don't have to create a new account. As you can see, this user story provides value to the customer, since it helps him avoid creating a new user and password, hands saving him time. So in agile, we create user stories for all project requirements and features that add value to the customer, and then we add them to what we call the product backlog. The product. Back Luck basically contains all these are stories that will be part of the project, but of course, in agile that can be a changing list said you might start with, say, 50 years of stories on overtime at 50 more. How many you add or remove will depend on what you and your team define throughout execution on you have the flexibility and a tonal me to define that. Now The Sprint backlog is just taking a couple of user stories from your product backlog and adding them to your sprint and committing to the deliver of those user stories in that sprint. So basically, it's the amount of work you will do in those two weeks. Remember that in agile springs generally last two weeks, but you can make them three or four weeks if you on your team define that is what is best for you from experience. I recommend two weeks by, Like I said, that is not mandatory. And finally, the story points. The story points. Simply note the level of complexity a user story has so us eyeing story points to each user story you create. Personally, I'm a big advocate of keeping things simple, so generally I would recommend using a basic scale off 13 and five one being low complexity . Three. Being medium complexity on five. Being high complexity Now don't worry too much about spending a lot of time estimating your story points. Keep it simple. Follow your instinct. Experience on gut feeling. How many story points is something you can add which used her story as a team? Or you can also ask the person working on the user story what level of complexity they consider it has. The scale I have just suggested is just an example. Of course, you can create your own scale or use existing scales such as Fibonacci. Discuss with your team what scale they want to use and use it. And if it doesn't work well after you finish this point, you'll have the opportunity to discuss that in your team's retrospective or lessons learnt session and you can then a justice required. If you want to keep it simple, then follow my recommendation off. 13 and five. Now let's go over the concept off velocity. Do you remember? I said that velocity relates to the speed of execution? Well, basically, the velocity of an agile project is a number of story points the team delivers over a sprint. I'll repeat that the velocity of an agile project is the number of story points, the team, the labors over a sprint. And, of course, you will see variations of that, especially at the beginning, when you are just learning how many users stories you are actually able to deliver as a team. So at the beginning, you're kind of guessing or estimating how many story points you can deliver in a sprint. But after a couple of springs, you will be able tow, average the number of story points and then conclude, for example, that on average your team is able to deliver to any story points for Sprint. And that is your velocity. You will always be able to calculate your velocity at the end of your sprint. Once you have reviewed what you delivered versus when you had planned, your velocity is not what you have planned or what you thought you would deliver. It's what you actually delivered in story points. Swim lanes are a visual representation off the status off stories on the agile can been ward, but that is better understood with an example an official than by me explaining it with words. So don't worry. Ln the link in your lecture resource is so you can check what seems swim lanes look like and how you can use them. Now let's switch to one of my favorite concept seen agile, the M V P. And no, this does not stand for Most Valuable Player in agile M. V P stands for minimum viable product, and basically it means the bare minimum you can deliver to meet your customers expectations . So if you think about the example we saw earlier on the course, the AM BP is the skateboard, not the Ferrari. And this is really powerful, because this will allow you to deliver quickly and often and it a rate and build up and enhance your solution over time. This is a key, agile principle. I release, as the name implies is when you move your user stories to a production environment. So when you make them life generally agile teams make releases to production once a month, so after two sprints, but you might find some agile team making releases to production every four springs and not too so every two months. At the end of the day, that is for the project into the side. But remember, actually, is about doing things quickly and efficiently, so the shorter the better. But don't push it too much. Be careful with exaggerating. Try to keep a good balance and releases that keep the team comfortable. And finally, the sprint. By now, you're already for me there with what a sprint means. But let's recap anyway. A sprint is a period of time over which a team will deliver a set off. User stories generally springs last two weeks, but some teams may have their sprint set up for three or four weeks, and that's okay. You need to define what works best for you on your team, giving your specific context and project dynamics. But if you're unsure, started with two weeks and then change that to three or four if required. Remember, in agile, you're allowed to experiment so that you can review adapt and adjust to whatever works best for you and your team.
7. The Agile Team and Agile Tools: in Agile, A team basically has three main roles. The product owner, the scrum master and his livery team on most people fall within the delivery team. The part owner is the end customer or a person who represents the end customer on their main role in the agile project is defined priorities and provide input to the project team or what the team shows them in demo sessions. The scrum master is the agile Sensi. Think about him as a team leader and that could be a project manager, elite developer, a person who actually and formerly has a role of scrum master or pretty much anyone who wants to play this role and has actual knowledge. Ultimately, the main thing is that the team agrees on who the scrum master is, and of course they can also rotate the role if they feel like doing it. As all of you know, I work with agile projects every day. In some I'm the scrum muster. But in the some, the scrum master is actually a developer in others a tester, another's even an architect. Like I said, anyone complain this role as long as they understand the responsibilities and have sufficient agile knowledge. If someone hasn't even gone through agile training or finish this course at a minimum, then I wouldn't recommend that person to play the role of scrum master scene. He or she probably wouldn't do it properly. And finally, the delivery team. Well, that's pretty much everyone else. So developers, testers, business analyst, etcetera. The main responsibility of the delivery team is quite simple to deliver. They are in charge of getting the work done on our key to the team's success. Now let's talk about the tools using agile and don't worry if you feel you need more information. I let several links to all of these tools so you can go over them and read about them in more detail. The first tool I want us to review is the burn down chart. As its name implies, a burned on chart is a chart that shows the burn down off work. So basically, you see the number of story points the team is delivering over time, so your teens velocity on the X axis. You have your sprints on your Y axis, your story points, as you can see in the graph on your screen. You can do this mentally in excel or use tools that automatically do this for you, such as Vera. The great things about the burn down chart is that in it you can see several things about your project and your delivery. For example, you can see the total amount of work, the amount of work remaining and even your team's velocity. The Can Van Agile Ward is probably one of the most exciting things about agile and, I say, Exciting. Because of its simplicity and value. An agile, canvassed board is a visual representation of the work the team is doing in a sprint. You basically have three or four columns and your user stories displayed in those columns to reflect the state of those user stories. Generally, you would have a column with heading to do another one with the heading in progress, another one with heading in Q A and a Final one with done. Most ideal teams use a physical, agile can board and sticky notes aspirin, a picture you see on your screen. But a lot of teams also used digital boards. There is no right or wrong answer on whether using paper or digital use whatever works best for you on your team. Personally, I prefer digital boards on generally used Tello orgy era. But if a team prefers paper, I'm happy to do it and have no issues with using a physical, agile Cambon board. Al. It links under the resources for this lecture to the tools I just mentioned on to the examples off this concept.
8. Agile Rituals and Agile Myths: Now let's go over the agile rituals. Why do you need to understand Here is that agile is more than just a methodology or a way of doing things. It's actually more like a culture. Unlike in any culture, there are rituals or things you should do. In agile, you have four main rituals. Sprint planning, Daily stand ups, spring reviewer, demo sessions on retrospectives All are important and all contribute to an agile environment and culture. Let's start with spring planning in the Sprint planning, meaning the team gets together and defines witches, their stories they will work on over the next two weeks. So in this session, you're reviewing as a team the scope of work priorities on what you believe is achievable during the next sprint. The scrum master facilitates this meeting, but everyone participates during spring planning. The team reviews the backlog and fix the user stories they will work on over the next Sprint, and typically teams will play the selected user stories in their Cambon board under to do as they are planning for the next screamed. I'm getting ready daily stand ups as their name indicates our cold standups because the concept is that everyone should be standing up during the meeting because of behind this is that by standing up, it helps ensure the meaning is short, focused and productive. Daily stand ups have a sense of informality, and they function like a round table. Everyone on the team says what they did the day before, what they will do today on if they have any impediments, issues or anything they need support with. Like before the scrum master facilitates meeting on listens with special attention for impediments, since it is his job to remove them. Spin reviews or demo sessions showcase our meetings where the team gets together to review what was delivered in the last print. So this is scheduled right off their sprint finishes. And during the meeting, the team goes over user storage, which were delivered on the ones which weren't if any, not to the point of going or who is guilty. We're not delivering or pointing fingers, but to learn and adapt and mawr for the team's reflection. Sprint reviews are generally internal with everyone on the team, but sometimes people include the product owner to review progress. In reality, this can be done separately so you can meet internally and afterwards, plan for another separate session with the product owner In Agile. We would call this a demo or showcase session. Like a lot of things in Agile, this is up to you on what works best for you and your team. Personally, I tend to separate internal meetings from those with the product owner and stakeholders. But on occasions I do combine both meetings, especially if everyone is really busy and there isn't too much availability from team members or if they're working on multiple projects and have limited availability. Retrospectives are one of my favorite agile rituals. They focus on lessons learned on what you can do to improve or what your team should adjust to improve delivery and execution. It's a moment for reflection. This is something you do in traditional project management at the end of the project, and traditionally people would call them post implementation reviews P I. Ours or lessons learned. So in traditional product management, it could be months before you actually sit down to discuss lessons learned. But in agile, you do this constantly, right after a sprint on before your spring planning session during a retrospective you on the team should answer three basic questions. What, when? Well, what didn't on What should you do differently in the next sprint? So as we've discussed before, actually see terra tive and adaptive on retrospectives reflect that to you. Deliver, reflect and adjust deliver. Reflect on a just so given agile. It's a mystery for a lot of people because they don't know what it is or don't understand it well, there are a lot of myths or misconceptions around agile, and I would like to clarify about all them so that you don't believe any of them. Let's start with a very common misconception about agile, agile is anti documentation on Agile says we shouldn't document anything. Documenting is worth less completely untrue, false and a huge misconception around agile, agile has never said we shouldn't document, on the contrary with agile you order commanding all the time. Think about user stories of retrospectives you're documenting. What I don't want you to understand, though, is that you shouldn't spend hours and hours documented. Keep it simple, keep it lean. I've also heard a lot of people, especially business analysts say, that agile ease, anti planning again. Nothing could be further from the truth. In agile you're planning all the time. I'm probably a lot more often than you would in any other project management methodology. Before you start any sprint, you will be doing a short focus planning session, which in agile, is cold spring planning on your screen. You can see a lot of other misconceptions around agile, and I'm not going to go over each and every one of them in detail because they're pretty straightforward, and I'm sure you get the picture. But let's go over the last two. Aw, Jo solves everything. No, it doesn't actually is a framework and methodology on it can help you with a low things, but it's not perfect, and it's not going to save the world or so all of your problems. You have to be creative and proactive. To solve your problems. You have to act on just to think you have to work with people and together find the best solution. You have to collaborate, research and barren chart to solve your problems. But like I said before, Agile will help you in your journey. And finally, my personal favorite and one of the biggest misconceptions are on Agile is that agile is on Lee for I t projects. No, it's not agile was born in the i t industry, but it is currently used across pretty much every industry in the world. People even use it for personal projects such as planning weddings and so on. If you want to see examples off agile in different industries, just google it Google agile in tourism or agilewing sales, you will be surprised to find how many people and companies are using agile in the world. Trust me. Ah lot. I'm not just people in i t.
9. The Best Free Tool to Manage your Agile Projects: all right, guys. One of the first things I want to talk about today. He's about trail. Oh, it's one of my favorite project management applications, and I show you in a second why I like it so much. So let's just go to a pillow dot com. It never seemed trailer before. It pretty much looks a little bit like this is just a board where you can put tasks. Project faces what people are working on. You can set due dates, create checklist assigned test to people. You could do a lot of things that trail, and it's very, very easy to use. Very intuitive. You don't need really much training to actually start using it. You just have to give it a go, and you'll see that is very much pretty self explanatory. But aside from that, one of the great things about trail Oh, he said, it's free, and there's no limiting the number of users that you can have working on a project there. There's no limit off the number of projects you can put their in your trail. Oh, so that's one of things I really like about it, that it's free. Easy to use unlimited users unlimited projects. There is a paid version which has more advanced functionality. But I found that the free version works pretty well, So give them free version ago. And if you feel you do need something else, we're more advanced. Functionality pay for the paid version. But like I said, I've never really had to use the paid version. You know, with the free version. It's always been more than enough, and I'll show you about it in just a second and I'll walk you through the whole process so you can see how you logging, how you register, how you set up your project, how you set up your task, everything. How you do it. All right. Before I do that, I just want toe look at a video of trail Oh, to give you just a quick introduction about it. So let's go to YouTube and that search here for trailer. You can see a lot of videos here about Trey Low, like I said before, so just give it a go and explore some of them. Ah, have looked at a couple of already, So I'm gonna go over this one. You should really like because it's very short, very simple and explain pretty much what you do with trailer. So let's go here with this one trailer Quick over you. - Music and good music. I hope you do too. It's never been to a party. Wait right there. How awesome. Hilarious. It's just really awesome. He has a moral obligation, by the way, which is also free to use. - All right, so now that I got you really excited about trail oh, let me show you how it actually works in the real world. So let's go here, and I'm gonna do it from scratch just to show you how it works. So I'm gonna sign up free, and I'm gonna put in my name here CEO Rubio and online Demo D Come and I set up my password . And yes, I'm gonna set the terms of service and privacy, and I'm gonna create my free trial account. So will create now, Bam! That it really fast? I mean, already, right. They sent me an email 20 bucks course just to double check that these actually at genuine email and and so they verifying my account. We can just in a second as Well, let's go to Gmail Online Demo D. That's right. So, going to our account right there. Trillo account information and click on that. I say yes. Verify my email address. So it's it. I'm not very fine. I'm gonna close this other one, which is the one we're seeing before I was verified and then close YouTube as well. Gonna leave the female open right there. Let's go here to welcome board. All right. So, like I said before, hello is very, very easy to use. And you can do a lot of things with it. So let's just go here to create a board on. I'm gonna call these project example. One. All right, So it's a first product sample, right? So, I mean, this is a project, right? So what can I do now? Now that I'm here? Well, you can use trail. Oh, in a lot of different ways, and I'm gonna walk you through some different examples to give you a sense for it. Let's say you want to keep it really simple and go with an agile approach to the project so you can just create probably three main lis to do doing done that, too. It's actually at tomb. Or let's say, Q A quality assurance, and I'm gonna put that before we actually market done. And another one I'm gonna create here is something I like to call the parking lot, so out of scope for ideas. And this one is really used for stakeholder management because a lot of times when you're working with stakeholders or different people in a project, they might start, you know, throwing at you a lot of ideas and you don't have the money for it. You don't have the time for it, and you don't have the resources for it. But if you don't listen to them well, people will feel that you're not really paying attention. They'll disengage very quickly, and it's just not a good practice, so you actually have to listen to them. But it doesn't mean you have to do everything they tell you to do or everything they want you to do, because even though you might want to help them like I said before, there might not be enough money in the budget or it's just something that is completely out of scope. So if something, you know someone comes up with this crazy idea. You know, I want to go to the moon and we can't really accomplish standing project. I'll just put it here as a task that will review later. I want to go to the moon. All right, so you can say to whoever came up with that idea, we'll look at how we could get to the moon later. It's not right now in the projects cope. But I'm gonna take note of that and you will have visibility right here in your trail. Oh, and this is just an example. Like, I was saying off how you can manage a project in trail. Oh, and I'll walk you through some other ones. Let's just continue with this one. So because it to do doing q a done. And this is what we're calling agile can bend board so you can put here your use their stories In agile we would say a user stories kind of like a task. But you say ass Ah, roll. I need to do black So that black right? So, for example, as a project manager, I need to create the project schedule so that we can confirm all the tests that need to be done in the project. That's Ah, mouthful, right? It's really long. So in general, you're gonna notice that people that work in agile don't really follow full template or for use their story, and they just write it down. It's a task I want a normally recommend people working on projects. Is that it? Keep it really short because, you know, people want to read these long things and that they just put it in inverted 10. So you should start because you're it's actually an action, right? We want control, what people are doing or what we are doing ourselves. So it should start with a burb because a verb denotes action, Right? So let's say here I we're talking about a schedule. So create project schedule, right? I also need to create the project budget, right? I don't know. Let's say this is an application and we're working on some mock ups, right? So every year develop, Can you show this sign for the app, right? And I don't know, create Paul far image. Let's edit that cause I forgot the all right. It's really easy. As you can see it really, really quick. And if you go to each of these, for example, create project schedule, I'm gonna assign that to myself. So I'm going to say Maurice is gonna be working on that task. I'll put him on that and I'm also going to say and it's to finish this by next week on Tuesday. Andi save. So here's the due date. All right there. And I can create a label. And I can say, you know, this is part of the planning phase of the project. So I'm gonna say this planning and done and I'm gonna mark that planning phase with Blue. These are actually split with yellow with yellow create. Done. So now I know this part of the planning phase of the project. I know Maurice is working on it. I know when he needs to complete it on. I cannot Some notes for myself or I can. Other people can have notes here, right? It's kind of like social media feed. You know, where you different people can join the conversation so I can put here, for example. I know for myself include two weeks for details, planning project right and done, and I can leave the common there. I can even edit it. I can delete it. It's really awesome. I love the stool. Like I said, it's really easy to use is really intuitive. I don't have any other people in the project yet, but if I had other people invited to the project could just select them from here. And how do you invite other people? Well, if you recall, there was this menu that I hid, so if I can hide it, I can sit here at members and then I can just under email address and send them in and bite on. Because Tarallo is free, they don't need to pay anything that can start using it. And there's a lot of other things here. You can see you know, the latest activity off everyone that's working on the project. So, like I said, the trailer is is really awesome. I really recommended I've Houston on multiple projects. I'm not going to say you need to use this for every every project, but it's a really good tool. It's a free tool. And for being a free tool, it's just really powerful. And let's say this is doing It's something. I'm working right now, you know? And so I just put it here. If it's under Qiwei, I sent it to my manager for him to review, so I can put it then. Q A. You know, a few days later, I'll just go here, and this is now on their I cannot note for myself or for anyone in the team to look at the review with management. You know, they're looking at the project schedule and they tell us in a few days if it's approved and when they approve it, I could just say, done. You know, we finished the party schedule and let's say the budget, you know, the social part of planning. But you could create more labels as well. Like I was saying that say, when I created another label, Great new label. I'm gonna say thesis board of implementation. And we're gonna mark that with this. Ah, red color here. Right time, time actually created products. This one is not part off implementations. I'm gonna take it out. Take it out. This not part of implementation. Creative ready budget. That's the planning phase by let's say this create Alfa made image. It's part of implementation so I can add the label here, and that's pretty much it. But check out this really cool feature about this as well. You can go here and you can filter what people are working on. And I want to feel to buy the planning face so I can see which that passed their proper planning. Or I could feel to buy, you know, the term of this one. And let's filter by. Mauricio What's he doing? So is working on one task. That's a very, very basic example. Like I say that you can you can I have a lot of fire things and remove the filter shield task, and I'm gonna put here a lot of Father are tasks, but you get the idea, you get the picture. So I'm gonna go here to my main board cello, and I'm gonna create another project, not a team, but another project. You can separate also your different projects by teams using dysfunctionality. Let's say I'm gonna create another project project example to right. So here's a thought about another way you can use Trillo. Let's say you want to put here your project faces. Let's talk about. So we talked about Discovery, planning, implementation on closure, and you can start arriving here all the tasks that are part of each of the faces on these in a way you could use trail. Oh, like I said, it's just open for your creativity and innovation in the way How you want to use it on Let's go toe another example again. Create a No. One here project. Example. Three. I think it's pretty Example. Three. I'm gonna put here for the task for each person. So I'm gonna say here, Mauricio, we have here Michael what? He's working on Shell, Robbie and Charlie. And so everyone things another way. You can use trailer to manage her projects. You can put board for each one, a group of lists or task for each one so they can either test here or you can add it for them. And then when they're finished, you could just move into done. You know, you could just they'll tell your teammates Hey, Michel, you know when you finish those designs just more than two done and they can get themselves or you can do it for them and there's a beautiful this is travel. Like I said, it's it's really easy to use its amazing on. It definitely recommended us how one of the key project management tools which you can use . All right, guys, I'm gonna leave you with that one. But I'll talk about some other project management tools, which you can use in a moment.
10. A Real Life Example of an Agile Kanban Board: Hey, guys. Next I'm gonna show you a really life example, often agile Can Van board for one of my projects, and this is a really life project that I worked on a couple of months ago. In this example, you're going to see that we had each team member with their own set off user stories. So we had the work in progress where we called in the product in the work in progress, which is basically the same as doing when we doing agile board and we create a column called Doing in this case. We called it a work in progress, and then we had to done at the end of the campaign board, which is something that you also have so generally when you create a Cambon board, you have that to do doing. Sometimes you have Q A and then done where you have the cure or not. It's optional. It's up to us, a team. Sometimes some agile projects would just or some agile teams would just do as part of their user story performed the Q A with theme to use their story, and then when they complete the user story, they would move into the done. So in this case because we're working on a project that was a huge massive project and because it was so big and it had so many different streams of work, you have to set up the agile can be on board a little bit different than what you normally would. But the beauty of this is I can show you how you can adapt agile Cameron board to your real life scenarios. So, like I've said many times before, Agile is very flexible. You don't have to play everything by the book. You have to learn and take what is the best that you can find and adopted and adjust it to your real life project or scenario in our particular case, like you're going to see in a moment because our back look was so big and we had so many things in it to do. We actually separated that in our trail. Oh, in a separate board toe are work in progress and our completion. And even when we were completing the work, we would move the sprints toe a separate list just because we had so many springs we were working on right. So we were working on monthly sprints in this case, and we did that just to make it easier for us as a team to control the timing and the work that we were doing. So basically, we set up each sprint exactly asper the calendar month off each month. So basically, we're talking about four weeks prints, right? And in our case in this particular project, that made a lot more sense for us because we're working on huge initiatives and we needed a little bit more time to complete her are sprints. As you already know you don't have to do for weeks. Prints generally springs are two weeks, but some agile teams 23 or four. It's entirely after the agile team onto their particular scenario to decide which Sprint duration works best for them. Like I said in our example, we chose four weeks because we're working a massive, massive project over multiple sprints, multiple streams of work, multiple stakeholders and different areas of the business. So these particular adaptation of the camera on board to our particular business need made a lot of sense for us, and it worked quite well. As you'll see in the example, we had all the user stories each team member was working on. We had our Donna completed spring least of user stories, and we had a separate backlog and a separate list off everything that we had completed for all for previous sprints. So it worked really well for us because we could rest reference of work back really easily . We could also assign story points. We could also look at our velocity and how we're progressing on this also helped us when we're doing our retrospectives and looking at what we have accomplished and how we have done in that particular spring. So without further ado, let me take you right now to the example we just discussed and you'll be able to identify and see their riel life examples off what we've learned so far in the course. I hope you enjoy it, and I hope you make the best of it. Cheers, way
11. A Real World Example of a non IT Agile project - Part 1: Hey, guys. So in these next part of the course, I want to show you are really life example off one of my agile projects where I created a podcast in less than five minutes. That's right. In less than five minutes, I was able to create a podcast using agile principles. And what I did was basically what we would call in agile. If you remember, we talked about the concept of M. V P. Minimum viable product. And I'm gonna show you how I created a podcast in this next part of the course on You're going to see it really life, because this is a really world real life example. And it even has a timer. So you can see that I did this in less than five minutes. And this is the beauty of a John. This is the beauty of the concept off M v. P, in which you can create something of first iteration in your sprints and Daniel in iterated and enhancing over time like we do in agile. Right? So we thought further ado. Let me just show you real quickly. And I have this already opened on another tab. This is the learn about podcast and these learn about podcast is the podcast that I created in less than five minutes, and I wanted to show this is, ah, riel life example of an agile project because I often get get asked about examples off non I t projects, and this is a perfect example of it. This is a non ICTY project. It is basically a creative project in which I created a podcast in less than five minutes, and that's beautiful. I love it because it's such a great example off how, in the first spring I took the focus off doing an EVP, just getting everything ready to launch the Parkers without even adding any outer to it. So I just launch if you can believe that apartment without any audio on it. That's how it launched it initially. That was the concept of the M V P minimum viable product. So the first print I was just solely focused on launching and getting it out there. You know, putting a title, putting an image, describing where the part cause was gonna be about making really simple super in Torrey, super intuitive, super user friendly and right after I launched it on by then added audio on the second and third Springs. That's what I was focused on, right guys see in the next one.
12. A Real World Example of a non IT Agile project - Part 2: and
13. A Kanban Board Example in Microsoft Planner: Hey, guys, in this part of the course, we're going to see a real world example often agile. Cambon board for one of my agile projects, using Microsoft Planner and Microsoft planner is a really good tool to use for your actual camp on board, because it pretty much allows you to do everything you were doing. Another to elect Trillo. But right there directly in the office 365 suite of Microsoft, which us you already know, integrates seamlessly with all of the Microsoft brought such as Word, Excel, PowerPoint, one drive, etcetera. So it's a really good tool if you're working in a corporate environment or in a company who used his office. 365 If you're in a company who's using office 365 Probably the best tool you can use for agile Cambon board this Microsoft planner. So Microsoft Planet, of course, has its own terminology that Microsoft uses such as, for example, buckets for the columns that you see here. But don't pay too much attention to that because mainly, basically, what you can do in Microsoft planner is personalize it to whatever you like, and in this case, what I have done is I've personalized each of the buckets or what Microsoft in Microsoft Planet calls buckets or for US columns. Here, I personalize it to the columns we would normally have in a natural Cambon board. So I have here that to do, doing Q A or quality assurance done and then parking lot off or ideas, which is basically everything that is out of scope from the project. All right, now, generally, when we're having our adult can one board we want to adhere our user stories right? And if you remember, the user stories are basically product features that are coming from their projects, requirements around things that need to be done right. That's generally when you're thinking about the theory off, agile right. But in practice, we know that this generally tends to be created as tasks. So what people are working on in the project, which we commonly refer to US product tasks or tasks, end up being pretty much your user stories. And that's where you're seeing here on screen. Now I know that in theory, that is not exactly, ah, 100% accurate in the sense that tasks are not necessarily user stories because a new user story ultimately needs to be driving, generating and creating value for the end user. So you might have a task that you might need to do its part of the project. That doesn't necessarily provide any value to the end customer, but you still need to do it right. So the best way and the way I recommend to all people working on agile and these from years of practice and years off knowledge on agile is that you manager product task in your agile Cambon board as you would your user stories. So basically what I'm trying to say here is your user stories are pretty much equivalent to your project tasks, right? Or your project tasks are pretty much equivalent to your user stories in agile All right, So I've talked about before, and you might have heard me in other parts of the course took about user stories that they have a certain way of being written right? So they have ah, format, right Normally that format, or the way in which you write user stories goes something like this, as uh and then the role I need to and then the what So that, and then the Why the valley? The reason you're doing that right? So, for example, as a developer, I need to create a Facebook logging so that it's easier for users to log into the site. Now that's a mouthful, right? That's a mouthful. It's a really long format, and that's what agile in theory requests and asked that you do on. I think it's OK if you want to do that when you're starting or when you're initially getting family are with agile or if you wanna, you know, follow the rules by the book. But in practice, what happens is it becomes a bit repetitive when you see as I I need to solve that block right as I need to so that blood it becomes a bit repetitive and redundant. And then it just is something extra that you have to write because we know human nature is about abbreviation keeping it simple, which in a way is what agile also is all about. That's why you see here that in our user stories for these project, we haven't used a four month off as I need to solve that block. What I recommend people that are working with me on Nigel projects is that they start the user story with a verb, right with verb because of birth implies action. It's something that you need to do. And that is basically what a user story, in essence, is something that you need to do that delivers value for the end user or the project right ? Something that needs to get done in essence, what we would normally call in projects a project task. Right. So this is a magical fragile in an agile Cambon ward. You can manage your user stories and you can manage your springs, and you can see where the project and the people are part of the product are in terms of their performance in terms of their execution, right, because you can easily see, as you can see here at a glance like you can see in Planner, Microsoft Planner allows you to assign the role that the user story to someone that is to a specific person or to more than one person, that there are two people working on that user story, right? And that's why you see, for example, here in this part below, this is me and Maurizio and this is Suzanne was someone that's working with me on this project. These user stories being assigned to Mirage is working on this other one. Here's Kevin working on another one hears me again as well, right? So basically, in this project, what we're doing is working through weekly sprints. So we have a weekly spring cycle. We do our spring planning session. Well, Thursday's and then every Thursday, we assess how we went on the previous sprint. We're doing also our daily stand ups that normally when we're doing our daily stand ups, it's a little bit more informal. So we don't have these. You could, but we don't in our daily standards. In this particular case, we don't actually have these digital board with us. When we're talking about our stand ups a little bit more informal. It's a very short meaning, but we're doing our weekly spring planning. We actually through go in detail through the actual Cambon board, and as we're going through the agile Campbell on board, it's a bit like a roundtable on. We can feel ter the user stories by the person whose executing them so here as you can see at the top, and I'm gonna talk a little bit about Planner. So, for example, here in the top, many of planner you have you have members or people that are part of this project. You have filters and have group by bucket, which is basically another field to the way you see the information. So right now I'm filtering by Bucket, but I could also do assign to it would basically show me all the user stories assigned to a particular person. I could see my progress by Judeh by labels my priority so I can filter the information by different things. And in this Sunday's gonna quickly show you that I can feel trade by assigned to. So it's basically showing all the user stories. Who's assigned. Ho has each users to reassign. So, for example, like you can see here that I'm working on to at the moment and they've been completed 29. And if I scroll to the right, I'm going to see that for the rest off the project team. You know what? I can see what they're working on each individually with their user stories on how much they've actually completed so for example, here for Kevin because he's working on three of them and that it's already finished two or right up to use their stories. And like I said before, we're doing these by spring. Now, this is why me using the filter assigned to I'm just gonna go back to buckets and we keep agile. Come on, board configuration that I manually set up for these can been bore here in Planner. And as you can see, I have a to do doing Q A, which is crawling quality assurance or done now, as you're moving user stories between the different columns, it doesn't necessarily mean that, for example, the this isn't necessarily mean that all use your stories have to go through Q. A. Right que. A quality assurance is basically when you want someone to real someone else to review something that you've done to perform quality assurance on what you did So some things. For example, I might be working someone Developer might be working on user story, and you might want a tester to look at it or him. Or he might want me as a project manager to review what he did on just to check it so we would put that user story here in Cuba. Honest and I we would actually re assign it to someone else. And then after we reassign it. So, for example, here, let's say it's my job to review this. I would change this from here. I would remove Suzanne because she's not working on these anymore. And I would assigned myself here. If I click on a sign I search for my name. Mauricio, This is me and I signed that to myself. And that basically means on I'm gonna have here. This is ah, medium complexity task, which has three story points you can see here, all right. And I'm basically now that's saying this example that I'm giving you right now live I'm basically reassigned these user story to myself so that I would actually Qiwei it. I actually review what Suzanne was doing before because she finished the user story and then she wanted me to check and see that I am happy. Once I'm happy with that. I would just move it to the done column in the actual camp on board, and then it will automatically be marked complete. My planner or alternatively, I can just take here, and it will mark the test complete. All right, but because we're still working on this one, I'm gonna put it back here, and I'm gonna reassign it to Suzanne, who is a person actually working on this. So I'm gonna sign this to Suzanne, and I'm gonna reboot myself from it because I'm actually another working on this ist. It's test. It's a user story that she's working on, and that's why I left it here to just to show you quickly. All right, So Microsoft Planner, you have here basically are kind of like cards similar to what you would see in trail. Oh, and you can move them across the different columns in your agile Cameron board, which basically allows you to see what is the status off the task or the user story in this project in this sprint, Right? Like I said before, we're doing weekly sprints on this project. And one thing that is important, which you might be wondering, is, how do I reflect on how do I put the story points for each user story in these agile can been bored. So the best thing I'd recommend for you is that you use labels. So if you go here, I'm gonna click on this. Particular creates like that for fear. Pilot results these user story and you see here than Microsoft Planner has labels by default. These appear empty and you can actually type text into them. All right, so we basically in the project team, we assign this three colors a green one, the orange Juan and the red one. Low complexity meat complex and high complexity. Local black city tasks have one story point, as you can see here when I'm holding over this one story point, Orange has three story points, and you said, You see there that it says for this task Nice Microsoft's planner terminology because that is common terminology used in any project. Like people talk about tasks. That's how traditionally people have managed projects and that's hope. People understand projects, But like I said, in agile, we generally don't talk about task. But instead off we were talking about task We talk about user stories. Doesn't matter. Like I said before, this is just for, you know, Microsoft Planner uses the terminology task, but you can refer to it in your team and in your agile projects. Ask user stories. Like I said before we go to the theory of valuable user stories are not necessarily is exactly equivalent to tasks buying practice. When you're implementing and working through your agile products, you will see that pretty much tasks become user stories. And that's why I say to you, Don't worry too much about it and just think of your user stories as basically tasks within your agile projects. All right. And then you see here that I have a medium complexity task. We chest three story points and then a red one, which is high complexity Stass core user story, which has five story points. So basically 13 and five right, and that is the story point scale we're using in this particular project. In this particular example, that doesn't mean that that's the exact, you know scale that you have to use in your agile projects. Just that's just what we use in this one. And that's basically what I would recommend. As you know, you can use custom made scale. You can create your own scale. You can use Fibonacci sequins as your scale you can use. You know what pretty much whatever type of scale you want to use. But because agile is also about seem place city flexibility and agility itself and doing things faster and keeping it simple. What I normally recommend my students is that they use ah, very simple scale. A scale of 1351 local black city three medium complexity five high complexity user stories and then same in terms of the numbers. One story point for local plexi. Three for medium complexity on five for high complexity. And that's exactly what you're seeing here in these example of financial Cambon board in Microsoft Planner, Do you see here the colors low wants to re point the green one. The orange one. Mid complexity. Three story points on the high complexity one five story points, which is the red. All right Now, I could use that also in the filters hearing Microsoft Planner I can say here feel ter by and I could go here, and instead of filtering by people, I could actually feel to buy label right so I could actually feel to hear and say Show me all the one story points user stories. If I click here, you see that nine seeing on Lee the ones with the green label which, like I said before, are the low complexity story user stories which have one story point. So basically, if I was looking at this print, for example, I would add up. The story points from all of these user stories to get how many total story points we having that sprint, right? That's basically how you do it. But you wouldn't do it, of course, just with their low complexity story point. But all the story points that are part of that sprint. But like I said before, don't worry too much about that right now. I just wanted to show you real quickly an example of financial Cambon board like a real one in practice and how we use it. All right, so we can also feel turn like we did before. I'm gonna just scroll on the top by the labels and again labels. He's a terminology from Microsoft Planner. We've used it here to convey and showcase the number of story points. It doesn't mean you have to necessarily use it this way is just an example on how I would recommend that you use it in your agile projects. Eve, you're creating an adult Cambon board in Microsoft Planner. All right, so we could also feel to buy that mission. See, also that made complexity use their stories. So and I'm seeing the mid complexity and the low complexity. But I could remove the local black city right, which is the green one. Let's remove their green ones from here. So if I click on this again now it's showing me on Lee the medium complexity user stories on. Then I could do the same for the high complexity here on just like the red on de Select their Orange. And then I would only would see that I don't have a lot off five story points user stories in this particular sprint basically one in progress and what one that's been completed, All right, so I'm gonna clear this a week. See again the whole Kammen board, right? But this is basically how you can use Microsoft Planner to create an actual camp on board. You can rename what Microsoft Planet calls the buckets or the columns to to do doing Q A done on parking lot ideas. And then as you're creating your user stories, and if you're wondering how you do it is very simply, Microsoft Planner. You just click here on the plus button on that's how you and your easier stories. So, for example, if I click here and I do example, use her story All right, this is just an example, and I'm gonna click enter, and then I'm just double clicking on this so I can expand If I double click or I just click on it and I can expand these your story. I'm gonna say this has five story points. So it's a high complexity user story, and I'm going to say, Let's assign it to Mauricio, All right? And this is just planner functionality, so I could give it a priority if I wanted to. I could write a description. I could create a checklist. I could add an attachment. I could add comments. So this is one of the really cool things from Microsoft Planner. It has a lot of really reach super easy to use super simple functionality. Now, if I wanted to add a due date as well, I could, and then it would just, for example, let me just go back to the U cities, This calendar here and that it's in red. It basically means this isn't over to you Use your story Something that should have been finished already and hasn't been finished. Right? So that is one of the beauties off Microsoft Planner. You know, you can use all of these and you can see here this little icon number one. It means thes user story has one attachment. And if you're wondering, why would someone want to ask trying and you date or an attachment to a user story? Well, because it used her story could have a particular day willingness to be finished, and it could. And the attachment could just be supporting material or supporting documentation. All right, so I'm gonna delete these example. Use their story that I just created for you right now, But like I said, here, you can assign it to someone else. You can copy it, or you can delete it. I'm gonna delete it because this was just a quick example just to show you how how to create a user story here in Microsoft Planner. And if you're feeling that I'm going too fast over it. Don't worry. You can rewind. Of course, because this is a video. You can pause it. You can replay the video. I like you. So before, I'm just going to let this one just delete it. But like you, So before you just click here on the plus button and then you create your user story on Like I said before, I recommend that you start with a verb, right? So, for example, create Beeld. Develop right. The sign. Right? Check. Basically a verb, right. Something that implies action. That's something that I recommend to people when they're riding the reser stories. Now, because we're not following that foreman also, as I need to So that block, which is a very long four months for writing and user story What I also recommend to people when they're writing the reserve stories in practice, in real life, like you're seeing here, is a Like I said before, don't use the official traditional agile template because he used as I need to solve that block, it becomes quite long and it also becomes repetitive and redundant. So start with a verb on the other thing. I always say to people is right your user stories in a short, concise, relevant Wait, you know, don't right them. Don't tell a novel in the user story. Just keep it to a one liner that anybody that recent use their story can understand what he's about. Like update Exceptional Forum Update. These and I like this unless this percent this enabled enabled these analysis. So anyone that rich this at last can quickly tell what it's about Now, if you wanted to have more information on that, you can. You can just click here and you can add a description. Here are very long text if you wanted to, or a long text here in the comment comments section. But, like I said before to keep your adult Kevin Ward beautiful, like you're seeing these on screen, which is super, you know, it just looks really good. It's easy to understand. It is easy to work with. It works at a glance. That's the whole purpose of an agile Cambon board. That's how it's meant to be. It should be short. It should be relevant. It should become size. It should be easy to understand, right, because basically what an actual camp in board allows us to do is to check what is the status of the project at any point in time during any particular spring, Right on bases, how we're managing in our case on these examples, as you're that you're seeing here right now. Now there's something I really like. Also about Microsoft plan is that you can see here that is showing that we've completed 100 23 use or stories, right, and you can scroll and you can see all of them that have been completed. And it just keeps all the traceability off everything that you've done right. Microsoft Microsoft Planner also has other functionality such as charts. If I go here to charts, he's gonna show me what's not started. What in progress would slate what's completed? And I can see here some graphs as well, and I can see here the number off this is showing me basically that I have two tests that I haven't started to use her stories and it shows that by, um, team member, right, So you can see here different colors in progress late. So I thes guy has won one task over Do you use your story over due to two in progress and so forth. These are just some of those graphs that automatically come from Microsoft Planner, and it has a lot of other options here that you can see. And I'm not gonna go into them in detail because this was basically Maura about the agile can been bored. Now the charts here, as you saw before these are like Michael's of planner standard charts. So they're not a burned down chart or a velocity chart or any other type of chart he could use in agile, such as a burn up chart as well. But I have included some of those templates for you in the course, which you can easily download, And they're just excel, you know, templates that you type in, and they automatically calculate, or, if you want it to have, like an automatic diagram, you know, now automatic burned down charge, velocity, etcetera. Probably the most robust tool for that will be jezeera from inflation. That's probably the one that has all of those graphs automatically incorporated into them. For things like planner or travel, you kind of have to manually do them or you you have to have Adam's or pay extra functionality to get that added onto them. So it doesn't come by that by the fault, like it does injera. So that's an advantage of Ghira. But gee, Rolls was a tool is a little bit more complex to manage is a little bit more complicated and more complex to understand as well. So if you want to go really simple, really minimalistic, I definitely recommend that you used either trail Oh, or Microsoft planner, if you're use it. If you're working at a company that has access to office 365 right on Microsoft Planner is one of those APS that it's part of office 365 So, alright, guys, as you can see here, this is a really simple example. Off an agile can been bored here in Microsoft Planner on. We talked about user stories, story points that columns that are part of the campaign board, how you contract completion, how you can create a new user Stories here and Microsoft planner. How can you assign or reassigned? Use their stories if you need to how you can move them across as you're more as there. You're making progress, the different faces of the project, and that's basically eat right. And as you already know, they don't have to be for everyone exactly what I'm showing here, in the sense that you don't all have to be using wiki sprints like I've worked in parts where we have fortnightly springs. I have worked in other places where we had springs the last three weeks, and I worked in practical that last up to four weeks, which is probably the longest you wanna have in terms of your sprint duration. In this case, we're doing weekly sprints, which is not something you can perceived here so much in the camp on board, but doesn't really matter because the people working on the product team we know which are the user stories we're working on each week because that's what's reflected here in the agile Cambon board. What you see here is what we're planning or with planned for a particular spring. After we complete everything, we move them to the done, and if we haven't completed everything, then it moves across the following sprint, which is something that I get asked about all the time. Do we move user stories across to the next print. Four. Do we put them back in the product backlog, or what do we do with them? And we didn't complete them. So basically, yeah, you could put here another column. We don't have it here on these this camera board example that I have your seen on screen, but you could put another column for your product back Look, And then if you didn't complete something, you could move it back to the product backlog, and then you can reassign it for the next print. Or you can think and just simply move everything across. It's really up to each agile team, and each agile team is different, and the context off each agile team is a bit different as well. So some teams just move everything across ours, reassess If you ask me what you should do. I basically think you should look at it on a case by case basis. So after you finish each sprint as you're doing your spring planning for the next spring, you want to look at what story user sores you didn't complete in your previous sprint on if they're still relevant, and if you're stealing to complete them in the short term will move into the next spring. If you don't if they're no longer rebel relevantly, something's changed. Put him in the product back. Look, As you already know, agile is not rigidities flexible on. We're open to change all the time and things change rapidly. An agile. Which is why following our Rachel, such as the daily stand ups and retrospectives, the you know, spring planning sessions, the demo sessions and so forth is so important because a bit like culture. Alright, guys. So anyway, I just wanted to show you this example off our agile Cambon board here in Microsoft Planner because it's something that I know people are really interested in seeing all the time you know, real world examples and how using a wish tools I'm using. And as you've heard me talk about before, I'm not particularly married to any one single tool. I'm constantly playing around with different tools, and I think that beyond which tool you use, it's more around the process, that culture that everyone feels comfortable with what they're using in our case in this particular business and in this particular project, everyone on the product team has access to Microsoft Planner. They all know how it works is super easy to use, so we all use it in this area. So what we have, And like I said before hearing the done, you can hide it if you want to hide it or you can expand it. Microsoft Planner is pretty intuitive. You'll get the hang of it really quickly and really easily on, Um, anyway, I hope you found these part of the course and this lecture on a riel world example of idle Cambon board using Microsoft Planner really valuable and really helpful. And I know there's something that people want me to do all the time. They want me to walk them through reward world examples using a particular tool and how I use it, and I'm sure you'll get a lower value from it. And if you have any questions, we'll reach out. No worries. Happy to answer and happy to help where I can write guys. Cheers. See in the next one might
14. Jira | Introduction: Hey, guys. So in these Jiro cores, we're gonna cover everything you need to know about JI era and how you can use these great tool for managing your projects, especially your agile projects. All right, so without further ado, let's just go to google dot com. And then let's just search for Ghira. That's J I R A. All right, Jezeera. Here you go. So Ajira issue and predict tracking software from inflation, right or flash? So let's click here. Multiple take us directly to Ajira on Dhere. It is. Here is a main website, the main page for Jiro. And as you can see here, they claim that they are the number one. So for development tool used by agile teams. And I think that is pretty much true if you looked at all the different tools that are out there for managing annual projects. Gee, Iraqis, by far the most popular and widely used agile project management tool out there, all right. And in this website, you can see here a little bit of information about Vera. You know, see how we're remaining Jerusalem for plowed reimagining, juris awkward, plowed on. And the best software teams ship early and often, and you can see here a little bit about, you know, dearest, agile camera on board. They just call it board here gives you a little bit of a snapshot of the product. You can plant track release report as well, so we scroll down. You can see a bit more information about Jiro on, and he'll know this natural. Here seem variation releases when we're talking about software project management. Obviously, you don't have to use gear, adjust for suffer or for I t project management. You could use it for any other industry, but it is very commonly used in I T. Which is why you'll see a lot of the terminology and a little things in Jiro referencing I t on technology jargon, I guess. And then, if you go here workflow. So there's one of the cool things of our gear eyes that they have, like the full work flows. And then you can also customize those work flows will get into that a little bit later in the course and knowledge management, you know you can integrate Jiro with different things. Confluences also opened a probe product from inflation. Um, Big Bucket there's a little are things that they have on you can integrate here with. Many of them, like Electra Low, are like planner or like a lot of other things that are out there. And here's a bit more examples of things that you can integrate with. You know, sales horrors are things you know you can see here. There's a bunch of our things. And just so you know, year olds who has kind of its own marketplace a little bit like the app store in Apple or, you know, the Google Play Story and Android, where you have a bunch of ads in advance, you can add onto your smartphone. Jiro has the same thing. They have a bunch of are things you can add on so you can have extra functionality or extra things. Add it on to gear up. Some of them are free, but most of them are paid, of course, because that's how that's how developers and companies make money out of gyros. Well, and they're not, by the way, created by a flash in a lot of them are, you know, from different companies. Their party companies were even developers. And yeah, you know, trusted by over 65,000 customers worldwide, we all recognize, of course, all of these companies are using Jeras Square Base fortified Cisco Airbnb, and they have simple plans hosted in the cloud on and a lot of people don't know. But they actually do have a free version, which is for up to 10 users. Free forever, an obligation. And then they have, you know, another other versions, which, of course, have a bit more events functionality. And we'll see that in a in a moment, go agile with ease. Flexible planning, accurate estimations valued even per organization. Transferring execution, actionable results, scalable solution. So Ajira, like I said, is definitely a great tool. I definitely recommend anyone that he's running idle projects to use Jiro, one of my favorite ones. Estrella, you've heard me talk about trailer before as well, which is in our in our tool to manage agile projects. But about Ghira, it's also great. It is widely used. It is by far the most popular application used for managing your idea projects. And in these scores, I'm gonna show you re a world examples about how using your it to run. So my agile projects, and that will give you a taste for what you can do with Gironde what it actually looks like . But I'm also gonna show you from scratch what you can do with Ghira like like, if you were just starting how to do it. Let's just start by going to the features as well off the era. So features for suffered development scrum boards or Cambon Boerse's will, or what we call agile Campbell boards. So to dio doing were in progress and done as you can see these example of one of them right there injera, rope mapping as well, which is in our really cool things Or Jiro does allow for you to have road maps and agile reporting, connect issues to code slurs, a bunch of different functionalities and features that Jiro has. And there's a lot are things you can do with it, which will cover in the course. But mainly G Race used to manage Idol projects or mainly used by project management teams. But it's also used by product management teams as well, and they have your brought guy enterprise pricing. Just quickly look at the pro guy, So how do you steer a software to help into little guides a brief or view of direct weeks. Our guy, that's practices. So I definitely recommend that if you're just that brand new user, first time newbie using gerund you've never used to before, have a look at this guided tours and guided articles and to your on inflation provide. There's one of the really cool things about a clash in or inflation. Sorry. If you hear me interchange with the name of the company doesn't really matter. Some people pronounce it that let a flesh in others like, you know, like myself. Something's pronounced inflation. But anyway, beyond that, the point here is Jezeera, which is a practice one of their many products Flash and does have a little our products. But Jerry is the most popular for other products, and it's pretty much a product that they're known for. And you can see here a bunch of fake use, you know, they have ah document. You know, the commendation. Like a knowledge base. They have Ajira community, and they have, you know, a place where they post everything that's coming up. New enterprise. Of course, if you're in a big corporation, you want to use jeer? Uh, you can also do that. And then they give you You know how you scale, how you do things. You know, the big corporate level as well, which is why they have desire, you know, information for you available here on pricing. It's pretty stable, by the way. The pricing that can say I've seen it changed much over the years. It is pretty table generally on, you know, hear it. They give you a bit off comparison between the different versions off era. I think you know, if you have less than 10 people on your projects, starting with the free version is good, because it will just give you more than what you need. And then, of course, if you need to upgrade, you can always have greater at any point in time to one of the other plans. It's not super expensive. You know what, seven bucks per user per month or 14 bucks per user per month on the premium version, but also, of course, this depends. If you have a very big team, then, of course, that can become quite expensive. When you get this. You know this prising but generally most companies provided to their employees. So you're working for a company that is just using Jiro you most of time. You won't have to pay for it yourself, but they do have a free option. Like they said, it's living it to up to 10 users. So if you're in a small team, used a free option. If your company's paying for Jiro, well, you don't even have to think about. Pricing is probably busy. Little Bee is probably not very relevant for you, but I just wanted to show you in, in any case, even if your company's paying for it. Just so you know how much your company Spain for Ajira on. Obviously, this will depend also on boarding. When are things, But that's that's pretty much. And they have here off course, a bunch off pricing if it use for you. And yet they also have off Self Man National they over a cloud based version. But there's those, of course, a self managed version, which means you would actually hosted yourself on day have here. You know, of course, different different payment options, depending on the volume as well. But let's go back to the cloud version. If you ask me in terms of what I would prefer or what I would recommend it in cloud and self managed, I would always go. Cloud Cloud is the future that is, with where almost everything is. You don't have to worry about hosting things yourself. You don't have to worry about pushing upgrades yourself to the suffer, either. When you're using the cloud version, it automatically pushes everything for you. So if you know, if you were asking me between whether to choose a cloud or self hosted, I would definitely go plowed. The only in scenario I will recommend self manages when you you know there's some companies that have very restricted and constrained about putting things in the cloud because of privacy concerns, or they might be in a country that has issues with things being the cloud or whatever. If that's the case, then yet you have the self managed option and then I would recommend it, but nor normally and typically I would definitely go for the cloud option. All right, so that's basically a very quick intro to what you find on the Gee Rob website on a very high level overview off era, and we'll get into that in a moment in more details. Like I said, if you go to the pricing tab, there is a free option, which is what I'm gonna use initially in this part of the course just to show you how to get started, etcetera. But there's also I'll show you later on a paid version way, even with some extra Adams that we pay for in the company that I work for and how we're using here are in, you know, in the real world, any real products, right? So if you were going to sign up for the free version, will you go to surprising page free? Get started? You don't take it, too is very basic. Sign a page. Like I said, cloud free from to 10 users to go. I don't stretch etcetera. It gives you the option to sign up with Google or with email. So I generally I prefer summing up with email. That's just me, but give you prefer exciting with Google. That's fine. So there's gonna go here, no break are required. Like I said, this is the free option. C. Enter your email address your past. You create a password you know you possible for gear up? First name, last name, agree and sign up. That's it. Pretty easy. Pretty simple. So I just do that. If you're signing up for Jiro for the first time. And Dan, you can get started with work. What? We're gonna be seen next. All right. See you on the next one, guys. Cheers By.
15. Jira | A bit of history: Hey guys. So before we deep dive into gear A and get to know Giresse a product, I thought I'd spend a few minutes talking to you a little bit about Gee era and its history on a collision and its history and a little bit about the company, etcetera. And of course I'm not going to spend a lot of this, but I just wanted to give you a little bit off a background because I always think it's important for you to understand a little bit of history and background, the process that you're using so a low, if you might not be aware. But jeer A and a flash in are actually Australian companies, which is great because you know I'm Australian, so I'm pretty proud because a flashing is just one of those huge success companies here in Australia. Up and worldwide. It's one of those unicorns is one of those companies that has done great things not only for Australia as a country, but for the world in the tech industry worldwide. And obviously they there now huge. They're a big company. They're no longer just here in Australia, but the offices across the world and their products are used especially in particular a lot of their parts areas worldwide, not just Europe. But Ghira is like, Seriously, it is like Is the Ferrari you know is it is the Mercedes Benz. It is the top of the line, the best brought on the most widely used product. Fragile project management and agile development. And that's why a lot of you, you know, it won't come to us a surprise when you see about Vera or that you've heard about Jiro before because it it is quite popular. It is the most widely used tool for managing adult projects. And like I said, it doesn't have to be just I t Like I said before this happened just I t projects. But it is more most commonly used for writing projects, obviously because agile s you'll know was born in the I t. Industry. But that doesn't mean, of course, that he can't apply adult to other industries are to other types of projects. Yes, you can. It's not just ideal is not just for ITV. And there was morning I t now this is using marketing. Hey, Ciara Finance pretty much any industry you can think off, and the same goes for Deressa product. It is used pretty much in any industry you can think off, and let's just go to the A flash in page on. I also want to take you to Wikipedia. Wikipedia thought orig. You know the world's encyclopedia. So if you go here to Jiro Software 2nd 1 you'll be able to see their reckoning. Wikipedia information about Vera and this is the you know, the Wikipedia Jiro Page on basically shows you a little bit off, you know, jurists history on. As you can see here, the initial release of Jiro was in 2002 so that's a that's a while ago, which means that gay rights are very much your product. It's a very robust, well structure product he was reading in Java. You know, for those air developers and I know a bit about technology about different technologies, Jiro is reading in Java is cross platform, meaning you can use Jiro, you know, on a Mac or a windows of eyes on the limits on anything you can use. Gerald. There's no no issues with these injera in any type of device that you're using on board, you know, the company. Like I said before, the company is a flash in the company that found it and just something that I thought was interesting when I when I was reading a bit about history off, you know, off Jiro ages ago is the product name Gojira, which is the, you know, the Japanese word for a good seal. You know, the mustered a dinosaur concealer. So in Japanese, the world, the word they used for Godzilla is Gojira. And then when you shorten that era, it's It's just how they gave the name to the software in this company. In a flashing like a set of flashing is is this Australian but the practice now used worldwide. And if we go to the flash in website just a flash in dot com, that's a T l a double s i a n dot com slash in a t l a double s I and dot com. You'll get this website and you can see a lot more about their products, you know, off abuse. Obviously the 1st 1 you see is Europe because, like I said, it is their most widely used on most popular product. And just so you know, a flashing is hugely successful. Like I said, as a company, they generally grow on 33 between 30 and 40% year on year, so their growth is huge. You know, they have hundreds of thousands of users worldwide on they make billions in revenue. The guy one of the guy that I co founded, a flash in, which is Mike Cannon Brookes. He's a bit like the Steve Jobs, the Australian Steve Jobs, you know, he's is this tech guy Entrepreneur came, you know, built here from nothing. And nowadays he's one of the richest man in Australia. Obviously, he's also one of the richest man in the world. And I think if I recall correctly just to give you some context on how Rich is, I think the house, I think in the house he bought his house, a house he lives in. Hey, paid about $100 million for it. It's a house here in Sydney, obviously a beautiful house to mention eighties, one of the most expensive, if not the most expensive property ever bought here in Australia. On that, just to tell you lied about his success I really like the guy with the way. He's a great guy. He's very conscious. He's always trying to help the country. He's very politically active as well. He's always comment, commenting on different things of the country's doing. How we can improve your in Australia on, you know, people look up to him in his company. He's very respected for the everybody that works for him, for the company respects respects him. He still has a very active role in the company he's still involved with. It also hasn't stepped, stepped away from a place oppression. He's still there on then, like I will see saying before they have different proximity. You can see here not just off course. Jiro Jiro service does, by the way, for anyone that's familiar. Where Service Now, which is also very popular and widely used for anyone that has seen, you know, support roles. And they have companies that are helping out people with tickets, etcetera. So that would be the acquittal of it equivalent from apply a clash in would be jury service disk, Um, and like I said here, they have a lot more information or 150 companies worldwide. here just on the companies they work with. And there's a ton of videos here on the look really good information on the pro eternal. Here, Resource says at the bottom, expanding. Learn a little bit more, and then you can read more about the company's history, etcetera. Or you could just go there if you do Wikipedia like I said, I'm just enter the name here. We're looking at a zero. But you could also assertion we could be here for a flash in. All right, here it is. It's a public traded company, turrets in an ass like in the US. Um, here is the guy that I was telling you about. Mike Cannon Brookes. He's a guy that but that that you know that house for over $100 million.400 million dollars , um, you know, was founded in Sydney here in Australia, on here. The products the revenue of the company last year was 1.21 billion. They have over 3000 in place. It's quite Biggs, really interesting, and you can see here a little bit more history with the company and positions, etcetera. They also own trailer, by the way, So if you are using Trillo dot com, which is also heavily used world life. So this is now on a flash in product. It wasn't actually created and by a flashing by the way, they bought that company a few years back, and now they own it. But yet so, just like I said, I wanted to give you just a week, you know, just a week bit of history around a flash in and around Ghira, another product on. Probably talk about this in a different course because of these courses about Jiro. But there's another really popular product from a flashing court called Confluence. So we search your cough lends. Um, if you want to guess Google, you know Google. Com. If that's what you wanted, Teoh and just search for confluence, so you probably get the so far, this is in that. So I'm going ignore that. But if I went hear complaints from a flash in right here, so I take it the conference pages a bit like a conference. Just so you know, I'm gonna just doing a bit of history. It's a little bit like and knowledge base or like a wiki. But created by a flashing for people to collaborate on projects on. I'm not gonna go into detail off that right now because it'll probably a separate course, but I wanted to give you, like I said before a little bit of history and a little bit of background on a flash in, which is a company that created Ghira on jeras will. And that's what we're hearing the Wikipedia page. And I'm not going to read this off course over. You can read it yourself, but I just want to show you that you can find this if you went to Wikipedia a little bit of information about a flash and on also more information about Europe. So this is is a good place for you to just get a bit of background. And, of course, in the website itself, on that attraction company website itself, you can really little bit more about them on about what they dio some really cool, cool stats. You know, offices in seven countries for 1000 flashes $132 million into community, 2.6 million community members you can see here on. Then you can see here a bit more of other history in this timeline, if you go here to the to the back about how it all started. And of course, there's more more information here about values off with flashing is a company and what they do anyway. Love, Really. There's a really cool company, you know? It's like it's like Google. Like Amazon. Like one of those really, Or like Apple is one of those really high tech companies on. Like I said before, it is one of them, one of the greatest companies that Australia has produced for the world. And anyway, like I said, I just wanted to give you a bit off background on here on a flashing. It's a company just a bit of history on. I'll see in the next one, guys. Cheers, Bye.
16. Jira | Initial Tour: Hey, guys. All right, So, like I said before, I'm gonna assume that you already went here on you Signed up for the free version of gear up. You just get started. Then you just enter. Or either you sign up with Google or you enter your email password. Obviously, it's a new password. They're sitting up for these fridge era, and so it's not you enter your email address, then you create your passwords. You got your passport for jeer? Uh uh, Your first name. Last thing we want. Sign up. They'll send you an email to confirm your registration. Once you confirm your registration, you'll get to this page. Let me just show you a moment. This is basically where you'll end up once you go to your email and they send you that confirmation even after you signed up. Which is pretty standard, of course, if you used so for approx before, if you're here, is any website before? Generally, when you sign up, they not always, but a little of times they send your confirmation link and then you just click. Verify your account and then you're set to go give your Jeron name. Give your It was like, OK, so there could start. Give your side of name shows something for me, Like your team or your company. Okay, so you just set this up again. We're using a free version. Doesn't really matter which name to use. You can use whatever. I'm just gonna put here gear up course and then, Okay, the name is taken, so I'm just gonna say Jerrod cores unique. All right? It's free. So it's a It's a little bit like, because this is a bit like, you know, when you're creating an email address or whatever that because it's free, somebody else might have already taken it. Don't worry too much about that. You know, this is just something you can just putting whatever name you want. 01 of putting its get continue. Then we'll continue with the process of setting this up again. This is a one off thing. You don't have to do this every time you log into gear. Uh, this is now because we're just kind of like Sarah setting up. Um are Jiro, you know, our Jiro for the first time. So if you already have team members that you wanted to include when you just entered the email address on and then they will just join, because I use my mauricio rubio dot com email address. So it was kind of like my company, right? So it basically allows I can I can allow anyone without Mauricio that rubio dot mauricio rubio dot com email address joined the Jiro. You can do the same if you are. You know, if you're working for a company you know, block at company that come, then you can take Leave this stick if you want anyone from your company to be able to use You're generous height if you don't want to. If you want to get private and just by invite than on tick ticks on Dick, this book's let's just on ticket. So this is, like, fully private. I'm not gonna have people right now because I'm just gonna show you. We'll show you an example later with people. I'm just gonna show you real quickly than usual set up and what it looks like. But, yes, you can invite people. Obviously, you can invite people later on if you don't want to do it at the beginning right now and you don't want to enter their email, you can do the later. So this. Just click Skip and then help us set up your Jiro. So you can say here I'm new. New to Jiro. My team is that's a new settlement authorities. We spend our time working on features of board operations, fixing bucks. Let's just say features again. Don't worry too much about this. Is it just something you really uses to kind of customize your experience a little bit, reorganize things in a way that might be more useful to you, seeming not to like Google and other companies do. But it doesn't really affect too much of you. Choose one of the eruptions, and you can always change it later on. If you wanted to. Of course, let's say features. We have a type, flexible scale. Let's say type generally when we're working on anything, is tied or again. Like I said before, you can skip that. You can skip this if you want to skip it, but let's just leave it like this next. All right. So choose a classic template, so they just basically set this up for you, depending on watch. You want to use on. Obviously they have a lot of information as well. Doesn't have to be sulphuric and be business. You can change this product management test tracking process, control, content management, recruitment document. But let's just assume that you're working on a project and an actual project. And like they say here, they're recommending something for you. Scrum So scram is generally how you manage your ideal projects. Not obviously, always. Of course, there are a lot of our agile methodologies, but the most popular and most widely used in the most known to most people it's crumb. So you're working on the actual product. Just big scrum on Teoh set up your you know, your Jiro site here in Europe page again. There's something you could change later on if you wanted to, so don't dwell too much and it just goes crumb. And in this course, I'm gonna focus on as if you were using an agile project because I know for a fact that most people use injera are working on agile projects. So I'm just gonna go on, make the assumption here that you are working on a national project and that you are using scrum again. Even if you were using another agile mythology, I'd still recommend that you choose this template or these Jiro set up with scrum doesn't mean you can be using the as the M or, you know, extreme programming or one of the agile methodologies If you wanted to with this scrum seven and it's just kind of like a template, it doesn't mean that you have to run the break in with scrum. It is just setting up the software for you in a way that is user friendly and in a way, the most people using the step of idle mythology would use it. So yeah, just go with scrum Select Create Project and Terra Project name Celeste is called Is Project Example. Okay, The key p What is a key? You click here on on the I for information. The product key is uses the prefix of the process. Eat your keys. E g Test 100. She was one day this creating I needed to prototype. All right, let's Z listers expert example Key P. It means anything that it's created Indira And here, by the way, talks about issues and I'll explain a little bit I little bit about that later. But issues can be pretty much where you define them to be, so they can be actual issues. So actual problems, actual bucks, or they could actually be user stories or epics on again in these scores, I'm gonna make the assumption that you know the terminology about agile I'm not gonna teach you about agile in discourse because this is a dear, of course, and agile cores. If you're in this course, you have zero knowledge about agile. I definitely recommend that you go through my agile course, the idol crash course and or one of my other agile courses. You get familiar with the terminology, but yeah, definitely. I'm gonna make the assumption that if you're in this course you already know about agile and we're just learning about Jiro because this is a year, of course. All right, so let's just go with this for the example automatically created the keep eat. Don't worry again about too much that you get too much about that. You could change this temple like I said before, if you wanted to, but let's just leave it with scrum. I recommend that you live with describe it's what they recommend it as you saw before in the the part before we wear or within the self here in injera. But if anyone asked me what I recommend how you set up your gear up, just use the scrum one. Okay, that's the one I recommend. Just go to create. It's just going to set up. Just let's give it a little bit. All right, here we go. Guys. Here we go. So this is what Gerald looks like. You know, this is a Jiro. I think this is a free version of Ghira. Like I said before, you can you can have more people if you wanted to have more people. Here is the left hand side menu and project. Example Suffer project. Okay, You could have more projects he created. More products of you were working on multiple project. So there's one of the really cool things about about jeras. Well, you don't have to stick to a single project, you can have multiple projects and you can see here we have the board to do go here to the board. You could create more boards were right now in the p predict example board. Right. So pretty example. Board to do in progress. Done. Um, the backlog. So this is where you would see all of your back? Look on, Let's say you have one. You can create one right now if you wanted to write. So let's just say example. User story, All right. And yes. Is this story is your story tasker bottom in just todays It's a story on gives you this little three buttons here because you can actually obviously have more details to it, right? You could also change it into an epic, right? So if you don't remember again, I like I said before, I'm not gonna go into all the agile terminology and all. What? You know what? Agile using this course because it's Ajira cost, of course, but just a quick reminder, if you remember where what an epic is so epic is basically a user story than you can't deliver or a single spring it means is a very big is her story. So when a user stories too big, bigger than something So it's big too big, it actually can be done in a single sprint. We call it in agile and epic and that's where they have here. Injera epic. The Work ethic You can also great, of course, tasks. Remember that in actual user stories are generally requirements. But a lot of times we also interchange liberty used tests or user stories in agile, so don't dwell too much on that, either. I generally would recommend that you classify you think that you're working on Indira US user stories or stories for short. They use the word story here to shorten user story a story. So it comes from the wording at the Tour teen Idol user story. So and then epic right? And here's an example. Examples. There's used her story on you could have more things. You can attach things to the to the story itself. You can create another one if you wanted to, or create this one updated configure fields. So this allows you to customize this. You can click here a custom, so there is one of the other things. What people love Gironde, whites or powerful, and it's because it allows you to customize a little things by the full bill, put things for use with they'll make it easy for you. But again, if you wanted to customize it, you could customise it as well. Where is my fields? If you're trying to find something, you can find the heavy search functionality here. I need a little allow you just start searching for something. That's a description. All right, I'll come up. So, like I said before, Jezeera is quite robust. It's quite it's quite powerful. It was launched in 2002 has been around for a while, and they're always doing things improved here, which is pretty cool. So I'm gonna figure Cancel. Okay? Yes, I want to cancel this right. Active sprints. So if you're running through your sprint this where your active Springwood were appear, then if you went to reports, there's one of the reasons. By the way, I'm just giving you a very quick overview off Jiro. This kind of like a quick tour off Jr will get into the details later in the course, But here you can see there's a bunch of agile reports that they have automatically created for you. And of course, you'll is well, because we'll actually make more sense to you when you have actual content when you've actually going through creating your user stories, your sprains when you have people to the project. But I just wanted to show you that this is included in the evening. The free version Algeria. And it is something that a lot of the I guess ideal software are agile. Project monitoring software up after they don't have a lot of this stuff by default, you actually have to. Creating an Excel or you have got by an Adam or you have to buy extra functionality is one of the reasons why actually so popular and so whether they use because a lot of these reports are automatically done for you so you don't have to use Excel. You don't have to use Adel's or you have to pay for extra functionality. It's included right there in your Ghira. The burned down chart, typical of vital projects, burn up saying the opposite spring report. Velocity charred, cumulative flow diagram. There's a bunch of different things and one of the really cool things I also like about gear, I said. They give you a little bit of a summary here, uh, what each report is, and then if you click on any of them, it's just kicking the Brendan chart or easy. Right now, nothing's gonna come up because I don't have any data yet because we're just sending these from scratch. But I just I just wanted to show you always see it's coming up with There are no available springs for this portal. What? They can't really show you any data. But if you actually added a project and you actually have your user stories and he actually had users, you could actually see reports here on. We'll get to that in the course. Don't worry. We'll get to that. Like I said, this is just a very quick ah, very quick, high level overview of Jiro for you. I'm like I said, You can collapses as well. The many here. Expand it on you conceive back to project. Let's just go back to project. So you have this. Is this kind of like your standard? Typical. Just gonna go to the keyboard. Let's go to the product example Board. This is kind of like your actual camp on board. Um right. It went to here to just a report, but we could just go here to stealing the reports. Let's go back to project Active sprints, right? So this is where we would be set conflict or actual camp on board or candor. Borer Scrum board. There's different worth of people used to describe these boards, but here and here they just called it. They just call it board. Thank you So before keyboard andan active Sprint, the Back look reports, releases, issues and filters pages, components at an item, project settings. All of these is, I think, pretty much self explanatory. But of course, you can explore all these in detail if you want it to the releases where you would have, you know, let's create a version and the version. So this is again coming from suffer development. You generally seen these, you know, Windows seven and Windows 10 right where you see so far, version 1.1 point 11.2. That's why that's what in the world we talk about versions and then releases so release would be released 1.1 released, 1.2. So it's kind of like that burgeoning that we're referring to in software development and in 19 issues on filters. So any time you have your issue, so if you remember all issues well, let's click here and create. Let's just create one real quickly. I think the other one. I didn't save it. That's why then created. But let's just break this test or example. Use her story again. You can attach things. I'm just gonna say they use her story. There's a lot of our things cannot hear. I didn't show you this before, but you can scroll down who reported this? Is this an issue you can assign to that's assigned to Mauricio where you wanna sign? Priority High, low lowest. You can also customize this way the way. So you're allows you to customize a little things Spring. We have a creator spring yet, but if he created this spring, if you cannot hear that which sprint, we're just creating the user story, right? So less is to create. Okay, so proud Example One so effectively, if I did refresh here, it should come up here under old issues. Here you go. You go, guys. So it wasn't coming out because I hadn't refreshed the page on rumor. The cloud versions When you change, you just need to refresh it or if you click on something and then click back again. He would he would have come up for you. So this is just a very big example. What I use your story would look like injera, and you can attach things. You can create sub tests you can link things on and let's just go back to project. We're here on issues on field tears. So remember that when you create something in Deraa like a user story, all of that the generic terminology and Yuri's issue. And there's just comes back from a bit of the history when we're talking about the history of Jiro. Initially, it started like a buck trucker, you know, high in sulphur development. Home bucks issues. So Jiro, when it started as a broad, initially, it was maybe for tracking bugs. But over time it became an agile software development and Antal project management tool. What Some people still use it to track bucks, and that's why our issues and that's why you can you can still create our by the full the terminology that they use issues. But it doesn't mean that he didn't his early is an issue. Of course, you can actually change that. The user story a task or an epic like we saw before on if you want to pages. So again, this is just If you wanted to a notes or requirements or retrospective, you can do all of these directly. Injera. Isn't there really cool like I did? Your retrospect is here directly in your project directly injuries again. One of those reasons why people really liked here because it has everything kind of like bundled together components. Eso components are subsections of a project using to root issues. We've been approaching into smaller parts. So I guess the best way to explain this component think Think of it as categories or streams of work. So sometimes we might have things were working on a pregnant, relate to marketing or them. I relate to procurement or they might relate to maintenance. Whatever it is, you know, those streams will work. You can use that by creating components in Europe, so they're kind of like categories or streams of work on. I'll show you later in the course a real world example of how we're using these in one of our projects at item so you can have a short cut, you know, a bit bucker. Give him repository pages already there. So this is just something like some extra things here. If you want to see in your gear up on the project sayings if you click your product sayings he's afraid that we created you know, before you can change your Al Atar that makes me here for you too. Oh, I'll sign your easier stories or your test to the project because I can remember they could have multiple projects of the avatar might just help you. This is useful when you have multiple projects and then you just want to recognize something with a picture instead of the name that That's why it would be helpful in that scenario and again here, you can see your left inside many Let's go back. I'm just gonna go back back to project. So they were just We were just in predicting So again, we've gone through, and this is a very quick, high level to really quick tour. And don't worry if I if you're feeling going too fast over all of these, will actually get into real world examples later in the course so you can see these in action But I just wanted to give you a very quick tour off the menu on one of the things where they look like what you see in general. When you go to Ghira and again here, you can see that there's a lot of our stuff here on these second, so they have kind of like to left hand side menus. So, dear software start in recent years, you click your start in recent, it will show you a recent things that you've done right or that you've start. It's just like a quick navigation things. Sarah to you wanted to search for something, create eso the plus sighing again. If you want to create a user story a task about Warren epic, you just kind of like a week, you know, we want to do that notifications again. Everybody used to seeing this little bell for identification. So if somebody created a user story, or is somebody updated something or they completed something? This is where you would get that notification. These older something that is pretty good, by the way, in jeer at you. When something does something or update something, you automatically get not just identification and Jiro themselves. But you also get an email automatic email sent to you. This is really helpful, of course, because you don't have to actually go to jeer a to see what's happening. You actually get that they're wrecking your email. And in the modern world, a lot of people spend a lot of time in their email and you know, they might not have time to go toe, You know, the Jiro side and actually look at where things are at. And they might just want to get a quick notification delivered to their email so that something that Jiro does automatically and you're experiencing using euro you'll see that in your in your in box and and switch to so again, if you wanted to try cough lands for one of the other products from a flash in these where you would go to help so they have a help page communication community. What's new about Vera? All of these are information that we saw before on the website is also right here injera when you actually look into it settings. So these kind of kind of like your dearest sayings that means that of saying systems, products products issues, etcetera. You can manage all of these directly here from this part of the menu again configured your issue type work for the screens, Custom fields on more so, dear it. Like I said, it is very flexible. It gives you a lot of options again. You can see here you can add another type of issues. So it doesn't have to be just this once that we're seeing before these were the standard ones that appear because this is what people use normally, you don't have to create anything else. I'm just showing you these to show you just how powerful giris on. Just so you know that you can actually customize things you can actually rename this, that the eye comes the name here, you can translate it. You can do a lot of things that you see here, that he should type of delight to another type of issue. So this is one of those really cool features and functionalities off here is a probably it's then you can actually rename customized things at things, remove things, move things around, create work flows, create different types of issues, different types off kindof convention names or things, how you are referring to things in the product. And that helps because, you know, there's generally all of things where there's no one size fits. All right. Each product, it's unique. Each team is unique. They might have their own criteria, their own jargon, their own things. And this is really cool in general, which it means you can actually customize it. But most products this the standard names will still apply especially, of course, if you're running an agile project on your profile. So if I went here on, you know, this is me, Marisa Rubio, um, settings profile. Let's just go to the profile So you guys gonna see what it looks like? I'm just go collapse this here. So it just shows that I'm working on this user story. My job title, my organization department. Here's how you can contact me my email address. Ask up Morrissey Ruby that come, I can create a team so it's kind of like, you know, like in anything else, like your Twitter profile, instagram profile or whatever. Most most suffered developing tools have your own kind of like your patri kind, your avatar etcetera, and we'll see a little bit more about this in the real world example. But like I said before, I just wanted to give you Ah, flip a beautiful taste for the different things in the menu. Remember, we have too many is here. One is collapsed. These ones here. Um, as you can see, the menu here also changes of big depending of your wrecking the project. So here it's kind of like a more high level. Imagine a treaty is idling the high level Many. But if I went here on projects and actually went into the specific project example that were seen before or if I click here below wherever. Doesn't matter. You can kick here, recent or here below. You can start things as well. Just get here. This many here will change. And now we'll show you the typical Ghira. Agile deer. A menu with sprains, your back low reports, releases, issues, pages, etcetera that we saw before. All right, guys, I hope you found this useful. And it's giving you a bit off on internal beautiful overview off era and how you can use Jezeera on, you know, just different menus available to hear the different taps. The different things that you can do in boats. In both men, you're still the one here and the one here as well. And a beautiful if labour for with the rays and how you can use it. But don't worry to match. If I if you felt I went too fast through these will actually go into a real world example that will apply. Follow these things for you. And in any case, of course, you can always go back and re watch this video. If you feel that you want to re watch it, uh, you can also change the speed of the video. You know that a lot of the tools now they sell us. That could change the speed videos we can pause on replay on. Of course I'm here. I'm here. If you have any questions, just let me know. Happy to answer any questions you might have. And I'll see you on the next one, guys. Cheers. Bye.
17. Jira | Components: Hey, guys. So in this part of the course, we're gonna talk about components. And if you go to your Ghira on the left hand side, Manu, you're gonna notice that I'm actually here on the components tab or on the components section off the land, left hand side menu, All right. And before we go into the detail of these, let's just weekly talk about components. So components injera are pretty much categories right or what we would call in projects. Streams of work themes, right in stash. In particular, we have this dreams of work for the components that you can see here on screen archiving, audit requirements, data governance, Discovery portal publishing. Essential Mountain is researcher engagement and storage. These basically means that every single thing that we're doing in stash falls under one of these main categories, or streams of work or themes. Project themes, streams of work categories, whatever you want to call them injera. They call them components, right. And that's why you see that little icon off like, um, a piece of a puzzle piece. You know, a beautiful puzzle is because though all of this coming together when you put all of them together. It's what actually builds your product. It's what, actually, because your project, it's what, actually being whatever it is that you're doing, okay, in our case, every single thing that we're doing in stash for researchers these year and in this product falls in one of these components. Okay. And all the issues that you can see here that are having created injera are assigned to one of these components. Obviously, these are not the only issues that we have in this project. We have a ton more, but these are the ones that were actually taking the time toe assign to each of those components. So these are probably the top priority things that we're working on. And the truck top priority issues that remember the war talking about issues injera, they can actually mean tasks, sub tasks, user stories or epics, whatever it is that we actually assigned to each of these components, right? So if you wanted to know what's underneath each of them, remember, you can just write leak open, linking you tab, and it'll show you the details off each of these components. In this case, we're seeing the archiving component on. We can see here on the left hand side that this one is an epic. This one is a user story and so forth. Right? And we can see more details about each of these issues in gear. I've already explained to you guys what issues? Meaning, dearest, I'm gonna go over that in detail. But like I said before, just this is where you actually go and can see details of each of those issues. Indira. Okay. And I'm just gonna go back here to component again. You could easily create more here, you know, enter a name here and after you completed all of these details and your test and you got it here, component Lee, we're on a sign that say, and if you look at, you know, just basically at a new component. So I'm just gonna remote this test. It was just an example to show you is so here. Optional optional. It's where I left it without adding any anything to it on again. Obviously these little three I these little three dots. If you're used any sulfur product before it just kind of shows you that it the connection. If I clicked on this I click on edit, we're delete. It'll basically exactly can edit it. Allow me to edit these archiving component. So if I click on edit, it will show me more details about this component, which is basically not a lot of information, because that's how you create components is very basic and minimum and minimal information . But you could actually change this if you wanted to write. This is a place where you do it and with the full of the we left this unassigned because for us, it is actually not something that we're assigning to a particular person. But in our case, these themes are These categories are things that were working for the project as a whole together. So everyone in the team is working on these together. It's not just something that we would assigned to a particular person, but generally it's something that most, if not all, the team are working on together. It's just that there might be different people working on these components in different points in time. Andi does basically all you need to know about components. There's nothing more to it is very easy, very simple, and it is very good and very powerful. When you're doing this to manage huge project and you want to break the work down into categories going to things of work, this is the way you would do it injera by using the components functionality on didn't think of it as, like us of parents umbrella and then under that parent umbrella, you can add each of your user stories, epics, sub tasks, task, whatever it is, and that just allows you to. If you ever wanted to do reporting on them, you could do reporting on the things that you were working on in each of those components in each of those categories. If you wanted to see status and different things like that, you can see all of that in reporting, and we'll get into the reports in our part of the course. But in this components bid, I just wanted to really quickly show you how you manage your components, how you can edit them, how you can create them, how you can delete them, which we will raise off, click here, edit or delete on. And if you want to search for something right here in the components that say you have hundreds of them. Normally, you won't have a ton of them. Most predictions have a few categories or themes of work, but if you did have a ton of them, will you have the search from Shelly right here at the top? Andi, you will be very easy for you to search for those those things that you're trying to search for. And, of course, don't forget that there's also a button here. Managed components. If you click on that, it'll just show you different options like we saw before about editing the leading, adding stuff but directly here under project settings. Just kind of like a quick link to your project settings on going there. Referee two components like we saw before. So I'm just going to click again here. Two components who go back to that view and that's it. That's basically all you need to know about components. Injera. All right, guys, see in the next one. Tears by
18. Jira | Agile Scrum Board - A Real World Example : Hey, guys, in this part of the course, we're gonna go through a real world example office, crime board injera or what a lot of people referred to, as well as an agile board or ajira board, because it's here. Injera. All right, But before I get into the details off this example and what it is, I want to talk to you a little bit about the project. The project that is represented in what you're seeing on screen and we're gonna be covering in this real world. Example off how we're using Jura in one of her projects. All right, so I'm just gonna go here a second toe Microsoft whiteboard just to illustrate what this project is about. All right, so this project is called stash, okay? It doesn't stand for anything. Particular is just the name that we've given to the project and basically specifically to the product that we're gonna go through in this real world Example and stash all you need to know about stash. It's that is a software for researchers. So the user's off these system, right? The people that are using stash our research chairs. Okay, So they're researchers that worked for, Ah, University rights or there you knew university researchers. Okay, on basically the Ustashe to manage what we call research data management plans. Okay, We're are the m piece. All right. Obviously, this is not something that you need to learn from memory or that I expect you to learn from memory. I'm just giving you a bit of context to So you understand the product project that is covered in the real world? Example Aguirre. All right, So stash, like I said, is the name of the project. Right? So this is a project, right? And we are managing this project and everything. We're doing the product directly in Gironde. That's what I'm gonna talk to you about it because a really good example off how you manage rial world real life projects directly injera on. Of course, this is an ideal project and we're using Scrum to manage this project. Obviously, we also have a team of people running this. We have to developers working on this. So one business analyst, one b A. We have 1 p.m. And there's one manager working with us on these projects. Well, all right, so this is more a bit like the team, all right? And I'm talking about the core team here, of course, because there are more people working on these behind the scenes, and there's a lot of stakeholders involved as well. But I just wanted to give you a little bit of context. Before we get into the detail of the example and how it looks in Gironde, how we're running the project, it's hitter up. I just wanted you to know a little bit about the project, and I'm not gonna go into all the details off stash. But basically, like I said before, all you need to know is that it's a research that a management plan system that allows researchers to manage their rdm piece and why dio you know why the researchers need to manage their RD MPs will, basically, every time they're doing their research right, when there's a researcher doing any type of researcher, most if not all, of the times they're working with some type of data, right, and that could be images that can be numbers that can be audio, that can be pdf's were documents, interviews. It can be Agassi lian different things, depending on the type off research that they're doing. Whether it's in science is whether it's an engineering, whether it's biomedical, medical, you know, social sciences, humanity's it doesn't really matter, like, regardless of which feel they're doing the researching, they most likely most of the time, if not all of the time are gonna have some type in some form of data. And stash is the system that basically allows them to manage that data right? And that could be archiving it, publishing it, sharing it, storing it, etcetera. All right, so stash is a big system on. It's something that we've developed using different technologies. And now we're a stage where we're continuously improving and enhancing the product. Right. So stash here is not only a project, it is also a product. Or what a lot off you would know us software. Okay, so this is basically what Stashes, right? It's just a system, a product application that we used to manage rdm piece, and that researchers themselves used to manage their own rd in peace and share it with the world with colleagues with our people within the university. All right, so now that I've given you a little background on stashing. Like I said before, I don't want to go into a lot of details, but feel free to go, you know, message me on text me or send me a you know, a message if you have any questions about the project and the example that I'm giving. But like I said before, obviously this is a quite a complex and huge project within the university. And I'm not gonna go into all the details of that right now because I just wanted you to have a very high level overview of what it is that we're doing. Like I said before, basically, what we're doing is we're adding new features to this. So all the time we're adding new features, adding new features, right? We're doing integration with other systems and other applications or integrations. All right, and other things that we're doing are just general improvements and enhancements, All right, And that's basically what we're doing with this project. We're adding new features, So every time we talk to our researchers, they might give us ideas, you know, for new things that they want him added so they might give us ideas or suggestions, you know, just basically new things that they want basically meets needs that they have, that we need to meet with system. So that's why it ends up translating into us, adding new features over here. And obviously because there are other systems on other applications of researchers use, we also integrate with them to make their life easier. And obviously we're also making constantly improvement improvements and enhancements to the system because we want to make sure that they have the best product that can have to make their jive job easier so they can have an excellent research project. Research that a management plans are quite important for things that we refer to US research excellence. So research excellence, um, also data integrity gotta integrity on other things, such as ethics. All right, so these three things are quite important for people when they're working with research, right? They want to make sure that they have the best practices and principles when they're doing the research projects. We wanna have integrity off the data, so we want to make sure that the data is protected, that he stored properly, that it can be replicated etcetera, that is complying with a bunch of different things that needs to be. It needs to be complied with and then on the ethics aspect as well. If it's private and it's sensitive data, we want to make sure that we're managing that properly and appropriately. All right, so this is like I said, a very high level overview off stash as a product on what we're doing with this project. All right, so everything that we're doing with this project and in this real world example, we're basically managing the project with weekly, not weekly. Fortnightly. Sprint's right. So we're our sprints are two weeks prints, right for nightly, and every month we're doing demo sessions for the board, and we're showing different stakeholders or progress We're doing every fortnight. Also demos before the board, the monthly board meeting. So with our product owner, we're showing them our progress before we go to the board monthly board meeting and we're doing our daily stand ups were doing are, you know, fortnightly spring planning, fortnightly backlog, grooming and all that is reflected injera. Everything that I'm talking about in terms of what we're doing with the project and how we're running the product and what everybody in this team is working on is reflected injera . And that's why I chose his example, because it's ah, it's a huge project. It's quite complex, but we're actually making it very easy by managing these directly injera. All right, so I'm gonna go back, and I'm gonna jump back now to Ajira, to show you specifically what we're doing. And I don't want to get too much into the details of the what per se, because that's not probably super important. What I'm trying to show you is how we're using gear A to run the project, right? And for you to get a better understanding on how you can use Ghira in your own projects because this it doesn't matter that this is our unexamined off stash, regardless of which product or project you're running, the things that I'm going to show you here are the same type of things are you gonna be needing and doing when you're running your own project? All right, so right now, I just want to highlight here for you quickly that were on the active sprint tab on the left hand side menu and that basically is showing you your board your scrum board right on . As you will notice in this board, you can see at the top the sprint that we're in, right? So we're basically in spring three heats up. Like I said, it's to explain. So from February 18th to the 28th off February and below that, you can actually see the structure off your agile board or a scrum board, which typically has three columns to do in progress or doing undone. Okay, but Ghira, like I've said many times before it, is quite powerful. It's something that you can customize to your own needs You can so you can actually rename this If you want it to rename the title of the column, you could actually add more columns if you wanted to. On there's a bunch of other things that you can do so before I go through the different examples in these board. If you want it to configure or customize the board, you can go here to you see here at the top, right hand side corner. There's a board button. If you click on that and then you go to configure, it's going to show you here. The configuration menu. And here on the left hand side, you'll see the different options that you have for the configuration menu, such as the car colors, that car layout estimation, working days, etcetera. Right. And if you were doing here in the column, like I said before to do in progress undone, you could actually rename rename this if you wanted to. If you see this little pencil, it basically allows you to edit this if you wanted to, you could also move the columns around by dragging and dropping if you want it to a swell, and you could even delete them if you wanted to. So, like I said, Gee era! And this is, by the way, one of the reasons why people loved here on what Aguirre is so powerful because it is very customizable. It is very easy to change things injera or to reorganize them, or to rename them or to change the colors, and it just gives you a lot of flexibility. Okay, so I love This is very intuitive and self explanatory, and you could change it, do things with this yourself if you want to play with it in your own projects. But in this example. As you can see, we kept it simple, the ideal way. And we just kept to do in progress and done. And I'm just gonna go back to the board by clicking on this button back to the board. So we go back to the scrum board and then here you can see the columns, right? But if I scroll down, you're seeing here, Mike. So Michael Inches, one of the developers working on the project, and if we went down, you would see voices. Who is one of the other developers working on the project? So this is something that we actually set up in the board as well. We've actually set up if I go here again to the board and to configure if we went here to the swim lanes, which is basically the horizontal view off the border we're seeing, we've actually said, Show us the swim lanes by a signee, So show the swim lanes. But people that are working on stuff, right, this is the ASIC Knicks, right? But he could change that if you wanted to. As you can see, it gives you different options. Or you could even remove the stream lane. So you're not seeing the different user stories by developer or by person that's working on them. But you could just see all of them together without having that division that we were seeing before, where you saw Mike's name at the top. And then Moyes is his name at the bottom. All right, but let me just go back to that example Rial world example. Like I said on all of these things that you're seeing here in our board are obviously user stories and I know what you're thinking. You might be thinking right now. Why aren't the user stories in the, you know, in the structure or the traditional structure for user story, which is us a block I need to block sold that block right, which is Assad is basically the who I mean to block is the what? And so that block is the why, right? So generally a user story has that structure because we're trying to clearly state under state and defining the user story itself what it is that we're doing, who is doing it on why we're doing it. What's the value of doing it right? Because a lot of the agile teams are might be very mature with the agile methodology like these Project Team and the steamy Nicks. In this example. We're not using that long structure because it takes a lot longer to write, as I I need to so that for every single user story and in addition to that, it might look a bit redundant. So even though agile and scrum theory tell us that when we're writing a user store, we should be using that structure. What you're gonna see in practice is that most people and a lot of people don't actually use that structure, and they use their user stories mawr to represent the different things that they're working on, the task or the requirements. Right? So I guess if you were going to strictly by the book and strictly by the theory, user stories air basically representing requirements for your customer from your customers or your or your clients for your end users biting practice and impractical in practical application in the real world, you're gonna be seeing that in the scrum boards and in the agile board. Sending in these jeer aboard here that we're seeing right now, most people are gonna be using it to track there, use their stories. But when providing user stories, people are generally adding basic e tasks and requirements, right? So I just wanted to just make a little bit a little note about that. So you're aware of that and so that it doesn't come a surprise when you're seeing these on screen. Why doesn't have the traditional user story structure? But basically, if you look at this little, I can hear this green little I can hear next to the user story. It's basically telling you that it's a story that it's a user story, Indira. They use the name story just, I guess. An abbreviation of the longer name used her story, but when they say story injera, they're basically referring to a user story, which I just explained, and these little blue I can hear. He's a sub task that is part off this user story or this bigger task, right? So, Indira, you can also add sub tasks to each user story. Okay, And of course, you could also add tasks, not not cold and use their stories. If you didn't want to, you can actually call them tasks. If that's easier for you, we don't have. You don't want to use the user story, our story terminology, that's fine. I always say to people you know, do whatever works best for you, for your team and in your context because we got to keep in mind that even though there's a theory, you know, we need to be pragmatic and a lot of times practice very Subait from theory. Okay, so I guess don't get to, you know, don't get too concerned with that. And don't over think it what I would recommend if you generally use the stories and then stopped, ask if you need to add to them on. Like I said here, you can see very quickly at a glance. And this is the power off Ajira board right here. Right now. You can see what is the status of Mike and what he's working on in this particular spring. Let's go back on. Just remind ourselves over again in spring three. Okay, so we were already gone through spring one springtime. We're now in spring three. And as you can see Mike here, he has I finished all of the tasks all the user stories that are here on the right hand side. All of these are things that he already finished, which is a ton of work. So he's done a ton of work in the Sprint, and these are three things that he's currently working on. And these are things that he needs to work on because this is an are really cool thing. If you go here to the top, right hand side corner it zero days remaining, it means that we're pretty much run out of time in the spring. So Mike will probably not be able to finish Opie pretty much didn't finish by now. These three sub task and these user story that he has here. Okay, so that's the other thing. I want you to keep in mind with Vera. If you're ever unsure about what something means or you're not too sure about what something represents a Nikon a link name or something. Just remember that you can hold her over it, and he will generally give you some information. You know, for example, here this little red arrow if I hold her over it, it means is that should So it's a user story that with Marcus, I should on for those that are not too familiar with this. I'm not gonna go into a little detail right now, But one of the ways in you in which you can prioritise user stories is but using what we call Moscow. All right, so let me just very quickly go through that concept for you guys that have never perhaps herto Moscow. Okay, So if I go here, let me just go back to these example that we're seeing before on. Actually, I might just go here at Let's just leave it like that. I maybe if I scroll here So for those aren't familiar with Moscow, So muss co is just a way in which we prioritizing Gironde. The am stuns stands for must, though here doesn't stand for anything. So forget about it. It's just because they wanted to give you a cool name. The S stands for shoots. So must shoots Kouds the old here this instant for anything on the w stands for won't have . All right, So these are the top priority things. These are the essential things. The things that we can't live without. These are the things that we just have to do is not optional, because if we don't do them, the system breaks or you were doing something that is illegal or were breaking the law or were not mean compliance standards. It's just something that is essential and needs to get done. It needs to get done. All right, there's there's no option of doing it. You have to, all right. It's kind of your commitment on. And then we have the shoots right, which are important, but not essential. Right? So is the next ranking priorities on then the goods Less important. Okay, on again, they're not essential, right? So they're less important than the chutes. But if we did them great, you know, it's like a nice to have. So this is a bit like a nice to happen, all right? And then the 1/2 they are just things that we're not doing. So we're not doing them not doing them, all right. So, basically things that we've declared our outside of the scope and this is just a concept and something that we use in agile to prioritize user stories. So I'm just gonna jump back to the example I just wanted to come back real quickly here just to show this to you, Andi, to explain a little bit, you know, the must have the month, the Moscow concept, in case you ever you hear about it. So this is what it stands for. Moscow is for must shoot scoots and one house, All right. And that's something that we're using in this project. And that's why I want to quickly explain it. If I go back here, we've actually added to our user stories that category, whether it's a shoot, this one, for example, is a sub task. And that's why it says your minor. But if we go here, it's a must. So these red arrow indicates, should this other red arrow, which is a little bit different in the case of indicates a must. So, like I said before, if you're ever in doubt about what something means injera just just hover the mouse over it without clicking on it. I know he will tell you this thing here is just a you know, the unique i d that Gerald gives to the user story. So Esty is on abbreviation for this project. S T stands for a short for stash, which is the name of the project on then 552 is the unique I D off these user story. So it's used her story Esteve Dash 552 or 5555 to whatever you wanna call it, all right. And then here, for example, below Mike's picture, you can see it says one hour and 30 minutes, so that's basically his estimate for doing this particular user story. That's what he estimated it would take him okay on. That's why you see these one that says to, you know, 2.32 hours and 1/2 it basically means, he estimated, for the sub task that it would take him 2.2 point three hours. Some of the user stories don't have time, or some of the sub test or user story don't have time because he might not have had a chance to actually estimate them. And he just started working on them where he finished him before he even had a chance to estimate them. And obviously this is also something that is very typical. I wanted to show you this example because it's such a great examples. Real world. What happens in the real world in real world applications, ideally in agile. If you went by the theory, you would have estimated the time he would take you to execute all the different user stories on generally actually, in an agile and scrum. We don't normally typically estimating in time in hours. But most of the time we estimate in story points in our case, in our project in particular, we're actually not using story points. But as a team, we decided that we wanted to estimate in hours Okay, just because it makes it easier for us to manage the time, the workload and the resource allocation. But you don't have to. You can actually do your estimation in story points if that is easier for you and for your team. Like I said, this is just an example. Okay, so I just wanted to show you here also that in the real world, a lot of times people don't actually estimate the time that or don't actually assign the story points or the time it will take him to completely use their story before they actually get started with the work. Ideally, they would that it's part of what we call spring planning. But in the real world, sometimes we're busy. Sometimes we have a ton of things going on in this example might. Actually he's not only working on this project, he actually works in the operation as well. So I'm sure he didn't get a chance to actually add his estimation toe all of these other user stories. And as you can see, he actually had a bunch of them as well to work on a bunch of stuff tests as well. So he added the time where he could Okay, uh, these other legal color here that you're seeing. He's basically what what it's representing is that these user story is part off an epic that we called only M V P for research office. So only is basically one of the things that we're working on this project and is one of our big deliverables on our epics, as we call them in, agile or in scrum, and in particular, I guess I'm not gonna go into all the details of what it means, but in essence is basically like a portal, like a data portal that we built for the research office that allows him to see successful grants in that website in that portal. Okay, so that's what one of the things that Mike has been working on in the sprint on if I scroll down more and more and more to see Moises, Moises was also helping out with this epic. And that's why he has that, you know, user story, that it's part of only as well and BP for research office and in case you don't remember. And we p stands for minimum viable product, which is one off the agile concept we use. And then if you look at the things that he finished, there is also another epic that he was working on, which is system operating system patching. Right? So stashed Merrill. Good lap. So three things that he was patching us part of the sprint. Now, obviously, if you want Teoh open any of these user stories to see what we did specifically, you can just click on them and or you can just click right click and then open open Lincoln in Utah, and it'll take you specifically to the user story we can see here. The user story that type. It's that use their story studies. It's done. It's pretty minor components. He didn't have any component assigned. No labels. But you can check again. You can change all of these injera. Remember, you can edit it. You can comment is very flexible. What you're seeing is basically what we have assigned. So in this case, it's a spring to spring three. Because it's something that we were carrying over from the previous Sprint. So Mike started to work in the index. They're full text search, but he actually wasn't able to complete in spring two. And that's why carried over for spring teat, Spring three. That's where we actually carried it over for the sprint. And these are the tasks that he complete the work part of these user story, as you can see. And then here on the right hand side, you can say you can see what he estimated the remaining amount of time and how much time he actually logged onto these specific user story that he was working on. Okay. And you can see here below the activity of these air story. So comments we went toe all basically show you when it was created changes like all the history that these user story has on gold the history that went through. And that's also something that I really like about Jiro, which is pretty cool, which is basically keeps a love off any changes you make to a user story and the activity here because he all or you can just specifically look at comments if there are any work log history activity on just quickly there. There were no comments in these user story work log. So people here, Naomi works, you know, spend some time on these. She's on our team member and Mike. He spent two hours. So these were This is the work that they loved. This user story history shows a bit of the history. So what was the original value and what was the new value of the user story on it? We went to activity. It'll just show you the whole activity with the day to kind of like a, I guess is showing you a chronology. You know, like a time line a time frame off when things happening, that activity and here in the rights of bunch more. If information like people dates time tracking development fragile. You know, the springs via on board and Chet's. Okay, so I'm just gonna go back. I'm just gonna close this, and I'm just gonna go back here. Like I said, you can open any user story by just simply right clicking and then opened linking you tab. You can also click it if you would just click it with with your You know, if you just click it with the left hands with the left button on your mouse, it just gonna open it here on the right hand side. Kind of like I can minimize the view of it. Right? But if you can also close that or like I said before, you can right click on open this and it'll just show you all the details. In case you wanted to go into the details of that user story, same goes for any of them. Okay, so this is a really good example on if you can see here quick filters, it basically shows you different filters that we've added here at the top on. But like I said before, all of this is stuff that you can configure if you go to the configure. You can hide details if you want to. You can expand. You can collapse hide epic labels. So if I did Alexis get here just to show you, remember that this thing here only is an epic. If I clicked on it, you would hide them so you wouldn't see the epics. You would just see the user stories. But if we wanted to see it again, would just keep Kirsch Olympic labels. And it'll shows that shows the the epics for each of the user stories. Remember that sub task? It's part of a user story, which is why you're not seeing on Epic. Assigned to It is because this is a user story on this kind of like the if you were thinking off a tree, this is like a branch of this bigger trip. Andi. That's why it's a sub task of these user story. And that's why the epic said the higher level, which is the user story. Okay, so in this part of the course with, we've covered a real world example of what a scrum board and agile war Ajira board, if you want to call it that looks like and like I said we had in these three typical columns that you would see, which is it to do in progress and done. But you could. Like I said before, you could actually change these if you wanted to. Okay, If you click this, you can actually hide the heather as well. If you wanted to expand this view, let me just show you real quickly If I click, this is just gonna hide that many of the top and make this bigger, Which might be good if it might be good. If you're actually in a presentation showing this to someone and again, you can actually minimize this again if you just click this And this is a really good example off an agile board here, injera. And we cover basically what we're working on in spring three. So this shows you at a glance everything that we did in Sprint three and in this case in this particular project, by the way, we're just adding the user stories that developers are working on. We're not adding in our in our board, the work that everyone else in the team is doing. But specifically we're focusing on the development side of things. So these are all the things that these two guys have been working on in the Sprint, which is pretty much completing and finishing today because, as you can see here, it's zero days remaining. But like I said before in this project, we're doing four times the sprints. If there were, for example, three days left than here, you would see three days left. But because today is kind of like the last day, it's actually saying Syria, there's remaining meaning that we're actually finishing on dropping of the spring. One of the things injury is that even though we might have actually completed this sprint, it doesn't automatically complete for you. You actually manually complete market complete. And it just that's just pretty good. Also, like I said, in terms of flexibility, Indira, it just gives the power on the scrum to the scrum master or to the team itself to actually decide when they actually mark that complete. Okay, Andi, that's just something that you know you can manage on. Ideally, you're gonna close on the day. Of course, Like in this case, we we should be closing today. But it is up to you if you wanted to close hit a lot of different date. It really gives you that flexibility to manage that. Alright, guys, I hope you've enjoyed these real world example. And if you have any questions, don't hesitate to reach out. This is what you know, Agile board looks like engineer or a scrum board Looks like Indira. And this is one of the things that we're referring to as a team all the time in our standups, when we're looking at our progress and when you're working on things yourself, these one of the things you're actually going back to and just seeing where Europe with things, What you're gonna work on next because remember that even though we might have a bag look and we'll look at the back, look, in our part of the course, even though we have might have been a backlog with another additional bunch of things that we're working on, we're obviously in this scenario, we're not gonna go. We're just gonna show in the spring the things that were working in this particular spring in this particular fortnight. So you're not going to see, because it can become quite distracting when you have a problem and it's a big project and have a bunch off hundreds or over thousands of tests that you need to complete to finish the project. Actually, when you're this is one of the powerful things about agile gives you the part of focus on a short time frame on the very specific things that you're gonna be doing on the very specific things that you're gonna be delivering in that spring, which is what you're seeing here on screen. So Mike delivered a bunch of stuff in the spring, so I'm sure everyone's going to be really happy. As you can see, he actually complete a lot of things that he was working on in the Sprint. And Moist is the same, you know. He also completed 1234566 Use their stories and you can see here, By the way, just us a little note next to the name, the number off user stories you're seeing here that the word has a word. Issues again. Don't worry too much about that. That's just the convention on the conventional name that Jiro uses for users. You know when when they're when they create something in the system that you know. They're generally referring to it as an issue initially, but it doesn't mean that it's a problem. It actually just means it can be a user story. It can be, ah, different. You know, it could be a user story. Could be a sub task. You can be pretty much anything that I see you name it. Are you categorize it, um, again. Like I said, don't worry too much about that. You'll get the handle fetus, as you're working with. It is just a convention because and this goes back. And that's why I wanted to talk to you before when I talked about the, you know, history of Deraa. Like I said, Jerry initially was born to track issues to truck bugs in software. But it's evolved, and it's nowadays used for agile product management. But some of the things our legacy, and they're still you know, some of them names that you see in the system. Indira's the system are still legacy, so they still use a lot the word issues, but not always. They're actually referring to any super say that makes sense. I'm sure you're gonna, you know, you're gonna get the handoff it as you were working with it. Like I said, don't worry too much about that just real quickly to to elaborate on that. And I'm not to, you know, to make sure you're not confused by it. If you actually opened this user story, SD 55 200 is going to right click open linking your tab just to go into the details of that user story. Do you see here that there's a type? Do you remember how I explain these little Aiken shows? Represents? At least use your story, our story? If actually click here on edit and I clicked on the drop down here, I could actually changes to a task, a bug or an epic. So, like I said before, that's why I was saying to you, don't worry too much about these these names Jezeera. He's very flexible, and you can change him and you can rename it if you wanted to. So in generous terms, when they're talking about issues, they're referring to any of these three things it could be or any of these four things. It could be a story, a task, a bug or an epic is just how the system was built. So don't get confused by that. Like I said, is just how they when they build Ghira. Initially, they just called it issues. And that's why every time you create something, when you click here on create, he just basically creates a new issue. As you can see here, they call it issue, but it's not really an issue. As you can see in the drop them below, you can actually convert that into a story about a net pick or a task. Writing unnecessarily an issue per se issue is just the name they gave it in the system. I'm pretty sure at some point in the future, a glass in my decide to rename that from issue to something else create whatever, but for now, they just kept the, you know, the legacy, how they used always called it in the system, which is issue because that's how the system was when he was born. They were always referring to things as issues when they were creating something in the system, and that's just, I guess, the legacy in the history of Jiro so product, because it originally started as ah, but trucking and, you know, an issue tracking application. But nowadays, issues brought up things way beyond that. I like I said before, Even though you're seeing year tasks, story bugs and epics you could add genera actually allows you to configure this stuff and change it so you can actually go here to configure. Um, you could actually changes in the you know, you could actually changes in the configuration settings of Jiro if you wanted to change this, but most of the time, it'll be fine. You most of time. I don't think you'll actually need to create anything or confused is differently. The full things that the Jiro gives you are pre
19. Jira | Reports: the jury has a bunch of things here on the left hand side, there are the menu. It's these. The menu item from the era. One of the really cool things are the reports. So if I click here on reports, it's gonna take me to the reports page off Ghira and you can see here there agile reports like the Burn Down Chart, Spring Report, the Velocity Chart, Community of Flow diagram and so forth. And one of the things I really like about the rights that it does automatically all of this for you. In a lot of the other other tools, they don't actually have this functionality. You have to actually do it manually yourself. Or you have to buy something extra to get or on Adam or something else. Jerad. That's part of the practice, part of what they want. They You know what you can see here directly, injera. And if you wanted to see, for example, this burned down chart, one of the most popular charts in agile, you're going to see here, this is what our sprint looked like. And you can see here the convention of that gruff here on the right what it means. And if I did here, let's say our previous brand spring to so you can change. And you can see how we did on the previous sprint as well. The green represents time spent, remain values on again. These things you can also kind of like antics. So if I want to take up the red one, um, you can actually remove it as well. You can configure this if you wanted to. So, yeah, like I was saying before you can actually change his graph and customize it if you click here on this drop down menu, for example, if you want just to see the original time estimate Okay, so this is the burned down chart on the gray line is kind of like the theoretical way of that burned down going down if you actually gone us ideally, yes, it If everything had gone in the perfect world, that's how you would have looked. But the orange one or the red one here that you're seeing is showing you the rial actual burned down graph, how it actually went. Okay. And as you can see, we started here and we did, and with lesser known for me work gays, your wandering. Why? Something's a gruff went up. It means we actually added user stories to that sprint, which is something you shouldn't be doing ideally, But in practice, it does happen. Something practice. You actually need to, uh, use your stories, your sprint. So again, the practice. Very something's versus theory. And so we added the user stories when we needed to in the sprint. And that's why at the another at the end of spring, we actually had ah, little remaining work. Also, because we added to many in this case is basically just showcases that we have too many user stories in that spring. So probably a lot more work that way could actually take on Okay, I'm just gonna go back remaining time estimate. All right. And yep. This is just like an example of the burned down chart, and I'm just gonna go back here to reports I'm gonna switch report. Let's just go to the spring report. Okay? So I showing you real quickly here a beautiful summary, and if you scroll down completed issues, issues not completed. So this is showing us spring to I can actually change this to spin one or three. It's just joining us three sprints because he's the number of springs that we've done so far in this project. If I went to spring three, he hasn't actually been marked complete yet, but it's pretty much complete because there's no time remaining on the Sprint. So the completed issues or user stories or blocks air here and below are the ones that we didn't complete. And it just shows you, you know, like I said it. This is just a spring report, and this is what a Sprint report looks like. And that's what you would be discussing with your team in your retrospective on when you're looking at how you guys did in that sprint, all right, and this is really cool. Like I said before, just keep in mind that injera they refer to I use their story of baga task in an epic pretty much anything that you're creating in the system as an issue on the reason why, in case you're wondering why Jiro does, that is because originally when they created Jiro, it was actually a software for trucking, tracking and managing issues, bugs in software, but then over time, it became an agile software, you know, an agile project management tool. But they've actually kept some of the terminology, So that's why they're still used, that you know, the name issue. But it's not really that when you're seeing here is actually an issue. That's why they have here the issue type. These green ones are user stories on these books. Are actual bucks actually problems? Or they would actually be, Let's hear a really issue in this scenario, but that's just like I said, not something for you to worry about. I just want to very quickly show you that you have a bunch of reports that you can. If I go here back to our sprint, are can been bored. I could actually go back again to report real quickly on like it's like we saw before. There's a bunch of reports here in in the click here on all reports Injera. It's going to show you all the different reports, and in case you don't remember what it report means or what they stand for, etcetera, Jiro makes it super easy for you and puts like a little summary below the name of each report which helps you room remind yourself what it's about. And, of course, Like I said, they have a time on a lot of information in, you know, help guides and the help center and knowledge based articles. And they also have a community. So you're not gonna you know, you're not gonna not find information about something if you have a question about it on. Anyway, I hope you found these. Useful is just a real world example of an adult combine board injera and real world examples off what reports look like injera. We discover two of the many reports we covered the you know, the burned down chart on the sprint report. And we could also have a look real quickly and the velocity chart just so you can see what the velocity chart looks like. Here it is. This is what the velocity chart looks like. Comedian and completed. And once we complete spring three, spring three would appear here on the right, but just real quickly, because this is a project that is just starting up. It is a great example to show you something that typically happens with agile teams when they're just starting to work together on their projects. It is very, very common to see agile teams that are just starting up with their products toe, overcome it and to plan to do way more than what they can actually do in a single sprint. And that's what happened to us in spring one. As you can see here, the gray one represents the commitment. So what we planned to dio and the green one represents what we actually did, what we actually completed when we finish this two week sprint. As you can see, there's a massive gap right we thought were going to do all of this. But we actually were able to only do this little bit here. That's very common when you're starting up in your agile projects on then spring to we said , Okay, let's get more realistic. So we plan for less work than what we're planning. Sprint one less. But we also had an efficiency as a team because we started to work better together. We started to understand better and get any inertia learning curve. Although things that happened when yours working through Sprint's, this is very typical again, very normal and where you're going to see here is that we actually need way more than that . We commit it, which is right. That's awesome. Right? But ideally, you want these two bars, Toby, at the same height on the same level you want basically to complete what you plan to complete, right? But if you did more, that's okay. If you did last well, it's a lesson learned for you. It's something that you need to reflect on. And what you're gonna see over time in this graph in a velocity chart is that it starts to go from small to less the war, and then it plateaus, you know? Then it becomes a bit it stabilizes because then you become better at your estimating as you're going through your different sprints, your team is going to start improving, improving, improving, and you're gonna get better, are planning on executing at the same time, which means that you're gonna reach as status. And you know your A level as a team in which this to ground in these two bars are pretty much at the same level on also, you're going to start seeing the velocity which initially is low on it starts to become higher and higher at some point it plateaus and it becomes, you know, it becomes kind of like a stable line. Yes, trade, horizontal, stable line. Which shows you that the team has reached a level off maturity. All right, guys, I hope that these, um bit here off the right is something that you can take advantage off. Like I said before, if you want to learn a lot more about Jiro, just search for my Jiro course and or just, you know, go to YouTube or read or whatever you want to dio or just enrolling Jiro, you know, just goto Jezeera and create a free accountants or playing with it. But this is just to give you I guess I guess a bit of a taste for Ghira. And so you You know what? What's included there on guy? Just show you a little bit of Jura. Jura has a ton of things more than what I just showed you, but I probably show you some of the really key things on. Like I said, I just wanted to give you a real world example of a real product that we're working on and he saw right there. A natural camp on board on a few of the reports that you could see if I go here about two active sprints this I can hear with the board. It takes me to our agile Come on war, which we saw before. All right, guys, I hope you enjoy this part of the course. This is a real world example of a real project, a research project that I'm working on right now. And I just showed you what it looks like. Injera. And I'm sure you're gonna get a little value out of these lecturing the course and I'll see you in the next one. Cheers. Bye.
20. Jira | The Backlog: Hey, guys. So in this part of the course, we're gonna talk about the product backlog or the bag look injera. Okay, So as you can see on the left hand side menu, I'm already on the bag. Look, Tab. And if you recall, you can also collapse this left hand side manual sidebar by clicking here the bottom or you can again click there and explained the sidebar again. So if you have it collapse, you'll just see the icons here. And if you expand it, you'll see the icons and the name. Okay, So just real quickly. Like I said before, we are on the product backlog or back. Look, you also see the name here at the toughest well, backlog. All right, So what do we generally have in the product? Back? Look. So in the product back, look, we have basically all the issues that we created in our gear A project, right? And if you recall issues don't necessarily mean problems, but that is actually just the GE era convention or the Ajira name that he provides for the different things that we create. Injera. Right? So kind of like the name type for every time when we're creating a user story on epic Ah, bog a task in general like we talked before. We call them issues, right? And you see that here, the many on the top. Also, when you click on the create button, like I said before, you're gonna basically start creating an issue. Right? And remember that here, just when you create select in the top, the project gives you the option to what issue type it is. So what category does this issue belonged to? Easy to task. You see the story, use their stories it above received an epic. Okay. And just remember that these fields are also configurable. So you could actually add more of these different types of issue types if you wanted to in the settings off Ajira. Okay, so I'm just gonna cancel these justice. I just wanted to show you real quickly, but like I said before in the back lot, we have pretty much every single issue we've created, Indira. So you'll probably notice that at the top of the back. Look, we have the current active sprint in our case. This is spring for and that's from the third of March until the 13th and it has 22 issues for 22 things that we're working on in this particular sprint on, you can see everything that is part all the issues that are part of the Sprint are here, below the title of the Sprint. And if I actually collapse this, I'll see here the backlog itself on all the issues that are part of the bat. Look, as you can see on this project, we have a pretty big backlog. We have 241 issues that we need to work on to complete the project or to complete the product. Keep in mind that the backlog is not a static thing. It's something that generally can be increased over time. Or it could actually be even reduced in your backlog grooming sessions. When you're working with your agile team or your scrum team, you might actually decide to reduce the battle for increasing depending on what you're trying to achieve. OK, but in this case, with the information we have at this date, we currently have 241 issues loved injera in our back look, and this is basically what we use when we're doing our spring planning and planning what we're gonna be working on next, Right? Our next sprint, we look at our back, look, and then we take some substance off a subset of the user stories or tasks or epics that we have there, and we add them into our spring back look, or the next print that we're gonna be working on. Right? So you see here that in the back Look, Tab off course. Where this whole section of the course we're talking about the backlog or the bank. Look top right here. You can see here. There's a button at the top, right hand side corner. That's his create sprint. So if I actually clicked on these, you would allow me to dragon drop here different types off issues that are in the back up to create the next sprint. Okay. But I'm just gonna delete this because it was just something quickly that I wanted to show you related? Yep. Confirmed. Okay, so that's basically all you do when you're planning injera your next sprint, the next you know, four diet or the next. Whatever you designed, the length of your sprint does. Remember that, Tom agile teams work with one week sprints. Other teams work with two weeks friends, others with three and others with four. It doesn't really matter, because it Gerald gives you the flexibility to define the length of your spring right here in the system right here, injera. And you can put the range whatever arrange your team is using to work on their actual project. In our case, we're doing fortnightly sprints. That means every two weeks we're creating a new sprint on nodding a bunch off issues from our backlog into the Sprint. So, like I said before, if you were going to create a new spring, you just click on, create Sprint on. Then you can rename this right now. It's just put Spring four, but I could actually easily change it to the sexually Spring five on. It's gonna be a from march because these one finish on the 13th so this could be March 14th and so forth and then, you know, count two weeks after that, okay, and then you basically create your next sprint. Let's say this is gonna be two weeks. Let's say this is the 28th. I'm just, you know, just give you a quick example of how you would do this off course. I can also really remove this Number two. And I can just just set of parentheses here on Dan. You could just start dragging and dropping. As you can see here, you can actually drag and drop from the back. Look, you could actually drug and dropped from the backlog issues into your next sprint, right? You could just easily drag and drop them and put them back. All right, That's all you would do when you were doing your next spring planning. OK, so that's what I wanted to show you in this part of the course just how to create a sprint . You just so high how you did it. I'm just gonna debate this because it was just a test. The explained confirm OK. And I could also, like I said before, expand this spring to see what? Which is our This is showing us a current active sprint, the spring we're working on at the moment and just a quick recap. Remember that these little icons indicated that type of issue injera. So in this case, the green ones Little green icon misses a user story. The red one means it's a bug on. We don't have any any epics here. But as you can see, these user story is part of the only epic this this pink color here only M v p represents an epic on this other thing. Here only version 1.1 point 0.0. It's the version, right, which is the release. And we're talking a little bit about releases injera. But basically you can actually attack your easier stories with a particular release so that you know, when you're working on software projects, generally, when you release overturning circulation 1.1, or returns to point to one or whatever it is, and this is how you could actually manage their release, you don't necessarily have to use numbers. Of course, you've seen Google call them KitKat or, you know, Google, Oreo or whatever, so you don't necessarily have to use numbers for your releases. You could actually just give him a name like Google does when they're working on their projects and they call him Oreo or whatever. And I gave us again. I know I'm talking about specific in this case, I'm talking about a project that relates to on you research project a research for up research. That I'll management plans is a system that's called Stash, that researchers use. But it doesn't necessarily mean, of course, that you can only use Jiro for I t projects or technology projects. You definitely can use Jiro for any other type of project. And let's say, if these were marketing campaign that you were working on, you could call this. You know, depending on the different releases you could you could you could call launch one Ah, a particular name and then assigning their stories to that attack user stories. That's part of that release and will cover releases in another subsection on our part of the course. But I just wanted to show you quickly here what this stuff is about. The back look. Like I said, it's basically what you have everything that you were working on in your project, and you can see our whole back along here. If I scroll down, you're going to see everything that we have in our but low, and this just gives you, ah, view off what you were planning to work on your product as a whole. And you can see here some quick filters in our cases off course filters that we've created . And you could actually change this if you needed to. And if you search here, of course, is gonna give you the option to search again for, you know, whatever it is that you're searching for, there's a legal here, a legal kind of like sidebar as well. You can see the versions and the epic. So if I click Conversions is gonna show us the different versions that we're working on at the moment, and you can see these stash version version 3.2 point zero. And it gives you an indication on a visually visual indication of where you're at in terms of completion of these version on have actually hold my mouse over. And I just left it there. It says 21% off. Estimated work done. So we've completed 21% and then you can see the remaining amount here on the right hand side and great. Same goes for this one. If I over my mouth over it, it'll say 66%. It's already completed. That's why you see This blue line is beyond the half of the off the line as a whole because it's more than 50%. So in this case, it's 66% meaning there's, ah, big remaining right. We're talking about 34% remaining in this scenario, and this is another version I can. You know, if you click on these three thoughts, you can edit the name if you wanted to of this version of it, or you could have more. If, of course, number. Hide this panel. And if I click here on Epix show, the epics panel is gonna show me all the epics that are part of this project. If I scroll down, I can see all the epics that we've added to his project on Ben. The ones that don't have any coloring. The line means we haven't even started to work on them on the ones that have blue means. We're working through those issues that are part of those epics, right? In this case, that could be used or stories or box etcetera, right? Remember that issues like I said before is just how G rock calls pretty much anything that you create. Indira. So when you create something Indira in the system, do you recall student an issue, but it doesn't necessarily mean that it's an issue. Like I said before in the cores, he just means a type of issue, a category of something that you're creating Indira like, I kind of think like a ticket so you could actually convert that or categorize that'sa in terms of the issue type that we saw before. When you're creating the different issues, you can categorize it as a task as the story of Sabah Barisan epic and again you can customize it. But generally you probably won't use anything beyond what it's actually already there. It's pretty standard, pretty common when you're working on projects and this is you. Just enter the information off your issue, Indira and then you created, and every time you create a new one of these issues, it'll automatically go into your battle because remember that the backlog has everything that is part of the project's all the issues that were part of it, and that's why you saw these big number here when we're looking at the back look 241 issues and like I said, you can filter these. It gives you the option here to see all is showing us the You know, in this case, we're seeing the 1st 100 issues effect material. Show me the next. The first fight 1st 100 issues. If I click here, Tirol shows the 1st 500 If I could hear all issues going to show us all the issues that are part of the team product, project or service that you're working on. Okay, so that's pretty much it guys. Like I said, also, you can, as always, click everything in general. You can either hold or your mouth your mouth, all right? And I'll give you more details like you're seeing right now. He wanted hovering my mouth or these icons you can click on the Remember that the S T six year old five is just like a unique I d. The ajira automatically gives every time you create a I use her story or or an issue in Europe. In this case, it's given this random number. SD six year old five. It's just a unique identify. RST is just the summarized things stands for stash, which is the name of the project in this case, eso defending. Every time you create a new project, Indira, it'll automatically create conflict and name convention for you. Like we saw earlier in the course on again. You can right, right. Click on this link or hyperlink and then open the Lincoln and you tell I don't just show you hear the details of that particular issue in this case, the issue types of stories or these a user story that we're working on the parties it should on here is the epic that it's part of. And here we can see more information like we talked before about who is working on it. The dates time tracking, etcetera. Right, and then hear this up test that are part of these each injuries in your user story in this case and so forth. If I went back to the board, I'm just gonna close to stop now. Remember that you can also either right click on it like I showed you. Or you can just click on it simply and it open it here on the right hand side for you will be like, in a bit of a summarized view. Okay. And then you see here you have. Ah, bar. You can scroll up and down off course. This is for the backlog over here. But there's also a little Bauer right on the right hand side as well here for just this little summary view that he hoped that particular issue in dear again, this is not showing you anything different to what we saw here. When we when we click, right, clicked on it and then opening opening a new tab is the same information. Just that you can see it here in detail by right clicking on it. Or you can simply see it by not right clicking, but just clicking on it on the issue. And it will show you this little summarized view of fate on the right hand side, right next to the back look. So it really gives you a lot of flexibility on how you want to look at things. And that's one of those things that is typical of Ghira. That's one of the reasons why people loved us so much as well. It's because it gives you a lot of different ways to look at things and a lot of flexibility. Okay, guys, So Well, we pretty much covered everything that you need to know about the backlog. And like I said before, every time you create an issue, it'll automatically go on the back. Look for you on based on the back. Look, you can actually start creating your sprint's like I showed you earlier in this part of the course. Okay, guys will see in the next one. Cheers, bite.
21. Roadmapping in Jira: Hey guys. So in these part of the course, I want to show you a real-world example of a product roadmap, JIRA. And as you can see here, we have the whole year from January until December, and we've divided that into product roadmap by quarters, which is typically something you would do when you're developing a product roadmap. So you have here Q1, Q2, Q3, and Q4. That stands for quarter one of the year, quarter two of the year, quarter three of the year, and quarter four. So the whole year divided in groups of three months, right? So the first group is January to March, second April to June, July to September, and the fourth quarter, October till December, right? So vertically, you have here the quarters of the year, right? And horizontally you have different groupings or categories, which in this case are basically streams will work, right? So this is something we've created specifically for this, right? Obviously that the groupings in the categories could vary depending on the type of product that you're developing, right? But you can see here we have archiving, audit requirements, data governance, discovery portal, publishing, and essential maintenance. In this particular case, doors as those are the streams of work for this product that we're building. And that's why we've called them with those names. And that's why we regroup the different work that we're doing in those different big streams of work. Now because we're working through these using Agile development process, you can see here that we have the different sprint, sprint one, spring to spring three, spring four, et cetera, up until spring 15, which is our core and Sprint. Now, these roadmapping functionality in JIRA allows you to add this label here so you can see from which day till date is the sprint, right? And what you're seeing here as well below are the different epics that are part of these product of what we are building, right? And you can't fully read the name of all of these because it's something's shortens it. And that's just something because of space constraints in the tool itself. But if you couldn't read the whole name, if you just hover your mouse over it, like, like so, you'll be able to see the full name, all CFL, outer index and clean up. And this one, for example, says solution these, and then you can't read them. But if you hover your mouse over the solution, the signing unprocessed documentation Part one. Alright. So the different colors here that you're seeing just basically indicates different types of epics. And then, like I mentioned before, because of the grouping that you have horizontally, this is just categories of the work that you're doing. So everything that is underneath, underneath archiving, even though it might have a different color or a different name, relates to the archiving stream of work. So these are basically all different epics. So different chunks of work that we need to get done so that we can actually. Develop the archiving functionality in this product. Okay, so all of these epics that are here will allow me to actually get done the archiving functionality that I need to complete, okay? Now, if I actually opened up any of these, for example, this one only and VP for Research Office. Let me just right-click that and open that in a new tab. So we're opening up these epic here, only, MVP for research. And when I open it, you can see here all the user stories below it that are part of these epic, right? So as you know, JIRA colSums goals m issues, but this is just a system terminology, but there are actually user stories, okay? And if you hover your mouse over this, your mouse over this icon here, these green icon you can see it's a story, it's a story. This red one here is a bug. Okay, so it's a bug. So all of these actually, all of these different user stories are part of these. Only MVP for research epic, right? As you can see here, that's why it's called here. And epic. And archiving is the stream of work, which in Gira we referred to it as component. Okay. So you are seeing here the product roadmap for the whole year. So one of the reasons why product roadmaps are so important, so valuable and so great for stakeholders is because at a glance, look at these in a single page, in a single view, you can see everything that's going to get done throughout the year. What specific Eatly is gonna get done when it's gonna get completed? And how is the workload distributed across the different months of the year when things are going live as well. Alright, so that's really cool. So you can see here, for example, if we went down here to the discovered plural publishing, we are, we have here two epics related to the data portal outbreak. Okay, you can see them down here. I'm going to make this a little bit bigger so you can see it better. Now in these examples that you're seeing on screen where using the roadmapping functionality by EC agile. So this is part of the G ROM marketplace. And I'm just gonna right-click on that here. Open linking tab so you can see it. So JIRA, a classroom, that company that created JIRA, they have Alito marketplace, which basically allows you to add extra functionality, an extra things into JIRA. So to make it more powerful, more robust, right? So a little bit similar to what Salesforce docx or many other platforms like our pork products such as microsoft Teams, et cetera, which allow you to add extra functionality. So JIRA does the same thing, right? So these company here, easy agile has developed a few products to enhance that functionality and that's what we're using here in case you're wondering why you're seeing. So this is one of those things that he's not out of the bucks. So JIRA does have a roadmapping functionality out of the bucks. But we've actually enhanced it a little bit with this atom that is by easy agile in the company and that we're working and actually added that extra functionality to make g route and the roadmapping functionality of JIRA leader with more robust. Why? Because we wanted to see epics. Markers, a couple of other things. Okay. But again, with JIRA does have an out of the, out of the box default roadmapping functionality which you can use, which is very similar to these unacceptably like these, but very similar to these. Alright. Now, the markers here, these colors here that you're seeing vertically are the markers. If I click on these markers, button is going to show you here. And that basically allows you to see these markers, okay? And you can create epics here as well by using this button. Okay. I'm just going to cancel that. Okay. But that's just to show you, like I said, an example of that product roadmap here in JIRA. And the key thing for me that I want you to take away in these, less on anybody's part of the course. Is that the product roadmap allows you to distribute unplanned award that you're going to get done in the foreseeable future, right? It doesn't necessarily have to be one year, like it could be to some people do rote maps up to five years in advance, right? But in this particular scenario, we're looking at a one-year view of these development on these build. And you can see how we've distributed. And this is something that you would do as a team, of course you wouldn't do this yourself. But generally product managers own the product roadmap. And they're the ones that actually see how this is built and how this is constructed. But the team is part of it and the whole team participating how this is developed, how the workload is distributed, et cetera, right? Because obviously not a single person can make such an important decision without taking into account the input for everyone that he's working on these, we need the input of everyone that he's working on these. Alright? So you can see here the first quarter and the work on the second quarter, et cetera. So as a team, we try to distribute how when you're looking at how to distribute the work that you are going to be doing your product roadmap. You're gonna think, of course about your resources. So how many people you have working on this? You've got to think about the workload, that complexity of the different things that you're doing. And then how much you can actually realistically get done, right? And then you start mapping it out and you start putting the different word, spreading the different work across the different quarters and of course the different months on across the different streams. So it works in vertically as well. Alright? So like we talked before, these big things and the colors here that you're seeing are epics. So big deliverables that you are seeing on screen are epics. And then inside each of those epics, like we saw before, in these only MVP, there are a bunch of user stories need to get done. So you can actually take this one complete. Ok. So once all of these gets done, we'll be able to actually mark this one, these big epic, complete. Meaning after I need all of these automatically this gets done because all of this, he's actually like a child and this is like the parent, right? So the epic is like the bigger thing because it's so big it can't do it in a single sprint. And all the user stories that you are getting NO3 are sprints will want you can, once you complete this user stars that are part of these epic will then automatically, the epic is then done. It's considered complete. Alright? And so you can see here we've gone through multiple sprints. And some of these work is steel. You know, it's still ongoing, right? Because there are still other user stories that still need to, need to be completed. But over time, as you are completing the whole user stories and you'll be completing the spring, the, the epic as well. And then that way you can continue to move on to the next one. Alright? But like I said, basically this is really good because he'd allows you to see when things are going live, when things are gonna get completed. And obviously a product roadmap is not static. It's something also that moves according to the pace, the velocity of the team, right? So sometimes you might need to shift things around. And another thing that you would consider, of course, as you're building your product roadmaps are dependencies. So sometimes you would say, OK, I'm not going to start this solution design, for example here until I've actually completed the only MVP for research office first, right? And that's why this is seeing afterwards. And after you've actually have these epics. Okay? So that's an example, alright, in the essential maintenance bid here at the button you can see we have system operating system patching, et cetera, et cetera, every single quarter because that's something that we're doing regularly regardless of what's happening in above, in the scenario we still into the patching a reporter. And that's why it's looking like this. Alright? Okay guys, so this is basically what I wanted to show you in this example of product roadmapping in JIRA. And like I said, building this is very easy. You just create the epics, create the themes. And you can filter here if you need to filter. Just to mosques, just the shoots that could see were worse hearing everything right now because we haven't actually applied a filter. But this is really a good way of you developing or it's a really good tool for you to develop a product roadmap in JIRA, Like I said, which basically allows you to see what's going to be developed over time and when things are gonna get completed. And you can continue to track progress, of course, by drawing your sprints using the marker functionality here. Okay. Alright guys, so that's what I wanted to show you on this lecture of the course. I'll see you on the next one. Cheers, bye.
22. What is Teamsv2: alright, guys. So I'm back in the Microsoft teams help center, which, like I showed you before. If you go to support that office dot com, it will take you to the Microsoft support site. And then if you click on teams, it will take you to teams support side. And the reason I wanted to stop here before we actually took a look. And the deep dive into teams itself is because before we started, I wanted to cover with you what his teams and teams is. Pretty much what you're seeing here on screen teams allows you to create teams and channels , and we'll go over that when we look at the teams up itself. Basically, think of a team as a bit of a virtual representation of your physical team. So generally, when we're working in a company were part of a team, right. We're part of procurement or marketing or whatever, right? Daddy's a team and generally your reporting to someone and you have some peers at your same level and you guys are a team, so you can actually create a team representing your physical team digitally with theme teams. So that's one of the things that teams allows you to do. Same goes for projects. A lot of times when we're working on projects, we're creating a team to deliver something, right, so you get put into a project or you're leading that project. You're basically working with a bunch of people from different areas of the business to deliver something right that could be a process improvement, a new application and you tool. It could be procurement. I don't know. It could be a gazillion different things, depending on the area of the pieces of your part off. So basically, that's one of the different things that you can do within Microsoft teams. You can create virtual teams that allow you to collaborate, talk to each other. You know, chatting, conferencing, call conferencing, calls, stuff like that. You can also create channels and we'll see that when we go into teams of basically, once you have set up your team, you're able to create channels which are basically topics about that the team worker is gonna be communicating about so you can set up your channels within the team itself after you have said of the team. So the first thing you do in Microsoft teams on. That's, by the way, why the product is called Microsoft Practice called Microsoft Teams, because you're actually setting up teams digital teams that allow you to collaborate with each other, share information, share files, chat with each other on stuff like that. It's pretty cool, and we're gonna get going in a moment. Track it. The activity is basically like your notifications, like the notifications that used to seeing in pretty much any other app, like Facebook, WhatsApp, Instagram trade or whatever Microsoft teams has the same. It has track activity or notifications where you can see what are the most recent events happening in your account and things that you might be interested in. The chat option with him teams is super useful. I use it all the time, and it's basically a chat tool that allows you to communicate via tax with other people. So anyone that has you know, the mall app, they could be chatting as if they were using WhatsApp or one of those chat ops. You know, if you're using Apple, you know, the Apple messenger thing or if they're using the Facebook Messenger thing, is pretty much like that you can do pretty much anything you can on emojis. You cannot give you can a text. You can take pictures. You can attach files you can use pretty much anything that you're used to using in any of those chat applications. You can do the same within teams as well. You can do meetings and calls because you can actually like. Teams actually integrates with your outlook and with your outlook calendar so you can actually set up and schedule meetings directly from teams if you wanted to. And you can actually see what you see in your outlook calendar directly from teams itself, which is pretty cool again. Then the files big is used, sharing files, collaborating with our people and just being able to send back and forth or, you know, work with multiple people at the same time on the file whilst the file is starting teams and that's one of the iron. Very useful functionalities. It's a team has is that you can actually put up files, so imagine if you have, like, you know how you generally set up folders in your deck. So for your own files and for the things that you're saving, whether it's a war document, Excel file or a Microsoft PowerPoint presentation. But sometimes we know in the modern world we want to share those files with other people, and we actually want to be able to edit those files at the same time with other people. So that is one of the really cool and really big advantages of Microsoft teams because it's a Microsoft product, an application it integrates seamlessly with one Dr Excel Online were the line partner online, which all of them allow you to collaborate on work on files at the same time with other people. Off course. You have direct control on who you share the file with who has access to it. You can set up all that director within teams. I was here shortly and then obscene services. Well, because Microsoft has become really good and integrated with other applications that they own or other applications that other companies own well, teams now allows for that as well, so you can do all of that again within teams. So in this part of the course, basically what I wanted to covering is what is teams and like we've seen already, teams is basically an application from Microsoft that allows you to shut with other people . The calls or conferencing calling schedule meanings, share files pretty much collaborates, who is a productivity application that allows you to collaborate with other people and set up digital teams at the workplace. Or, you know, if you're working our personal product, you could, of course, set up a personal team and then, you know, sharing information or anything that you pretty much would do at the workplace but with your family and friends. But typically, most people are using teams of the world place because Microsoft is generally the sign for business, and that's what we're gonna be covering and focusing on. In this course, we're gonna be focusing on how you use teams in your business, and I'm gonna show you real world examples off how I use it in some of my projects in one of the businesses that in part of all right guys, see in the next one Cheers, Bye
23. Teams Demo from Microsoft: Hey, guys. So I know you've been waiting to see teams live and what it actually looks like. We will get to that. Don't worry, just bear with me. I just thought that it was very important for me before showing you what Actually, teams looks like that you understood what it's about, what you can do with it, the different resource is and documentation that is available to you because you're gonna have the need to go back and look at that. Like I said before, um, for different reasons, you know, you could just forget something that you've seen in the course. Well, somebody might ask your question and you might not be sure. And that's why I just say, Just go to support that office that come play called Microsoft Teams. And then depending on where you're trying to achieve, either search for it or if you know it's something about chat or or you're trying to figure out self something on the teams and channels works. Just click on that tab and then just find anything you have there. For example, seek was on a team. It'll show you everything, depending on what you're searching for Microsoft has improved a lot of documentation, training videos and all that stuff, so you'll find our Thanh and I mean a ton of really valuable resources right here from support dot office dot com. And before we go into actually seeing, you know, teams live on a real world example of how I'm using it. I thought, I take you for us being in Microsoft's official teams demo. Alright. And take note of these because it is something that you can use yourself as you're getting familiar with teams, especially at the beginning, and also so you can show other people what teams thus cause you might get asked my other people what his team's what? What can I do with it? And this is a perfect thing to show them. If you're doing training on, if you're sharing this with other replaying your team or across the business, this is something I definitely recommend that you share with them because it'll take them burn for us. Being on there will become very familiar with teams, so if you go to teams demo dot office dot com on your browser, like I said before, teams demo dot office dot com. Then this is where you'll get and we'll do the demo so you can see what it looks like, Right? So it's just welcome to Microsoft teams Interactive demo. So these really cool because it's interactive and you'll be actually doing things on it. So it's not just like watching a video. It's actually with something that requires you to type and stuff like that, right? So let's just click on it. Let's get started. Microtonal Teams Is the Hartford team working office 365 John Being an experienced teams can achieve more together where no, all their chats, meetings, files and obsolete in a single workspace. In these interactive demo, your first, you'll first get a guided tour of teams to understand the up and learn about key features. You'll didn't try out some real actions and help a team make important decisions. Right? Cool. So one other thing before we go into these that I thought I'd mention before I forget is that you can actually access teams from your browser as well directly, right, so you don't actually have to download the app. If you don't want to download the app, you can actually access teams from your browser like we saw before. If you go teams don't Microsoft dot com and you just enter your credentials, you'll be able to accent access teams from your browser. So that's one thing that I find also really advantageous and really good about Microsoft teams. And that is that you can access is pretty much anywhere, right? Old devices? How have a browser. So even if you didn't have the mobile app on your Android forum or your iPhone or your Windows phone or whatever you can steal, access it from the browser on your mobile phone or from a computer laptop tablet, etcetera. You just go teams that Microsoft that come and then you just sign in off course. If you haven't set up, your account will then just create one that it click on, create one and set up your account, and then you'll be able to start using teams. Like I said before, you can actually use teams for free. If you are personally user outside a business, you don't have to have a license to use it, but you don't come with some constraints. Such a storage, you know, less basic storage and stuff like that. But in general you'll get pretty much most of the things that you would get on the paid version. If you're in the paint version, of course, you'll have full access to it. And there are different paid versions off teams. So you might have, for example, one thing that depending on the version that you are, you might be able to set up a conference in school like you would do assume. Or Citrix, you know, go to meeting and stuff like that via teams directly where you get, like, a national number. You know that people can, you know, like a landline that people can actually calling to your team's meeting. So that's one of the other things that it'll depend basically on the type of licensing that you have all the features and we saw it before. If you remember, we were looking at the team side and let me just go to teams. Let's just search rate and just really quickly jumped back to that. So if you go to teams here, you know the Microsoft Teams site and if you remember like we saw before, there are different options. See plans and pricing on. Basically, you know the premium and the three and you'll see here Channel meetings, screen sharing schedule meetings, many recordings, all your conferencing available. US Adams, we click here on available US Adams. So you can see it. Us that as well. And office 365 piece and spring him. Ok, well, explain a little bit more like this, and you see here that they're mentioning Skype, by the way, this is something that is something I thought I mentioned. And that is that Skype and teams actually does pretty much everything that you can do in Skype. So if you've ever used Skype before for calling for sharing your screen stuff like that Channing to other people, Microsoft teams pretty much does exactly all of those things on a ton War, right? So it's a more robust in warm or structure Prague product. Then what are Skype is and there is some room, or is that Microsoft intends to deprecate and, you know, eliminates Skype and pretty much just keep teams because teams does everything that's kept us. But I look more all right. So just something for you to be aware off and just something for you to know. Like I said before, this is where you can log into teams and exited from your browser. But I'm just gonna close this, like, for now, on business support site that we were seeing before about teams. So I'm just gonna leave this open for you in case you want to see it. But we already pretty much covered this before. And if you remember, we were here. And you can just find all the support videos, step by step guides, and Microsoft offers for Microsoft teams. But let's continue with the tour and the demo and let's just get started. Right? So this is teams were now in teams and this is a demo. A real world example of what teams Looks like. This is the officials, teams demo for myself. I'm gonna walk you through it. But then I'm gonna take you to a real world example off how I actually to use teams in the business, how I actually use it on a day to day basis, and I use it by the way, all of the time, I used teams all the time like daily I using multiple times a day because It's just super easy to use his super helpful. And everyone in the business is using teams because they find in the same. It's like the water modern way off, working with fame, the business, right. So anyway, when we're in teams, we have here a left menu on the left hand side bar menu activity. Like I mentioned before, it's just your notifications, pretty much what you already know. Chad Teams meetings, files, APS. Feedback If you want to give them, you know if you want to get my feet back in and you can give them feedback. But let's just go through this step by step as their guiding us through it right? Okay. And of course, you'll also see some menus here, the topping teams. And this here is just because of this is demo, so you can restart a demo on. Then start using Teams will just take you directly to teams. But let's just do the demo first and I'll take you then through the real world example how you use it. So this is where you'll see notifications of our your recent activity, private chat teams, meetings, files and app. So the left hand side menu that we talked about before. Let's click on next. Here are your current teams. You can easily create your own to bring together people in your company based on projects organizations. Right. So right after the left hand side bar menu, you're going to see your teams that the teams that you're a part off. This could be teams that you've either been invited to be a part off or that you actually created yourself, right? Like you see here these but at a team, that's what allows you to create a new team. All right. You can, of course, search. If you have a ton of different teams or you're part of a lot of different teams, you might wanna search for them. You can also, of course, sort them alphabetically. You can, of course, manually drug him. You can create favorites and stuff like that. We're gonna be seeing all of that. So don't worry too much about that right now, but I just wanted you to know that's available within Microsoft teams. So here are your current teams. You can create your own, bring together people in your company based on pricing organizations. Let's click on next. Within a team, you can create multiple channels to organize your work by topic or project. All right, So like I said before when we were talking about the channels, channels I've breached are basically what the name stands for is just a channel to communicate about something in particular. So generally what you'll see is most people will create a team for their project or for their you know or unit on. Then they'll create channels for different topics of categories. So, for example, here you can see launched designer steam fund production schedule marking testers. That's header, right? And okay, here we are. Next, these team members can jump into a conversation at any time, threaten chat, makes it easy to scan the stream and keep track of the conversations relevant to you. That's right, so you can reply here to a threat shop, and then that way you see this this person road, the deadline has been pushed back, and then our person replied to that, and you can see that is threatened because it's kind of like indented into the same check. So that's one of the really cool things as well within teams that you can, you know, like comments. You can continue the conversation. Just reply on this little take that you're seeing here basically indicates status of this person. So green means available red means they're busy on. You'll learn more about that when you get to the real world example. But as you can see, there's people just having a normal conversation here. They've attached some files I don't usually they want someone to look at. Um, and I was just so but narrow it down to this. I wanted to. And you can see here that once you're in a chance wearing a team here on, then we're going into a channel here. So we click on a team here than the channel. And as you can see, there's like a sub menu off taps right here as well. And this is standard, by the way, and you see these across the different channels with in your team's, which is conversations, files wiki, and you might be able to add additional things as well. Here you click. On the plus side, you cannot other things, but this how they've set it up in this demo so I can click here. Team members going jump in the conversation Any time we've already read that, let's go to the next one. You can embed images. Files gave stickers, emojis on the their party, connectors or boats for a truly integrated experience. Yet we talked about that before. Let's click on next. Your team files no time. Frequently access tools can appear. Steps. That's something that I just mentioned. So there's some standard tops that come with Microsoft teams, but you can actually out your own and personalized, which is pretty cool. And being your favorite office risk. Silent their party ups for easy access. Like, for example, PowerPoint planner. You can add them here. Okay, so we saw the demo. That's pretty much it. That's a really quick tour from Microsoft about teams, but let's try it ourselves. So let's click on next. So all are you high type of response? Hi. Hi. In turn, beautiful. Hey, you. How are you? Welcome. All right, open a file. Give your team feedback. Click to open Excel spreadsheet from within teams. Okay. So you can click the files that people share with your from with him teams directly. Right now, I can see in this demo that they're showing us Akhtar area designed Juan designed to sure just finish OK, type of response. Let your team know you think this thing, too, is a good choice by typing the sign to. So let's just say Let's go. We designed to click enter like a chat. Great. I'll send you a chat with next steps. Do you see here these little icons at the bottom of the chap Emojis text Dutchman's camera . All right, click this year. Private conversations. You can use chat to have one on one or smaller group conversations. Okay, let's get here on the chat option on Emily has. This is a private conversation, by the way. We're now in the chat functionality of teams, and Emily is having a private one on one conversation with me. One thing you'll see and you'll learn from team study up. You can actually have more people to the chatter of the conversation, but in this case is just Emily and myself. And nobody else can see that it's a private conversation gel between her and me. All right, let them We know you got a covert typing your response. M presenter to add it to the check. So she wrote here. Hey, just wondering what you think of the files left on your desk. You're good to go. And you can you let the social team know that we have a winner that you go today. Let's just say Sure not a problem. You can see here. Like I mentioned before. There's some options for the text. Such files Emojis gives stickers and camera. If you wanted to talk about, let's keep it simple. And let's just use the tax for non stick Enter or you can click here on the sand thing. Enter. Okay, Now you see that I have a four here. It means four different things happened for somebody mentioned you. Check your notification, see who's as at mentioned you and needs your attention. Okay, let's click on activity. So somebody mentioned me here. You amazing job on this. Really loving the look of it. This that shows where you have been mentioned. Okay, Next collective. Make a me me celebrate the small wins with custom. Amis gives emojis other fund. Um, okay, right selector. Because so much your message centric don to respond to Danielle. Hi, five. Let's quick, you're awesome. So you can customize the media's as well, like you're seeing here on teams, which is pretty cool. Done. All right, we've sent it. That's it. That's it. Doesn't really quick tour from Microsoft about how you can use teams, and one can use it for I know that's just, you know, like an appetizer is just a very quick, very quick, very rapid tour. But I just wanted you to show why. I just want to show you that this is available from Michael's. Microsoft itself is go to teams demo. Don't office up. Come on is just like an appetizer for you to get a taste of what teams can dio. And it's something that I would definitely recommend that you share with other people on your team or anyone that's getting started with teams. Or, if they ask you, what can you do within teams? Just share with them this link Teams demo dot office up. Come on. It's like an initial very quick training for them. All right, guys, see in the next one. Cheers. But
24. Resources and the App: Hey guys. So I also wanted to show you this website, which I think is really good for you to get started because it show you it's only like a tour like a demo of my Microsoft teams is. So if you go to teams that Microsoft dot com slash start that's teams dot Microsoft dot com slash start, you will get to this page, and it will give you a basic initial tour off Microsoft teams. This is also something I wanted you to have a look at after the course or after you watch this video because you will also take you for a speen on. Will you allow you to see what teams does and how you can use it? And there's also a really good video here, which can show you a bit about teams and how it works, etcetera. But like I said before, don't worry too much about any of these because I'm actually gonna handhold you throughout the scores on everything Yoon itude know about teams and how you can use it. But it's just good for you to know that these resources are available so that you can actually watch them on your own time or if you wanted to go back and explore some of these will, it's something you can do. All right, another super really good resource that I want you to know it's available. If you go to support dot office dot com that support office dot com, you'll get to Microsoft Support Page. And this page is really good, because you can find a lot of information from Microsoft directly about the different tools and applications that are part office 365 including Microsoft teams, which you can see here. You can also, of course, use the search bar if you were trying to find information of things that you wanted to do from teams and you were unsure how to go about doing that. But let's click here on teams directly so you can see some of those resources that are available to you. Okay, so there's a tab here about get started teams and channels how to track activity or notifications, chats, meeting Cole's meetings and calls files absent services. And this pretty much summarises the different things that you have available to you in Microsoft teams, which we're gonna be seeing later in the course. But like I said before, it's just good for you to know that this resource and information is available to you directly from Microsoft. And it's free. You don't have to pay anything for these. You just go to support dot office, not come. And like I said, before you click on the team's file on, you'll get there and there's a bunch of, you know, training available to us. Well, here they look directly from Microsoft and I really love this because, you know, back in the old days, years ago, Microsoft didn't have anything as robust and well structured as this. They had a lot off, you know, articles. They were lengthy. They weren't user friendly. The videos were also very long. But if you look at the modern information available from Microsoft, it's actually very concise. Very short, short videos, really well done videos, step by step guides. It pretty much guides you through the whole thing on shows you how to use it on what you can do with it. So for anyone that's just getting started off course and recommend that you had here to the get started tab in the support on we'll show you a some basic information about teams like what? His team's signing. I'm getting started China and share files, Collaborate said. Your relapse, etcetera. And this said your moral absolutes, something I also wanted to talk about in this lecture of the course. Because it's something that a lot of people don't know. And that's that you can actually use Microsoft teams directly from your mobile device because Microsoft has actually created both android off course windows for those Windows phones or IOS apps for people using, you know, ipads or, of course, iPhones. So if you're working on teams on the workplace, one of the things I definitely recommend that you do go to the play store and you download their Microsoft teams up in the Android store. Or download it directly in the IOS Apple store in the APP store in Apple so you can start using teams that record for your mobile phone as well. All right, guys, See you on the next one. Cheers. Bye.
25. Resources and the App Part 2: alright guys. So, like I mentioned before, you can download the Microsoft teams up to your laptop or your computer, but you can also download it your mobile device, whether that's an android phone, a Windows phone or on IOS apple phone, you can even download it on your iPad as well. So Microsoft has pretty much made teams available in all the different stores where you can download after so that everyone could use it no matter what type of device they're using, which is really cool. And also something that is super helpful when you're working with your colleagues because you're all gonna be able to access the up and communicate and collaborate with each other. So if we go back again, I'm just missed search here for Microsoft teams and to take us to the patient that I showed you before. So if we go here toe Microsoft Teams, which is the main site that we saw before, where you can find teams from Microsoft, if you scroll down here to this little bit, you can easily means it because it's not, you know, super. You know it's a little thing, and because there's a lot of time the love stuff on this side. You could easily miss this little bit here. But basically, if you notice just below the top part of the home page off the Microsoft team's website, there's a little in here that says, Download the app. So if you click on that Beatle, you know, allow you to download teams for your Windows device, your laptop computer, etcetera. But you could also get the team smaller lap, you know, for Apple Android on Windows phones as well. So you just enter a whole number or your email and they'll send you a link to downloaded, which is pretty cool. And that's pretty much also something I wanted to show you around the mobile app or the up for your computer. But if you're already on the Windows device and if you go to the Windows Microsoft store, which is this little I can hear give you search four teams, it comes right at the top. If you click here teams, it will take you to this page, which is basically the same picture we're seeing a moment ago. I wasn't aware that it just took you there, so it doesn't matter really like if you were here already, just clicking the download app and you'll be able if you pick this download teams, which I already have done. That's why I already have this icon in my computer. The You see it here? That's teams right there. Also here, this other icon on my Windows device That's Microsoft Teams says I'm available on alternative it. Alternatively, if you were already on Windows, you could also like I already downloaded that like I show you just by clicking this button download teams and I just installed it takes a few seconds to do that. And then right after that, if you double click also on the I can hear on the next up. Or you could, of course, also search for teams, and it will come up here. Is Microsoft teams up? And that's it, right? That's it. So in the next lecture, we're just gonna go ride into it, and we're gonna start with what is teams while you can use it, for which we've already covered a bit. But we're gonna just see it live Next. Right, guys, see in the next one. Cheers.
26. Initial Teams Tourv2: Hey, guys. So we thought further ado, Let's get into teams. And let's check out a real world example of how I used teams at the workplace and how you can use it to. All right, so I'm gonna logging two teams directly from my laptop, and I'm just gonna double figure that Microsoft Teams icon, you know? Of course he's after you've downloaded and installed it like I showed you before on. Then this is what it looks like. You're gonna enter your email address and then just click signing off course after you've signed up. Like I said before, if you haven't signed up, you can sign up for free. But let's assume that you already downloaded teams. You installed it, you've already signed up. And now you're just gonna signing with your email address. All right. Okay. So, like I said before, after you signed into teams, you just enter email address and you signing This is when you look what it looks like this where you are. This is a picture of myself. It just says I'm available. So connected. And like we saw before in the demo, when we looked at the Microsoft Official demo you had your menu here on the left hand side , and we're gonna go through each of those in a moment. But I just wanted to show you just what it looks like as soon as you open teams. That's this is what it looks like. Okay. And of course, here it appears a little bit smaller. And you can, of course, you know, make the window size a little bit bigger or smaller. But I'm just gonna maximize it. So you see a full screen, like what I would see on my laptop. All right, so I just maximized it. And right now it's on the team's tab, and it's looking at the two. If a project team and it's looking at the General Channel. And you might be wonder wondering, How do I know this is a channel? Well, because, like I said before, channels are part of teams and they're basically topics that are used on teams. So if I actually expanded, you steal these little error here next to, like next. You don't see it. If you don't have your amounts over it, you don't hold her your mouse over it. But these things are basically teams that I other either created myself or that I'm a part off and give you over your mouths over this one, that we have a project and I just click on the arrow. It's just gonna so I can click on the Are rife in Just click on the team itself. I don't need to click specifically in the hour just to be clear. So if you click here on the two of a project, you don't show you the different channels. So general is the full channel that is created for an union team. When you create a team in teams, these are other channels that we've created. Within this project, there's a hidden channel, but if you click here, you will show you the name changing communications, and I can click here on shows it's on heating anymore, and all right, so we've stopped hiding it, and it's now shown, But like you see the street little dots here, more options. I can hide it again on there's different things within its channel. You can manage a channel, get linked to the channel, edit this channel Siocon, edit the name of the channel, and you can do a bunch of things you can even to leave the channel as well. So let's keep it simple, and it's just quickly go over the different things. So, like I said before, here is your left hand side menu here, the teams that you are part off, this things will. Anything that appears here is that either you are invited to the team and he joined the team or that you actually created the team yourself right? And how do you create a team? Well, we'll get into that a little bit later, but you can see here this the bottom at the at the bottom at the bottom of these teams. But here, there's a buttonhole, join or create a team. All right, then that's all you need to do. And once you're in a team like here, were in the two if a project team in the General Channel on conversations that is default for all channels files, it's also the fault. And then this too, I think, are things that we actually added. Let's just looking. Ah, the change management yet so nobody normally buy the fault. You have conversations, files and notes, but you can add more things here if you click here on the ad tap. And as you can see, there's a bunch of applications you can add here that are either Microsoft or they might be 1/3 party application. You know, like YouTube. But you can actually add it to YouTube tab. So let's just, you know, just out just for the sake of showing you this example. Italian wanted to have a YouTube tout. So let's say click on add and opposed to channel about the stop. I'm not gonna post. I'm just gonna, uh Let's just seize your home, Serge. It's just not this one. Well, let's just say it was just an example. So it just added this tab here on these channel, But you can remove. That's well, of course you can remove or you can rename it. I'm gonna remove it. All right. So, as you can see, you can add different things as well. But by default, teams generally puts conversations, files and notes. And these, of course, are conversations that we're having with someone. And you can do you see that there's a type this here and I can actually like it hearted, you know, laugh about it so you can actually react to the things people are writing on TV, which is pretty cool. And you can, you know, type here at the bottom. You see here for me the option to type of response. There's four months. So you can you can actually do this as an email. If you wanted to do these people like, more formal, you could actually increase the phone size and bold italics. Whatever everyone can reply or certainly a conversation. You can delete this. I'm gonna delete it. But basically, as you can see, you can hear, you can add emojis like you've seen before. Um, you cannot give some other things right. But let's just stick initially here, two teams to the team that you're seeing here, Andi, the chat options. So you can have chats with people, right? You can chat to other people this. Ah, but by the way, But if I was here with let's click on Greg, This is a conversation where and I were having the other day and, you know, just we're just checking whether want to have some coffee, So I sent him this this gift that you can see here. In fact, you can play. I just had a beautiful laugh with that one. So I just said to Greg A you want to have some coffee? And I just sent him this gift. So you know, you can continue the conversation here and then you type here at the bottom. And if you wanted to have a gift like I did here, you just click on gift and you know, you confined your gifts here, you can search for them or you can just scroll and see what they have their But it's pretty cool. I really like this about teams, you know, I was chatting with them on the other day as well. So if you click here on am I just stand here? This little cat she just used recently joined the business, and I just wanted to welcome her. So I sent her these little cat because he was a Friday, and we're feeling a bit like Friday, you know, it's ready to go home. So I just had heard these little cat Ondas you can see here. She could just like a like and stuff like that. I could do the same and calendar. So, like I said before, you know, this integrates with your outlook calendar. I need a load your calendar here, and you can see here the different, you know, events that you have in your calendar calls so you can call people. You know, you can do a video call or you can do just a regular phone call. So if anyone had, you know, the mobile app is seldom the mobile phone and you had any stolen your mobile phone, you could actually call them on. You wouldn't incurring any charges. So even if, for example, that person waas let's say you're living in the U. S. And that person was in Europe. Well, you could actually use teams to do free calls. You remember how I mentioned to you? The team's does everything that Skype does, but more. This is a good example. So, you know, if you're using the Skype app and somebody in another country has the Skype app, you can just call them for free. You can do the same with teams which is pretty cool, and then files. This allows you pretty much to see, you know, files that you've recently worked on So these here are some file here recently worked on or that files that people recently shared with me And I can just click on any of them and, you know, open them on. I can also search here, you know, at the top. If I wanted to search for a file so I could search, for example, let's see the leaf pile search here and it's searching for messages people on files where the word leave has been mentioned. If I want to see files, you just get your files and it will show me here all the different files available where I can search for it. All right, so this is a good example. Let's go back to the activity tab and you can see here. It's showing me, you know, a recent conversation that somebody like this message etcetera like they reacted. I have a Miskell from wheels or wheel was calling me the other day, and I didn't pick up his phone. So I have a notification that he called me. I didn't pick up the phone. So the notification tap, you know, you'll get a red button here on top of fatal the activity you know that's pretty much is indicating that you have a notification on. If you see here when you're chatting with someone, you can also see that you have the option to call them video, call a phone call, chair your screen with them on. You can add more people to the conversation and create like a separate conversation. So it's no longer, I guess, a private woman. You you have a group of people talking to each other. All right, so this is a very quick tour. All the different things. If you click here on this, you know this little pencil heels just started your chap, and then you can either create one. You can either have one name, you know. Let's say, Greg, um, let's say mirage someone create a group chat eso these like a new conversation. I could just start typing to them, and it's like a group chat, and I can actually even name this group. So I can say, you know, this is like a test, and if I put this, it'll just create this. You know that it will just name this group of people as a test. I'm Onley people that are part of this group will be able to see the conversation and says , Here you're starting a new conversation these again, these default and standard from teams and then you can just start typing and start the conversation. But you could also, of course, delete this these groups. Yet you know, it was just a test that I was trying to do on. And let's just jump to the next one, All right, so it's in, you know, because I didn't actually created. Do you see that? I just clicked on something else and it removed because it was a draft. So now it's gone because actually never started the conversation. It was just to show you what you could do with it. So that's pretty much it. That's pretty much it. So you can see the teams is super simple. And, of course, if you clicked on your I can hear the top. It's a beautiful like another menu, so you can change your picture. Your avatar. You can send a status message if you like. You can save things you can. You can see what you've saved your settings. You can also change your status as well, too busy or do not disturb. Um, Donald them a lot like I showed you. You can sign out. So it's a bit like, you know, that many that you see pretty much in all other applications. And you can also just go back here to the many on the left and you have teams calendar. Cole's filed etcetera. And then you get your naps. We will show you a bunch of different acts that are available for integration with teams like Trail Oh, and so forth. You can see assume meetings if you're using, assuming your business, you could also integrated here on on teams, which is pretty cool. All right, so this is the initial bit that I wanted to show you. Just, you know, a beautiful feel for you. I'm getting around teams, or we're gonna explore each of these taps in more detail, and I'm gonna show you how you can use each one of them in a moment. Alright, guys, see in the next one. Cheers. But
27. Chatting in Teamsv2: Hey, guys. So we already explored how to create teams, how to great channels, how to manage teams, how to manage your channels, how to rename. Then how did add the avatars and so forth right, and like you so before. And if you remember, when you're on a particular team and a channel, you can actually have conversations by typing hearing the conversations tab and you can just type hello. And then that's it. And you get the options to Eddie the text. That's a performance. Detective wanted to make this bigger. Or if you wanted to make it, let's be bold. And then here is a fun size, so I can actually make it large and hello. And I could just send this message by picking here. And then everyone that is part of these channel will be. We'll be able to see this information will be able to see these chap Well, pretty much anyone that is part of this team, actually, because remember that everyone that is part of this team will have access to all the channels that are part of that team. All right, So, like I said before, you don't want to use these for general comfort for one on one conversations or private conversations, but more for team conversation. When you want everyone in the team to be able to see the information and if you want it, anyone in particular to have a notification of that message are you sending you just add and then you have the name of the person or add General, if you want anyone, everyone in the team to get there, the notification off, something that you written. So you you are general. And then hey, guys, please check these out on then. Anyone that after you send it or you enter, everyone is gonna get So you can either enter to send the information or you can I kick on this little, you know, airplane ticket, airplane, paper plane, which is which is pretty, pretty much just being sent, like in all of the other applications. You know, chatting, chatting, application. So if you click that everyone you know, the message will go on everyone that is part off. These team will get that notification because we at general right, but in this part of the course actually wanted to go to the chats, tell here so that we could explore a little bit. This and I talked a little bit about it before, but I just wanted to show you only to be the more detail what you can do with chat functionality. So, like I said before the Chinese super powerful because you could have private conversations with people, right? So we can talk here. Hi, Emma. And then enter or just the, you know, paper plane. And it will just send that message to her. I could add, you know, emojis. So, like like the cat. Or I could actually have gifts if I wanted to, Like we saw before. So that gift that you see here is something that I sent to her before I could schedule a meeting with her about getting on here. I could add stickers on Remember, you can personalize tickers. And these three little dots give really with more options. If you wanted to know, I can also attach files. If I wanted to send him a fellow and remember this now because we're in the chat option. He's more for those private one on one conversations or alternatively, let's say I wanted to include someone in this conversation with Emma, I can add people here in this little button here. If I click on that and don't worry, they won't be able to say, See anything you had reaching to him? A. Previously but only what you start when you start typing where you start adding from the moment you added that person. So it kind of becomes like a bit of like a separate group. Chet, basically. And it's separate to what you have with Emma personally. So anything that you have with M o our with a particular person in your chat, when it's just one person nobody else will be able to see. It is a private conversation. But if you have more people to it than everyone will be able to see that on, that will be from the moment that you added them off course, they won't be able to see anything you wrote before the moment you added them. Okay, I hope that makes sense. But the important thing here are the key thing here is that you're generally not gonna want to use the tap, the chat tab on the chat functionality for those you know, mass team conversations or group discussions. That's where you're gonna be using the teams and the channels. Four. But if you wanted to have, like, private conversations or just a small group of people discussing something privately, these is where you go, All right? And keep in mind that this is something you also have available to you on the mall application, which is pretty cool, but something you wanna take someone really quickly and we don't want to send an SMS, and you can use teams for free and you can send them messages like you would buy texting SMS. You know, your apple or whatever application you're using such of what's up could do it directed here from teams. And keep in mind that I'm just gonna cancel these for a moment you can do ah, video call just a regular audio Cole. You can share your screen. So you see this option here? It's called start sharing your screen. So am I would be able to see whatever I have on my screen and pretty much if, let's say you attached files in that conversation to em. If you click your files, you would see all the files that you've sent to her, Andi, if you went here to organization, you can see where she sits in the in the business. And if you go to activity, some of the things that she's done lately in any teams you have in common, All right, so that's pretty much what you would be able to do with the chat functionality. That's it. There's nothing really more to say about the chat. Functionality is super simple, super easy to use. And, like I said before, you have a bunch of options here. When you're chatting with people, you have some options here in the many of the top us. Well, so for video calls are your goals sharing your screen. You can see here if your shirt father you attach files you here for your see kind of like the history of that. You can see where the person is in the business. By clicking on this stuff, you can see what the on again, you can add additional taps like we saw before, So if I click on that tabs, you can add more things here for that conversation if you wanted to. So, like before super easy to use super flexible integrates without applications outside of the Microsoft world. But even within my Soviet cell, and this is one of the most powerful things about the office. 365 sweet on the application Microsoft teams, which integrates with the rest of the sweet and the rest of those Microsoft products. You can just add them here very easily if you wanted to share and collaborate with other people that you're working through your different projects, initiatives, etcetera. All right, so that's what I'm gonna leave you with. This is all you need to know about the chat functionality. You can have gifts. Like I said, You just have fun with this all the time. You know, Like I said, they are day to great. I just said to him, Let's just have some coffee and I sent him this gift on. We just went for a coffee, and when somebody messages you, you can like it. You can hard it. I think it's really to be more options here. If you wanted to see on the show, more officers like saved this message. Marcus and Red translate etcetera, so you have a bunch of options when you're chatting with people which also, you know, enhances the functionality and the chatting functionality on. Remember, these little pencil here is if you want to start a new chat from scratch and search if you wanted to search for something that you know, you type before you could use the search functionality to search like you would, you know, in Google or other search thing. All right, that's pretty much all you need to know. And that's what I'm gonna leave you within this little chap it because I don't want to get too much into it is very simple, very easy to use on if you're used any other chat applications, which I'm pretty sure anyone watching this video has done. Well, teams is pretty much like the rest of them is just, you know, designed for business and for collaborations. You will be able to get a lot done at the workplace. Right, guys on the next one chair Spike
28. Create and Manage Teams: alright, guys. So one of the most important things you want to learn about bankers off teams is how to create teams and how you manage your teams within teams. And I know something that gets a bit confusing because I'm using the work teams and the products names Microsoft teams. But I'm talking about teams in groups of people that you work with, and then there's also teams the application. So when you want to create your teams, which is what you're seeing here on screen, these are teams that I have either created myself or that I have joined because someone created them and invited me to join those teams. Now let's go real quickly through the process of how to create a new team. Let's say you didn't have any of what I have here, and you have this empty because it's the first time you're using teams. So one of the first things you're gonna want to do is set up your first team. So you just click here at the bottom. Do you see that if you scroll or go by boat to the bottom of these, you see here I join or create a team, So just click on that and then you can see here the option off, create a team. Let's click on this one. I'm gonna plead on. So if it's a class professional learning staff other So depending on what you're trying to do on the type of business that you have, you will have different options here available to you. But most people will generally have at least a staff option on the other one. It doesn't really matter too much which one you choose. So let's just say we're gonna create one that's called other. And then the next thing that you're going to see here is the name of your team. So let's call this team the test team, right, Because it's a test team. They were creating its example. Or let's just call it maybe example Team for demo. All right. And then the description is taken out A little bit more information about this, this is example. Team for demo presentation. All right. And then here is another really important thing. So team's gonna be I would private or public right to you. See, here, public, anyone in your organization conjoined. So basically, this this doesn't mean that it's actually open to, you know, public, as in anyone in the Internet, but more anyone that is part of your office. 365 sweet within your business So it could be, You know, let's say if you're in procurement and some people from marketing could see your team that you created and they could actually join if they wanted to. But because you, of course, have control over that. You could also manage that. But when you make it public, you're basically giving anyone within your business the option to joining if they wanted to . If they find it on, they might it sent. That's gonna like, you know, appear randomly for them to just join. But they could search for your team and they could join if they wanted to. So most of the time, the vast majority of the times we were creating a team. And there's like, 90 95% of the time you want to set it private and by default, like you saw by the foot when I was starting to create this brand new team by default, it defaults to private because that's what people and most of time, most people are gonna want to use it when I use the private option, which means it's only available to team owners and the people that that you add. So basically, you, the person creating this team, you're what we call within teams the team owner. And because you're the team owner, you can add and decide who you add into the team, which people have access to the team to the channels, information, the files, everything that you have within that very troll team you are creating right, because it's kind of like a virtual team, basically within Microsoft teams, which is like we've talked before what this is all about. It's about you setting up a digital team that allows you to collaborate with people on your job. All right, so we've set a team name out of the description, and we've set the privacy to private by the four defaults to private. And let's just click next right, and then it's creating the team at members, so this basically allows you to at people here. So you remember how we talked about Greg before so I could click here. Greg and I could add him here if I wanted to. You know, I select here, and then I add, and that's that it. So let's say you wanted to add more people to this team, so he just basically search for their names and then anyone that is part of your business on its has an office 365 sweet license assigned to them, which will be probably pretty much anyone that works for your company. If your company has office 365 So you can just add them to your team here until have access to the team that channels that follows that chats everything. We think that that team So for this demo, I'm just gonna skip this for now. I'm just gonna take this and it's gonna skip because you could add people later on. So that's what I just wanted to show you that, as you're creating the team team gives you the option to add people to it. But you can skip that under the later on if you wanted to. So I'm gonna skip that on that. I'm gonna show you that later, so I'm gonna skip it, and then that's it. You know, we've started a new team. It's called example Team for demo, which is this demo that I'm showing you right now. And you can see teams has added at the bottom so last. But I could actually move this to the top if I wanted to. So I just left click on it and then just dragon. I can drive it to the top example Demo and even further, if I wanted to, I wanted to make it the 1st 1 of the top right at the top. So example team demo. So, like I said before by default, when you create a brand new team, which is what we just did a second ago in this example, team for Demo by the full teams creates the General Channel for you. So generally is like the name implies just for general topics. General conversations. It's just the General Channel, but you can create another additional channels. How do you added the trail? Additional channels. Well, you simply click on these three dots here, and you then select the option at channel. As you can see, teams is super easy, super simple, super intuitive. On most of the time, you won't need a lot of training or things to step things up or to do things within teams. Actually, it's pretty self explanatory, like you're seeing here on screen right now. So all we have to do is play a little bit with it. You know, just you're not gonna break anything. You can always change things later on. If you wanted to change things like, for example, the name, let's say I wanted to change this name. All right, so I click here and edit team, and then it gives me the option to change the name. Right? And I could even change the avatar. So the allegory is this. You know, this little picture here on the left? You know, these little picture here is the avatar of the team, and you can see it here as well. That's the avatar off this team. But I could actually change that if I wanted to see if I go here, you know, the $3 in it click on Edit team. And then I could also, by the way, upload my own avatar if I wanted to. But let's say I just want to use this shoe. All right, shoe and then update and saving changes. So teams basically updating and you see you this. Now, this is issue, and I'm just gonna change these teams name at a team, and I'm just gonna call it the shoe team, All right? Just justice. An example. I just want to show you that you can quickly change this, and then you click update and then saving changes on now there's gonna be renamed to the shoe team. Just give it a sec to update. I actually didn't update, and I'll show you right now. Why didn't update? It's actually because I probably change the name, not the actual name of the team, but the description. So let me show you again if I go to edit team. You see, I actually changed the description here to the shoe team. Another team name, which is actually up here. So I'm gonna just copy and paste this. So the team name is actually up here. So if I go here and change example team for demo to the shoe team, when I click on update that now, we'll actually update the name of the team. But even though I made a little mistake there, what I wanted to show you, and this is a really good example off. Don't worry too much about it. You can quickly change that. And there's no problem. It's not like you're gonna break things again. You know, Let's say you had a type on the name Oryu actually wanted to all. I don't really like the shoe team name. That's really not the right name. I would use so many ballistics edit team. Let's call it procurement team. All right, So let's say you're pro procurement and we're gonna change actually the avatar as well to So I'm doing the same mistake here again because I'm actually changed the description, not the team name, which is up here. So just bear with me a sec. Let's just changes right now, the procurement team. So actually, just to remind you, because I was just showing you to change the naming, the description areas of these, actually the description, the team name, he said at the top So you can change it here, and then you can also change the Avatar, and I'm gonna change it. Teoh Thes. Later. Red thing here. I'm just going to update. And now this is gonna be called instead of the shoe team, he's gonna be called the procurement team on the Alito is also gonna change. Sit Now I have this little red thing on. This is a procurement team. Now it seems a little bit more professional for these demo. Alright guys. So bear with me. So, like I said before, any time you create a new team teams Microsoft teams by the fault sets a general channel for you. And by the full Anytime you have a new channel, you'll have the conversation stop, which is a bit like chatting for people that are part of this team. And then you also have the files tab, which is imagine, like, you know, like drop books or one drive or box any like online, you know, like I cloud your you know, your iCloud where you consider up your files. So this is basically what it is within teams, you have the option off. That's a new folder. I'm gonna create this purchasing. It's going to purchasing folder. So, basically, then it'll set up this new folder crow purchasing on I can create. So folders there. If I wanted Teoh. So let's go up. You know in this in this portrait sing, let's call it que three. So these are the q three purchases on, then create. So I now how a file and a sub file within that folder in a folder within that, if I went back again to general and files, you can see your purchasing, and then you can see here the sub folder it created called T three purchases. And then I could either create a new file like a war document, an Excel spreadsheet on a par point presentation. Or I could actually upload file if I hadn't already on my computer sitting there. I just click upload, and it will give me the option to upload the file from my computer like you would normally do if you're sending an email or, you know, just uploading a follow pretty much anywhere in the world you already know how to do this is pretty easy, right? So I guess one of the cool things I wanted to show you hear about setting up your teams in teams is that he also seamlessly integrates with everything in office 365 Like you saw here you have the option of creating war documents, spreadsheets and PowerPoint presentations right here directly in teams. Now, that is really, really cool. And if your company is using SharePoint, you can actually open in SharePoint as well. So all the files and you're actually saving in teams. The looks like you're actually saving them in teams, but actually they're seeing in the backhand or in the background there, actually sitting in SharePoint or SharePoint. He's actually where your files are sitting, but that doesn't matter too much. It's not something for you to worry about is just basically something for you to be aware off, all right. And if you wanted to send someone the link to this folder, let's say you wanted to collaborate with someone in your team, and you wanted to send them by via email. The link to these folder. You could just kick you on, get link, and you can just copy the link and then you can just add it in an email. You know, you just pay sitting on email and then they can get here. That replica Lee's father, where you have your files, right? So this is really cool. And let's say now, so we've created a new team and that's it. That's the initial thing. I want to show you in this part of the course, how to create a new team and we basically creating your team. Now let's look at managing that team. So here, on the right hand side of the team's name, you can see the three dots and you remember how I told you that you could later on add more people to the team. You just get here on at Team Member or I remember. And then here, you know, we cannot again Greg or let's say we want to add someone else like the show. So Michel Fletcher. So let's say we want it to other here and you just pick up and then you add her. That's it. Super easy. And then she'll become a member. All right, let's say I actually wanted to add Emma, so I'm gonna add Emma here, and then you just get ad and then you can add her, right? But I'm not gonna do that right now. I just wanted to show you the example of how you have people to a team. I'm gonna close things because this is just a demo. And like I said before, this is in this part of the course we're seeing how to create a team which we already saw before. You just go here, Joiner, create a team and then you create team and that's it. But we can also manage the team from these three dots. So you click here managed team, so you'll see it here. Like right now I'm the owner, right? And I'm also the only person that is on this team. But I could add members, and then they would appear here below. Like if I go here to the other team that I've set up for another project that I'm working on. If I go here to manage team, I can see here people that are owners off this team and I can see below. There's 35 other people that are part of this team as well. I can see the role in the business, their location and the role within teams. So either unknown er, are they a member of the team the team called to if a project right, so you can see here below. I have a bunch of other people, added on it, and I could easily remove them as well if I wanted to. So if I wanted to remove someone from the team, I could just click on these X here, and it would remove that person from the team. And that's something you might want to do some things as well, cause then you might say, like, Oh, I don't want 35 people. Accessing this team is too many of them. They don't need to access these than you. Just change that. All right, let's go back again to our general procurement team. Example, right? So, like I said before, you can also add other things on your team so you can leave the team. You can get the link to the team. So, like, before we could copy this link and send it to someone if we wanted them to access the team and all the information, I mean it all right. Another thing you can do is to lead the team off course. You can also delete the team any the team like we saw before, and you can manage a team. You can't even hide the team. And then if you hide the team they will appear at the bottom. Do you see here where I have hidden teams? So if you click on that, it will expand all of your heating teams and you could hide the sun and hided unhurried later on if he wanted to. So in this part of the course, like I said before, we're basically seeing how to create a new team, which we just did. And like I said before, by the before you see this General Channel and you can see these two tops by the food conversations on files and here this is basically different. I guess if you're wondering who has access to this chap here, it's pretty much anyone that is part of this team. Anyone that you've added here when you go to manage Team Anne, adhere anyone that is below in this part here. So, for example, if I went to the two if a product that we saw before and I went here to manage team, if you remember, we have these owners. So there's four people that own this team, and then there's 35 members and guests. So if I posted something in this chat here, anyone off those 35 people that we saw before on the four owners would be able to see this information. Now that is different from the chat tab, which allows you to have one on one private conversations with people, right? So remember the check. He's just like the name implies for you to chat with someone one on one, or you can add other people into a child. So you have, like, a group chat if you wanted to have a multiple people as part of a conversation. But when you're in your team and you're using your channels and you're typing stuff here, anyone that is part of this team will be able to see this. All right, there's just something for you keeping mine, and that's OK because he want people. That the people are part of a team might might be the reason why you what teams is designed like this so you can collaborate on the project that you're working on or the different initiatives that you're working on. That's why teams has the two options, right? So you wanted to have a private one on one. You don't use the team's channels to chat, but you use the actual chat option. But if you want everyone in the teams of those 35 people in this example and the four owners to see what you have here, you just type here and then anyone can see it. Now, that doesn't mean they're necessarily gonna see it right, because, well, they probably are working on isolating friend things. So if you want it someone in particular to see this there are ways such as, for example, you can add, So I could say at Greg, right? And then he would see this. If I click the year here on top, he would get a notification that this is something for him to read. I could also do if I want everyone in the child like everyone in this team to actually see something to take at general and then anyone in the general channels or pretty much anyone that is part of the team will actually get a notification that you posted something. So that's something you might want to use on occasions. But you also might not want to use it all the time, right, because you don't want want to be bombarding people at the office with notifications, right? It'll get annoying, so just use it responsibly when you actually need to use that. And then you can, of course, both things here for anyone to see. You can at them if you want them to get identification. Or you can add General, if you want anyone on everyone that is part of the team to get that notification Or alternatively, like I said before, it is just a private one on one thing you can just go to the chat on do you know, type here new chat and then find the person that you want to add or just continue the conversation. We've already started a conversation, all right, so this is basically like you saw in this part of the course. We basically create a team. Call it procurement team we explored that taps it by the fourth appear on teams. But like I said, you can also add additional tabs so you can integrate things that, like Excel, you know, P. D efs, a bunch of other stuff that are already here, that Microsoft has integrated with third party applications or applications that they own themselves, such as one note and planner or forms. And, of course, if you wanted to search something for a simple Trillo so I can add the trail of town if I wanted to. So it's very flexible. It's one of the my favorite things. And one of the things that I think teams his smokers of teams is so powerful is because, as you can see, you can add things from Microsoft and even from external third party applications, right here on teams as tabs and you can integrate with different things, which is really cool. All right, guys, see in the next one Cheers, my
29. Create and Manage Channels: Hey guys. So, like we saw before, we created a procurement team team within Microsoft teams and by the fall. Like I said, Microsoft creates this general channel for you on. Like I mentioned before, channels are pretty much toppings, so topics of conversation or categories weaken your team. So, for example, I want that. So I wanted to create an additional channel here called Product Management. So I go here to the three thoughts and then at Channel, and then I just call it Project Management description is optional like it's us here. If I click here automatically show this challenge and everyone's channel list, then everyone will get kind of like a notification saying, Hey, we've added this new channel, but I'm not gonna do that. I'm just gonna pick ad. I know it's adding the channel. Okay, so now you see it here. The Project Management channel has been created. So if you're wondering why you might wanna have different channels within a team is because you might wanna keep conversations separate, kind of like when you have, you know, in your email folders and you create folders for different categories or topics because you don't want to store all of your archival if your emails under a single folder. But generally you want to categorize them, so if in the future you need to search for them, you can just quickly go through the specific folders that you've created. So this is a bit similar. Of course, it's not the same, but it's a bit similar. It just allows you to create different channels so you can have different types of conversations with people within your team, so they might not all be interested in your product management. So some of them might say, Actually, I want to add a channel who, for example, procurement party. So this is just for people to have a chap around everything that is related to the procurement party, and that's a different channel. So we might not all be interesting that procurement party. So anyone that is interesting, the procurement party will be able to see it. No. At this time, Microsoft doesn't allow, for example, to have separate private privacy levels like in channels rest of the team. So pretty much anyone that is part of these procurement team will have access to all the channels that are part of this team, right? But I'm pretty sure that in the future you will have the option to, like, segregate, so I could actually have only some people within the team having access to these channel. It's not available yet, but Microsoft intends to the launch in the near future. So just keep your eyes open for that, and at some point when it becomes available, you'll see it available to you. Now, if you're wondering how many channels you can create, pretty much as many as you like. Same goes for the number of teams. If you wanted to create multiple teams, you could, and generally you're just gonna be creating a few, you know, related to specific things. You're working on our teams, your part off or project that you're working on and so forth. But basically it's very seeming. Lawrence. You can see it's very intuitive and similarly to when you click here and three dots on the team level to make changes to it, you can do the same way the channels. So if I click here for more options, you can hide the channel. You can look at the channel modifications you can match channel. You know, you could get email address. So this is basically shows you what is the email? Others for these channels. So you could email the team channel, and then everyone will get a notification or information if you wanted to. So this also useful for teams that are working together? And if we wanted to edit this channel So, like, change the name, stuff like that. You know this town project management? I'm just gonna call it That's a change management change management channel. That's part of the procurement team. So everything related to change management. All this culture discussions related to change management under the project manager on their the procurement team, we're gonna have it here. So we're gonna save it, and there's gonna change then product management to change management, okay? And that you can see these now allows me to have separate conversations in this channel, So I just basically renamed it So he's very easy and then connectors. So let's look at the connectors here. So again you can have different things here is kind of like Adams or like extras that you can add to your channel. Andi, for example, here to Twitter once and then receive messages called tweets. So if you add them here, then it will just at Twitter to your channel. So these are different things you can do with your channel. And, you know, you might not be regularly using this. Generally, I don't really use any of this. Normally, I just create the channels, have conversations with them at files to them on so forth. So if we looked at that other one because this is ah, you know, something I just set up here right now. But if we look at another one where I actually have a little files and I go to the two F A project, which is a really world example real world problem that I'm working on, if I go to a product management towel which I created, you can see here I have some files that I have added, like reports, you know, the schedule of the project of feasibility report back up before pretty files options analysis. So if I win here to reports, I could actually see some of the reports I uploaded the week you deployment status report. So this is something that I uploaded here So the Project status report. So you can see here and he's like I said before, allows me to share these with people. So if I wanted to share this file that it's on this project management channel within the two. If a project team in Microsoft teams I could actually click on these three dots on, then I could get the link to these part one presentation, and I could copy it. I've been saying that by email is, Hey, guys, here's a link to the part time presentation at Great about the products that report, and then people could see it off course. I could also added the follow if I wanted to. So I click here on anything Teams I could edit direct the filed here directly in teams. I don't even have to open PowerPoint. I could actually edit it that here directing teams, I could open the filing the browser and then edit directly from the browser or open the desktop app. You know, the Power Point application here, and my computer and I could edit there. I could move this to another folder. I could copy the file and then pasted on file like you would on your desktop computer. I could actually download the file if I wanted to. So let's say I wanted to attach this status report in uneven like download and then attach it renamed the file, Get the link to the file. I could make this file a top. So if I click here and make the stop, he will appear the file will appear here at the top. All right, so, as you can see, it doesn't work to differently to how your computer works and how you have files and stuff in your computer. Which is why Microsoft teams is, like I said, many times, so powerful because people are used to this, you know, they use these on a regular basis. They upload files. They work with PowerPoint word Excel. They do it on a regular bases multiple times a day, every day. So this is why teams is such a great tool for collaboration, because your team can continue to do what they normally dio. But they can now. They in digital workspace called Microsoft teams where they can collaborate, communicate, share information, share files, share communication, communicate with each other, communicate with a group of people communicate with other teams within the business and within your specific team that you're part of in that business as well. So that's really cool. So that's pretty much it. You know, you can change that. You can create. Like I said before us, many channels asked you like So in this case, we create a changing communications channel, a plan, a research channel and project management channel. There's no limit to it. And like you so before it's super easy. Just go here to the three dots at the team level and click Click here and then you add a channel on you just create a new one. If you didn't need it anymore, you can delete it, right? That's pretty much all you need to know about channels and about teams which we covered in the previous part of the course. All right, so I'm gonna close to something here or may mind said closest of it here. I'm gonna delete this team because it's an example team that I created just to show you some things I'm gonna click here Elite team, Look at these. Gotta be careful. All channels chat files in office. Recruit will team will be related. I understand everything will be deleted. Okay. So just be careful with this, because at this point in time, there is no option to archive and recover your deleting. It means you're actually believing it. There is something that Microsoft is working on to create later, Like the option to archive teams and then recover them. But for now, it's actually just deleted. So if you click to leave yep. And then he will remove these procurement team that we created a moment at all. It's gone. Alright, guys. So So it just be mindful that if you delete the team, it's actually gone. So if you don't want to delete the team and you just wanna hide it so you don't want to see it or you want to kind of archive it at the moment, the best way to do it is if you just click on this three, the thoughts that you just can't hide and he will take it to the button to the bottom. I will take it right here at the bottom and you can still on hided. And if you can come visit, I'll just show you that it's there. All right. But if you wanted to leave and just get rid of everything and don't want to see it anymore , and you can't go back because there's no undo option, at least not at the moment off these recording, I'm pretty sure Microsoft in the future will have that. Then just be careful with the Lishan. But I just show you how to do it like we saw before. We wanted to create and really quickly would just be joining create on your team. Let's just do it really quickly just to Toby for recap. I'm just going to like the other option. Like I said before, this doesn't really matter too much which option to select. Just click on the cure, man. Team on. And I'm not gonna description Private. Yes. Next it's creating the team, and I'm gonna skip adding people to the team on. All right, so here it is. And now I'm gonna go here to manage. Okay, so this is a managed channel, but the procuring teams here at the bottom Now I'm gonna move it up like we did before, so it's right at the top, and I'm gonna click here managed team. Actually, I'm gonna click here on edit team instead of managed. And I just want to add the avatar that we had before. So I'm just gonna here, remember here that look is where you change the name. Here's where you change description. You can change to public and private. But like I said, recommend it is you leave it in private most of time. So only people that you grant access to have access to it. And how did they get access to it? Let's just hope they dio avatar again quickly. But if you remember, we have an option here to have members of the team and how you see that option. If you go here to the three buttons you go to at member and then the people that you had here will have access to the team, anyone no one else will have access to it. All right. So like we saw here in these other product, that too. If a project, if they go to manage team, I can see here who are the members, right? And I didn't I didn't addio anyone here in the procurement team, but it would be pretty much the same. You'd see the owners here, and then you would see the members on the guest below. That's it. Super easy. So that's pretty much all you need to know about teams and about channels. Let's out on our channel here just real quickly. You got a click? I'm not gonna have the option within the channel. I gotta go, actually, to the team here through three. That's here and get the option at Channel. And I'm just gonna create a channel Cold project management. Like I said, you can name it, whatever you want. All right, so here it is. So you got your channels and these kind of, like, sub level and then your team, Right? So think of the channels. Like I said before stopping her categories for your conversations or files and so forth. All right, guys. See you on the next one. Cheers. Bye.
30. Everything else you should know about Teamsv2: Hey, guys. So we already saw the team staff here on the left, where we have the teams and the channels within those teams like we saw before for file sharing, collaboration, team conversations and so forth. And we already saw also that chat tab here as well before. So those two tabs are when you're gonna be using most of the time when using teams. And those two tabs are pretty much the essence off what Microsoft teams is all about, particularly the teams tab, which off course gives its name to the product itself, right? That's why it's called Microsoft teams because you can actually create digital teams here, which are a reflection off physical real world teams, but just gives you the opportunity on the space. The workspace toe work digitally on different things that you are currently actually working on in the business. So that's why it's so cool. And that's why it's so powerful. So those are really because we've already covered those two taps and those different things you can do within those steps, like chatting like creating new teams, creating channels, sharing files, getting the links to the files, creating folders, folders, adding tabs on so forth. The rest I'm gonna go through like quickly because I don't think there's a lot of value in me spending a lot of time in those are things on. There's not a little body for you either, because of key things like I said before, is you being familiar with teams and chat? But just for the sake of you being familiar with what is there, let's just quickly go through all of that before we finish on drop of the course. All right, so the activity tab we call it a little bit earlier at the beginning of the course on basically allows you to see different recent activities that you've had, such as conversation chats. If somebody like the message, you remember how you told me that you could like a message. So, for example, I like this message from Greg, and he liked this one for me as well. So if somebody likes that and that's something also, I really like about teams, so you don't have to reply to a message. You could just like it. That's something I actually would like to having. What's up, by the way, which I don't have, but you have it here on team. So if somebody sends you a message, you can just like it like you like it on Facebook, you know? So if you've used Facebook, you're pretty much used to like you messages or posts. So the same type of thing when somebody writes something to you and just like it, So let them kind of like acknowledge that you read it, read it on day. Don't have to, you know, they don't have Teoh reply unnecessarily so they could just like what you said on that's that's a reply itself, right? And that's how we communicate in the modern world. We just do it Something's with likes or with emojis or with gays or with stickers. And that's one thing you can easily do with teams, right? So these activity is a bit like the activity fee feed that you would see on Facebook or anywhere else. It just like I said before, shows your recent activities and gives you all the notifications that you've had. We've saw already the chat and the team stop, so I'm gonna go into those again now. But if we went to the calendar, we already saw this before organic shows and upload your calendar. And you can add meetings as well from here to your outlook calendar. If you have new meeting, you can just set it up pretty much the same as when you're setting up a meeting in, you know, in outlook. And if you do admit now, video conference calls start a private meeting. So you just if, like, pick here made Now I'm just gonna turn this off. So no video for now, I just say joined now, and it will immediately start conference school. And then I can just add people to it if I wanted to. All right, so that's another option. If you wanted to start a conference call on the spot, let's say you were chatting with someone said, like, You know, let's take this and it's just a quick Let's just have a quick conversation. You could do it from here, Mitt now, but as you saw before, you can also do it from when you're trying with someone. If you click here on video, call or article, you can use that as well to actually talk to someone. If you I want to do that. And you might be wondering when that might be useful when you would use it all. It can be useful in a lot of scenarios. Made a lot of cases. I could give you an example. So one day I was working on a project and we're in the middle of a deployment and we were chatting with someone, but they had a lot of questions on a loaf, and it was just getting to the point where I actually felt I needed to talk to them. But they were at a different building and I didn't have time to get to the building. So I just said to them, Give me a second. I'm just gonna call you right now. I just kicked here on the article button and we just had a conversation, Really? And then whilst we were in the middle of that coal, we both thought, Oh, we actually need to get some more people in the coal and we just added them to the phone call. So that was really good. Really, really cool and really helpful. So in this cold staff, like we saw before, you can, you know, starting new groups. So you can do like a group call if you want it, Teoh. So we're now in that teams files tab and this is what you see. You know your recent files again like we saw before. You can actually search for them here if you wanted to. If you were looking for a file on, you can't remember where it's storing. Which folder, etcetera. You can search for it here, Andi. It'll take you and show you the different options where he might be located on. Then. If you select here on the you know, you click here on the more options. You don't give you the option to download editing teams that center like we saw before. And again, these three dots here the bottom give you some additional options are absolutely, can integrate into teams if you wanted to. And there's also the ops here. Help. So just a feature. So you kick here on so just a feature you don't just opened the Yes, Ask the boys. Now you know the user voice thing for Microsoft where you can just suggest continue to use her voice. So these continuities air voice these user voice is a community that Microsoft created where you can actually, you know, add additional suggestions or things for teams. So if you go, let's go back. That might have gone too quickly on that. So if I actually went here to the help, I clicked on, so just a feature, it'll it'll open your brows and it will take you to Microsoft User Feedback Forum. And here you can actually add to if you wanted to add new ideas or, you know you have if you had any feedback about something you liked or something you didn't like, where you want to report a bug, etcetera. These where you do it and Microsoft actually response to use what they say it something's planned if they're working on it. If it's in testing, etcetera, which I think it's pretty cool. So this, for example, this guy here, Justin Chanda. Oh, he's actually a really world guy actually existed. This is a product manager at Microsoft teams on. He's saying We're testing these thing already, all right, so he can scroll down. You can see a little things coming soon from Microsoft and can vote. So if somebody had an idea here on you wanted to. I voted so that it gets done faster. This is where you do it. Okay, so let's go back to our teams and let's go here. It's gonna go here again. Two teams for a second. So there's always so before and again if you wanted to If you wanted to change your avatar , you just go here. Just shows you some additional options are on your user. So the status, the things that you save, you can set a status message if you wanted to settings So you can you know, your privacy notification devices, etcetera. You can change all of that from here. So these where you go to kind of like manager account, basically and, uh, keyboard shortcuts. It will show you with shortcuts you can use check for updates generally, for example, you don't really need to check for updates like this is like pretty much happens automatically. But you could if you wanted to download the mobile app and then just sign out and that's it , guys, that's pretty much everything you need to know about Microsoft teams, and this is a super powerful application. I use it on a regular basis, and I'm sure you'll love it. And the reason why I have so much experience and knowledge about teams is because I've actually deployed a couple of times. And I've worked on, you know, many products using teams on every time I introduce someone to teams who hasn't used it before, they love it. They absolutely love it on. It's really productive when you're working on projects that a business or, you know, just working pretty much on anything. Even if it's an internal initiative within your team itself. Or if you want to collaborate with people within your team, this is a great way to do it. All right. So I'm really glad that you going through everything in teams, and I hope you find it really helpful and valuable and useful and go forth. You know, start using it to create teams and to start playing with it. Like I said before, don't worry too much about breaking things. You're not gonna break anything, and you know you could just change things. Andi. Edit them before and don't forget before I go to go. Like if you ever have questions around how to do something, just go to support that office that come. And don't forget that you have a lawyer of resources from Mike Self teams here directly on diesel guy. You literally step by step on how to do stuff. So if you want to go meetings and calls like we said before so join a meeting participating in a meeting calling toe a meeting. Share your screen. So how do I share my screen? Just click here on like yourself will show you the step by step process on how you do it. So this is like I said before, a super valuable resource that that might cause offence made available to everyone in the world are on the things that you would normally use and do it in teams. So teams and channels track activity. The notification saying the chat, the meetings, the files absent services. So if you ever have questions about things that you can do, or if you can't remember how to do something well, of course, you can access these videos again and replay them if you need it to. But you can also access the support documentation from Microsoft directly, and you'll find a lot of really good little videos and little valuable information on Don't forget, of course, that if you go to YouTube, you can also find out little videos about teams. YouTube. All right, guys, I hope you found these Microsoft teams tutorial and online course helpful, and we'll talk again soon. Cheers.
31. Agile Interview with Felipe Gomez: Alright, guys. So basically, after you have set up your meeting in teams or in outlook and you've connected to teams, you then to join a meeting, you just like enjoying teams meeting from the inviting the calendar and outlook on it will then connect you to your meeting in Microsoft teams like open Microsoft teams and here we go. So as you can see here right now, I can actually change the background. You see this option here? Like I want to blur the background so I can do this. I can blur the background, or I can completely change the background, as you can see. So the are people see a different background to what actually is here. Like the rial background is this one. But I can change it with these different options that Microsoft teams offers, or I can just blur the background. So I'm just gonna blur in the background, and I'm gonna click joined now and start the meeting. All right. So, hopefully Felipe, it will be joining us shortly. Let's give him a moment, or Philip is here. We can say admit we're gonna let him in the phone call. All right. Here we go. Hey, believe me. How are you? Yeah, Good. Thank you. Let me just turn the volume up here on my end. Can you hear me? OK. Yeah, I can hear. Okay. All right. Well, first of all, I guess I just wanted to thank you for joining me in this interview. It's great to have you. And how do you how to use Microsoft before OK, OK, yeah, I use it. I something you assume Google as well. But some things I used teams as well, and I just I was just wondering whether you have used it before or whether it was your first using Microsoft teams. I think it's my first time with the application because I just go to the webpage. Yep. But yeah, I didn't do any any other special things in my goes on things. Okay? These meetings like this? Yeah, yeah, I know. You're doing perfect, man. Yeah. Are you liking like yourself, teams? Easy. Easy for you. Okay. Okay. So just I guess if you haven't used teams, I'm just gonna surely a few tips with other people as well as I'm talking to you. Look, here is a chap option for everyone. If you click on the chap chat option, you can start chatting while you're talking like that once a year. Hi. Sleep, you know, and he'll get a message, and then he can respond if he wants to. You as well. So that's one of the things that can doing teams, which is kind of helpful. Like I also gives you the option to, like, thumbs up. And you have, like, these Emojis here on top of it as well. So I can just like it. One thing that is also pretty cooling teams that you don't see him. Some of the applications that you can actually change. The you can actually change the message. Once you've sent it on, let me show you. This belief is so you see 11 cool thing about teams before we get into the interview, I'm just gonna show you here right now. You're probably gonna see yourself now. Are you seeing yourself? All right. Yeah. So I'm just sharing my screen with you, which, which is one of the cool things you can do with Microsoft teams. And as you saw here, I send you this chat message. Hi, Felipe. it. I can actually edit that if I wanted one time so I can actually change that message, which is pretty cool. Not all that chat applications allow you to do that. Like, for example, if you're using WhatsApp, you send a message. You can actually edit it after you've sent it. You can delete it, but you can't edit it, right? But here in teams, you can actually edit it. So I could say, Hey, you know, if I go here, I could just say, Hey, um, you know, just a quick hey, Onda, send their way. I could also do, you know, like another thing that is pretty cool is like, I'm gonna edit this again. Sorry. I'm just gonna go again and he don't add it. I just want to show you something real quick if I take you on the gifts as well, which I know people love gives you the option here. If I say cap, you know he will give you a couple off like cute options to share with people. If you wanted to share something on and you'll get, like, a little cat over there. All right. So let me just I'm gonna also stop sharing now my scream with you. So this is something again you can. If you're using Microsoft teams for the first time, you can stop sharing, can share your screen with our people. You can change the background like we saw before so I could even turn off the camera. So I turned off the cameras. Can't see me anymore. But I could also stop sharing. So I'm gonna stop sharing now so you won't see my screen anymore. But you can still see because we're in Colt. If I turn on the camera again, he can see me here, and I'm going to switch the camera so I can see myself year. All right. Um, sorry. Switch camera. Let me go back. Andi, just give me one second here. Show background effects. You see this option? So it seems gives you all these options. Show back graphics on, and I'm just gonna blur again. Um, okay. Are you seeing all? Sorry. Let me just switch this back so you can actually see me. All right, You can see me now, right? I'm just gonna hit. Apply Andi. All right, so here we go. All right, So I guess. Um all right, so let's just switch now to agile. Not so much around Microsoft teams. Eso like first thing I wanted to ask you for Leap Babies. How did you learn about agile? When did you first hear about Agile? Okay, I heard about agile in some projects that I wasn't bowled, especially when I was a lawyer, so I heard about it. But I've never used it because I was just, uh so for developer. So I just had my specific task. When I just go out on look for business for my own, um, I started to hear more and more the scroll. Imagine, on any other methods that I could use with my clients because most of the times I got I got very frustrated because I started a project it will eat. It took a lot of time, each project on then. My clients were also very frustrated because they never see, I know, wrote and done when they never say something useful for them. So I started to think that I was wrong in my methodology. So I started to see Jack. That was a method called agile that it waas really good that these kind of projects. So I started to do the project with that method. I grew a lot because a T beginning was difficult because also, the clients are like, I don't know to follow that. Of course, it was something completely new to them they'd never heard of. Exactly. I just I just want to have my full karate. So go today to the corner. I don't want to go first on bicycle. Yeah, so yeah, I confuse them toe. Okay, let's do it. Step by step that through these s o, we are not comfortable. You are not comfortable with being uncomfortable with you. So that's tried cities that is different before close to contract before. Go away just And this is the last chance. So they say Okay, this is Lachance. Let's do it. Uh, yes, we started to just to solve their immediate needs on. Then they were happy because they were staying something they can. They can now go do things very simple on then way. Just add complexity to the product. But it was really good. Yes. Oh, yeah. I want to hear that. Yeah. I'm really glad to hear that was helpful for you and your business and then tell Tell us a little bit about your business. What's your business about? What do you do? When did you found it in the business? Okay, okay. I must working us. I suffered developer on. Then I just created my Uncle Bunny uh, partner. So the company's about so far Call center development Way developed call center for the companies. We also do so far for that companies and we integrate both solutions way also to something really different. But it's it's like the same approach because it's offer that is, we still be land. We are land surveyors use drugs serving the land. Then we took that brothers on we dio and serving, you know? So we have those toe business right now, but the first but the main the pain and purpose of our company is their software development. Yes. Develop eyes. It isn't websites applications. What do you do if facebook up mobile laps? Android IOS. Okay. Most of the time, we developed a web applications Onda we also loved by application and Andrew that you guys are. Both of the men were developed with application on, especially with applications for call centers. No, that's that were our main purpose. Ah, yeah. Way. Okay. Yeah, that sounds really interesting. So when video, How long ago did you start the business? Okay. I just starting 2012 I think too. So that was the first time after many, many bad things that happened. Because when you are you an entrepreneur thing, I know about him, and I know about it. Exactly. Yes. Yes. I hear you weigh to start doing things, but yes, I think I think the main maybe state that you have when you entrepreneur is because you don't have a method you have experience on, I think agile. It's one of the thing that if the most important thing I think you have to be an entrepreneur, You have you. I think you have 60% of the off the work done. So yeah, I started to use agile scenes. 2018 I think just two or three years ago on, Yeah, it was a complete change of my business. I could survive without argue, but it was a really difficult part. Me So yeah, right now it's easier. It's really easy to Yeah, I feel you on A and I I guess I had a similar experience like you, cause I'm also allows, You know, I'm getting more like herself on. I fully agree with what you said. Being an entrepreneur is is super hard. It's a lot of people think it's like, you know, it's gonna get get rich quick scheme But it isn't right like you're not gonna get which overnight it takes. It takes a lot of like, actually, if you look at the stats, most businesses like 80 90% of businesses don't survive it in the first year, so but people don't don't know about this right? Like they think being an entrepreneur is just fun, unicorns and stuff like that. And it's not. It's not that easy like you were saying. And sometimes it does take. Most businesses take six years before they even turned profitable. So most businesses the 1st 6 years they don't make any money to actually lose money. Eso like I was saying it. It's definitely it's definitely tough. It's a tough gig. It's not easy is not for everyone, either. You know, you gotta have a little I think I think one of the key things is having a lot off like passion and persistence. If you don't have passion for what you're doing, you're very likely gonna doing it at some point. But if you are very passionate about what you're doing, you're likely if you fall, you're gonna get up and you're gonna fall and you're gonna get up again, right? Cause you're passionate about it. You love it, you enjoy it. It's not just he's not just a job. It's like a passion as well. So it's a job, Yes, but it's also a passion. The other thing I find interesting about entrepreneurship is a lot of people think that because you're into entrepreneur e work less hours and you work. You know, you have your own schedule on whatever, and it's like, yes, but generally you work a lot harder than when you were working for someone else. So if you are working for someone else that say, you working, I don't know 30 40 hours a week. If you're working for yourself, you're probably doubling that easily. You're working, you know, 60 hours a week where you're working old fifties, 55 60 hours. You're working weekends. You're working up nine. Like in my case. Sometimes I'm working at one AM while everyone is sleeping. I'm working. I'm working on like, you know, I'm working on my business on growing it. Um, but yeah, I think it's it's interesting. I'm glad to hear also that your experience with your customers has also improved while using, I tell, because that's also what I've seen in practice, you know, because I run projects without agile and I, you know, I've done PM I have them. Pam, Buck, I've been Prince Teoh. I've done FP X, you know, flawless project execution. I don't I don't have a ton of different methodologies on the older. I'm not saying that they're bad, you know, like I don't think I don't think anything is perfect. Like, I think sometimes it's better to use another type of methodology. I don't think you should always, always use agile, but I do think that agile is really good and has a lot off really unique things about it, versus other methodologies like you are saying. Speak to execution is one of the most important ones you know you can get get done things really quickly, even if their basic and then you improve on them on. Do you start with a You know, an M V p of minimum viable product, an initial solution. And then you show the customer and get their feedback and then grow on that. And then also, from my perspective, is that involvement off the customer throughout the entire journey and not just at the end , but also throughout the entire design process. You know, not just when you show them the embrace, all but they're constantly working with you Is your eternity, Vly developing your product. So I think that makes a huge difference in that customer experiences will in relationship because you can manage the expectations of the customers you're going through that cycle. Um, on the other thing that I really like about at personally is the retrospectives. So you know the opportunity off continuously improving what you're doing, which, like you said for me, I also applied in my business and I'm applying it on a regular basis fell When I'm doing something I'm thinking, OK, if my next spring, the next time I do this, how can I do it better? You know, how can I learn from this experience, and there's always something you can do better. You know, even if you're doing a really good job, there's always something could still do better next time. So that's one of the things I love about the retrospectives. From My perspective is involving the whole team on Sometimes you know, the product owner or the are even the customers in the in the session on getting that feedback about why you can do differently next time. Onda also what worked well, right, but something we also I think when you're in a business a little times, people tend to point to the things that went wrong. But if you the good thing about a retrospective as well is that it actually makes you think about what worked well, so it's something is doing. If it ain't broke, don't fix it right like it is working well, keep doing it right on. That's another thing that I find really powerful about retrospectives, which is what you know, as you know, one of the you know, one of the key agile rituals. So what about your partner? How what does your partner think about agile? Has he learned about our deal will, uh, not much really is really is really technical skills. He's really good at doing his Is that so? Trust me when he said OK, you are now good at managing client at managing products. So I'm going to give you that responsibility. It says so I can focus on technical stuff. Okay, so yeah, but that he like it and because he hasn't hurt about what we did in the projects. And I think I think he needs to do the course on went toe pushing to do it. But yeah, it was really good because he realizes also bad later, Another ways to obey the things instead of doing really complex stops that if they vote, um, having a trip wants doing something that it's not done. And he realizes that he can follow single rules to get the things they faster. And also, the plants are gonna be more happy because one of the main things that I realized that clients have special needs. They have like pains. So they have they take you about 2030 requirements. I have nothing to do to er project. OK, this is my requirements, but but the truth is that they only need, like, two or three or 10 immediately. They have some pains that you have to solve. First of all, so that's one of my advice is that I have Maybe if they have a lot off pains, just focus on the pains, you know, started pains. When you are going to the doctor, you want to represent the pain first. You don't want to check your eyes checked around, check your mind. Check your healthy general. No. You first want to solve the pain, and then you can go on dsi the other things. So maybe with the clients realized that services from you maybe they want the food brackish , but they don't realize that they have special needs. So I think the purse approach is to speak with the client, do the best effort to get those needs. So, for example, I had a client that that meat digital marketing call center um, they want to work with application of a light application being 21 for the store. They need a lot of things huge pregnant. So I was I love Okay. Okay. Stop. What do you What do you need right now. So they insist that they need everything. So I ask again my view. What do you need? I right now? Right now? What do you need? So they say. Okay, we have, like, Lisa store. We have these products that we need to sell immediately. They are going toe. They are going to be expired, like aspire. So I need to sell them immediately as soon as possible. So I said, Okay, let's do something in the first sprint that helps you toe sell those problems right now. So we started with the landing page on with our basic and Facebook digital marketing campaign. So we have, like, 10 things we started to, So they say, Okay, let's start by about those two things. So we did the land impatient with the marketing. We do it really, really fast, and we go to production just oh, they can paint on on They could sell all those boats. So they were really happy. We were really happy. And actually, we extend our contract to many other things. So we have, like, one year contract right now. We have been working about five years. We are still working on it. That's awesome. Yeah, we just We just have a good long term business because we focus immediately on their on their needs on their pain. The pain wasn't there for tools. They're paying less in the call centre all the things that they want. But we just focus first on that. So I think agile waas really useful in that Because I didn't know about agile. Maybe I okay, I mean, I had to run a full schedule. Really Landscape, this room, any task, many requirements. Maybe we complete afford year without selling anything without doing nothing and maybe the contract and we haven't We haven't a implement, agile. Maybe our contact wouldn't be these long. Yes, yes, I understand what you're saying. And I think I think by the way, I think you're absolutely writing when you said and I I really like the tip that you just give gave everyone on. I know there's gonna be, you know, thousands of people from all over the world watching this, and I think you just gave them a really good tape about focusing on the pain points, focusing on what's but really, really bothering the customer. Andi, I think you also touching a really important point as well. Around sometimes we also we, you know, as people leading a project. Whether you're a project manager of business owner, an account manager or wherever you are leading that development with or that work, it is all. We also have our beautiful role in guiding the customer as well, guiding him and helping them reach their goals on. Sometimes they don't really see the end. You know, they don't really see how where they need to go fully, and we need to help them visualize that I, like you, said, starting off with something simple that you can deliver a quick win that you can show value shooting the short term, the agile way it makes the customer really engaged on really happy on your you know, your Like, you said, you're seeing the fruits of it in your own business in a contract that was originally a one year contract is going now into the fear on that just goes to show, obviously to your work ethic that you guys are delivering value frequently for that customer. On that, there seemed benefiting in the way you're doing these without. Don't bring Cipel's and agile values delivering products for them. They see the value in that pond. Obviously, that's why they keep coming back to you. And I've seen that as well in my business, or when I'm helping people with actual projects. Except when you just describe in which, you know, like, for example, I recently did a project where originally the project had the product was $2 million budget , $2 million budget. You had a 12 12 month period for delivery on this is is there was, you know, there was a project manager who did the schedule, Did the budgeting did everything. This is before I joined the team. And then I joined the team and somebody asked me, Well, what do you think there is here? What would you do differently? And I said to them, Well, I changed completely. The approach of the project, like I think we can do, is a lot faster. I don't think we need 12 months, and I don't think we need to me. And so I talk to them about agile in this business. They, you know, when when I started talking to them about agile, nobody knew what time to train everyone either. So what I said to them is, let me just out. I'll train a couple of the people in the team myself, talk to them about how we're gonna start in some sprints. We're gonna gonna be our focus on our short term goals. And we ended up doing that project in three months on we ended up doing. We ended up doing it for 1/4 of a $1,000,000 so we spent $250,000 not two million. So, you know, we did it in what, you know, less than 20% of the original budget. We did it. We did it in again less than 20% of the time that they had originally planned for that on but super happy. They like you're saying we got another project working with them as well? Because they saw the value. They saw the benefit and even a lot of people that were new to agile and work with me on the project. Then they started to apply doing their own projects as well in their teams. On some, some of them didn't apply everything. You know, some of them that they just said Okay, we're just gonna start with the daily stand up on. We're gonna do a daily stand up with our team. So that's the other thing I think is important for four people as well that I say you don't always have to go full agile. You know, you you don't always have to start with everything. You can start just with a few of the things in agile and then start expanding and adding more to it as well as you. You start getting familiarized with it, seeing the value of it, because sometimes people get overwhelmed. You know, they think, Oh, I don't have I can do a retrospective spring planning now, all of springs. I can do all of this. So I just said, Yeah, yeah, yeah, exactly. They think it's like this, like too much. But I guess going back to your point about helping the finally the pain points, which I think is a really good tape. Like I was saying, there is There is a concept in agile that is called Moscow, you know, must go like like in Russia. Uh, it stands for, uh, must should goods I wants. All right. Um So let me just write this down for here. Here in the in the chat because I want to ship s So this is called It's called a Moscow. Um priority. Priority cessation. Um, technique. All right. On the Moscow privatisation technique, you tell you have the musts, the shoes that could on the warm house. Um sorry. Let me write this. Not one house. Right. So this is from this is not from scrum, but this is from another agile methodologies called the as the M on India's the M. You use this, but you can also use this in our agile methodologies. Even though it was born India's the M eso the must shoots and could the O's. By the way, the Moscow are just, um the corrective. I guess they're not. They don't actually stand for anything. Sometimes I get asked the question. What was? What does the oh he must go stand for it doesn't stand for anything is just like it's just like a placeholder. Just somebody thought it would sound nicer. They said it's an MSC w Moscow sounds a little bit nicer. That's why the term came up. So anyway, the must are exactly what you just mentioned. The pain points. The must are the things that are none negotiable. I really need them. If I don't do this, I'm gonna have a huge problem. Um, they might be legal things. They might be compliance things. There might be things that are really, really important for the business or really critical. Because if we don't do them, the operation will stop for you can cause a very big problem. So those are the must haves. The shoots are so shoots and kouds are basically nice to have. So you discard them. And you moved into the one house. So So that you were, I guess, intuitively without even knowing about Moscow you were doing it. You were doing Moscow without without knowing about it. But yeah, this is the thing about agile is one of the things I love about agile, agile is very intuitive. So a lot of the times, things that you would naturally do, I feel just them a name, you know, gives him a framework. Gives you a process, right? Like like like I'm showing you right now. Models goods on one house. You did that intuitively with your client, he said. There are two things here that we need to do. Our must are really important. And there are eight things that actually we can wait. They don't have to be done. Now let's move them to the one house for these initial face of the project will look at them later. So beautiful. So those those two must have our way basically what we call united all the M V p. The minimum viable product. Right? So you said, Let's focus on the M V P. Let's get that done on and then we look at something else. So So this is something else. Is quite often that the mosque there mustards Could someone have sweet with my clients when I'm coaching other people as well? Because he also helps you manage expectations with the customers that you're actually not discarding because some people don't like to tell you. Some people don't like that. They tell you something, and then you just throw it in the garbage, right? Like here in the big. They want to see that you're actually taking note. Whether saying so, this allows you to know things down without necessarily needing to doing them, So you can say, Look, we're gonna of these 10 requirements or 20 requirements, 10 of them are myself five or shoots three are coots and two and warned he can say to them , the only ones that I'm committing to doing are the musts, the other ones. So the muscle, you know, like that's our target that we have do that The chutes and kouds are kind of like a stretch goal if I get to that great. But if I don't do it, I met the must haves. I met the critical ones. So that's something that helps you as well when you're doing this. Unlike you, mentioned requirements are very critical in projects because a lot of times pro and started the beginning in a project with the requirements which people not clearly specifying what they want from or you might not managing expectations with the customer on the right way, which again can end like you were saying two things like contract not being renewed or people, you know, not hiring you again for a second time and stuff like that. But if you're actually applying that what you were doing intuitively, which is great that's that's one of the things about like, if you ever example, didn't know about Agile. And I gave you, uh, 20 things to do right now. 20 tasks. And I told you, OK, you need to do this by the end of the week. Even if you didn't know about agile intuitively, the person you think you would do is you would look at that list on you will start to prioritise that list you started to think about. Okay, I Maybe I'm not gonna be able to do these 20 things by Friday. So what are the most important ones that I need to get done? So you would do a list? You would probably put things in the top right on. Then you start working on that.
32. What is planner and what to use it forv2: Hey, guys. So in this part of the course, I want to introduce you to Microsoft Planner and then a woman. We're gonna cover a little bit about what Microsoft planner is, right? In short, we call it Planner. So yep, it's called the products called Microsoft longer, but this is equivalent to you'll hear people call it just planner. So Planner is the name that most people used to describe this product. Microsoft Planner is part of the office Suite 365 suite of Applications office, which is, you know, part off Microsoft product offering. And for those that don't know, Microsoft and Office 365 has probably over 28 applications around 28 applications, which you can use that are part of our history. 65 and I'd say, one of the top applications and most widely used applications in office. 365 He's Microsoft Planner, and there's a ton of different things that you can do with Microsoft Planner. So let's look a little bit about what you can do with Planner. OK, so what can you do? What can you do with planner, right with planner, Right? So there's a ton of different things you can use Microsoft planner for. But mainly as a name implies, it is a practice sign for planning. All right, planning what? Planning tasks, projects and so forth. Right. So pretty much anything you want a plan you can actually use Microsoft Planner for that. You can also use it as an agile can Ben board. All right. So you can also use Microsoft Planner to build an agile Cambon board. All right, All right. The other thing, you can also use Microsoft Planner four East to build a product grilled map. If you're a product manager or you're working on up team and you need to rebuild a product roadmap, Microsoft planner is a really good tool to do that. You can also use it as a to do list. You know, just a simple to do list, um, around things that you need to do. And that can be, you know, for yourself, for your team, for people that are reporting to you. You can also use Microsoft Planner for Resource management resource management, and we'll see a bunch of examples around all these different things when we get to the course. But I just wanted to talk a little bit about the different things that you can do with Microsoft Planner because it is a great tool. It is a very powerful tool, and it is one of the most widely used tools in off histories expired. And the reason why it's so widely uses because he's so intuitive. It's super easy to use. It's great, it's fun, you know, it's very visual, and we'll talk a little bit more about this in a moment. But what else can you dio with Microsoft Planner? This is just to give you, you know, an idea about the different things that you can do with it. Obviously, it's a limited or it's not constrained to these different things. You could do a ton of other things in Microsoft planner on mainly, you know, a little people use it to run their products, run projects. All right, so is great for collaboration, you know, for team team collaboration, communication, um, you know, communication and just overall managing tasks. And like I already mentioned before, planning tasks, you know, controlling tasks and pretty much coordinating work. All right, over these things are really different things that you can do in Microsoft Planner. And like I said before, it's a great tool that you can use and we're gonna run into examples a little bit down the track. In the scores are around different examples of the different things that you can do with Microsoft. Planner on why I recommended on wife such a great tool in what is wide such a powerful tool . I'm gonna show you a real world example off a product roadmap using planner and agile Cameron Ward using planner and how we've used it on different projects just to manager tasks, coordinated work and so forth. Right, So I'll see you in the next one. Guys, this is just a very quick control when you can use Microsoft planner for
33. Why plannerv2: Alright, guys. So let's talk a little bit about why Planner. So why should you use planner and not one of the other tools for planning and collaboration that are out there? Well, one of the key thing that really one of the most important things is its integration with Microsoft and its price. All right, So, as we all know, pretty much all businesses in the world use a Microsoft product that could be word Excel. Power Point. Microsoft teams officers expire for one of the many absentees, including Office 365 and Planner. Being a Microsoft product integrates really well with all of those, right? So that is one of the greatest advantages and one of the reasons why you should be using Microsoft Planner if you're not doing so already. And if you're not doing so already and you work for a company that uses Microsoft products or office or, you know, Michael's of teams or warder Excel or any of those other products, it is very likely that some point in the future you're gonna be using Microsoft Planet. So that's why taking these courses such a great thing for you because you're thinking and you know you're one step ahead of the game. And even if you are using Microsoft Planner already, these scores will give you the basics and the fundamentals around what types of things you can do with Microsoft planner and what it's for, Right? So one of the other reasons why you should be using planner on one of the reasons why Planner is so good is because it is very intuitive. All right is very intuitive, so you don't need a little training or preparation. You know, there's not hours and hours of you trying to learn how it works. Self, Microsoft products and some other proxy in finding the market are quite complex, and they actually require a level of training and the learning curve. You know, it's very high. In this case. It is the opposite. You know, the learning curve in Microsoft Planner is very low, so it is. One of the advantages is that it's easy to learn, so you learn quickly, right? You learn quickly, right? So this is one of the advantages off. Um, you know, Microsoft Planner versus Other. You learn quick, you know, it's versus other parts other, so it's very intuitive is very easy to use, right, and it's built for collaboration, all right. He's also very modern. So this was a product release initially in 2016. That was the initial release off planner. There have bean a ton off upgrades and enhancements. Seems then. But like I said, because it's something that wasn't built in the nineties or in the eighties or in the seventies or whatever, it's very, very modern. Just a few years ago, it was released to the market and has improved ever since. And the other thing is that when Microsoft build this product, they definitely looked at the competition, and based on what they saw, they improved the product, right? So Michael of Planner, you know, if you use something like G right, you know, gear, or if you've used something like Trail Oh, it is very similar to those products, but it has built in some of the things that those products don't have, and it leverages also on the strength of those process. Feel very familiar. It feels like something you've used before, but like I said, it's kind of has its own Microsoft flavor in it, and because of that it is built for the corporate. For companies, it doesn't really mean that he has to be used Onley for big companies of big corporations. He can be used by any size of company, even startups. So Planner definitely is not just for big companies. It's for the big and for this small right. So for anyone, it is for an individual more for groups or teams. All right, so it doesn't have to be just used by one person. It can be used by many people, but it can still be used by one person. If you wanted it to use it as you know, as a particular individual, if he just wanted to use that Brooke. And that's why before I talked about to do lists, which is a great example, allowing an individual might decide to use planner. And it is one of the greatest things that it has, because it is part of the off history 65 suite of applications that you know you can integrate with other Microsoft on office risks by products and applications, which makes your life a lot easier. And it's something that you cannot, for example, to Microsoft teams. If you're using teams easily, and that is great. You know, I find that is great. One of the things, though I wanted to note that is different in these office 365 product. Microsoft Planner versus other tools and products like, for example, teams is that planner is in free and decent at least of the time of this. Recording CDs and convert commercially available for individuals is more for business use. So if you're working for a company, it is very likely you can access planner. Or they probably have. They have us officers, explains description of business description. You'll likely find it there. But if you have an office 365 personal subscription as an individual, more likely than not, you're not gonna find planner there on. Like I said before, it's also not available for you to download for free like teams, at least not at the time of this recording. I do hope that at some point in the future, Microsoft realizes the huge potential that it has to open up planner for the world for free , and then that some people pay and get advanced features, or that they have, you know, like a consumer version and then a business variation with more advanced features and so forth. So that's something I'm hoping for. And I think that Microsoft might do that like they did with teams. So Microsoft teams initially was like Planner, it waas Onley available for businesses. Nowadays, it's available to the consumer, to the end user to anyone, really, to an individual. And it's even available for free. Obviously, the free version of the product pass its limitations like most free versions of any product or so somewhere. But it is quite good. Even the free version teams when we're talking about Microsoft teams. So hopefully at some point Microsoft will do the same for Planner. But for now, these other key reasons why you would use planner on White such a great tool and why I definitely encourage you to explore it. And I'm glad that you're taking the scores because you're taking that step. Like I said before off deep diving into planner on, I'm sure you're gonna love it, and once you start using it, you're unlikely to. It's very unlikely you'll stop using it. I've been using planning for a few years now, never since I started using Microsoft Planner. I've kept using it. It's one of those spots you just kind of fall in love with because it's very easy to use very intuitive Berries or friendly. It's great for collaboration is great for managing. Task is great for my name products. But it's also great for your individual war, killed management or just were planning your to do's. Alright, guys, we'll see you on the next one. Cheers. Bye.
34. Initial Tour of Microsoft Plannerv2: Alright, guys. So without further ado, we're gonna go directly into Microsoft Planner and have a quick tour of what Microsoft planner looks like and just have a quick introduction of visual walk through off Microsoft Planet directly. Microsoft planner itself. Okay, so I'm gonna assume in this part of the course that you already have a Microsoft planner subscription and that you're using, you know, in office 365 account, which you can use to log into Microsoft Planner. All right, so I'm not gonna go through the creation process or like you buy a license, etcetera. I'm assuming that you already have access to Microsoft planner, and if you don't know how to access it, just make sure you check with your system at mean or your help desk or people that support the I T department in your company or your business. Just ask him how you get to planner, you know, from your business, and they should get you through it. But generally speaking, regardless of which company you are, you should be able to go to portal thought office dot com And that should in theory, take you toe assigning page a long page in which you can add your credentials and then, you know, after you enter your credentials, you'll be able to go directly to Microsoft Planner. All right, so let's do these. I'm gonna you know, Hi. This for a second. I don't want to provide my credentials, their private, their corporate private credentials. So I'm gonna, you know, pause here for a second while I log in. But this is basically what you would do, You know, you have your address, you your password, you sign in and then you access planner, and then I'll show you what it looks like. It looks like just as you access it and how to get started, etcetera. All right, so after you log in your taking to this page and you know, this is kind of your home page for your office. 365 switch off applications. And then here you'll see planner, so you can just click on it. Or alternatively, you could also weaken collapse, and I'll show you all the different types that are part of our history. 65 including planner, which is right here. So you just click on planner on that will open in another tab and take you directly to your Microsoft plan. Okay, So here's my Microsoft planner page. And here's a couple off planner plans that I have created. Like I said before, Planner, this is a terminology plan to what you're gonna be calling your project. Your actual camp on board your roadmap. Whatever it is that you're creating in Planner, we call that a plan. Okay, That's just part of the name off the product. Okay, so we're gonna go over that, and I'll show you a couple of examples that I have created for some of my products riel world examples, or how I've use planner before. And like I said, you can also download on. I mentioned this earlier. In the course, you can download the mobile app to your iPhone or your android device for your are your tablet. Whatever it is that you're using, whether it's an android or an iPad, you can do the same. You can download that from here. Okay, So later in the course, I'm gonna walk you through real world examples. Often agile can on board right here in Microsoft Planner. I'm gonna walk you through a product road map right here in Microsoft Planner on how Imagine tasks in some of my other projects. But let's just get started with the basics, Okay? So when you log into your Microsoft planner in this quick tour, you have your left hand side menu here, which, by the way, you can reduce the size of that and make it more like icons. If you click here on this little arrow, you see, now it becomes it becomes like like you can see here just some icons on these air kind of like your favorite plants. And these are just arrestable or local of your plans. You hear your top right hands have hindsight menu where you can make changes, settings, notifications. You know, just your account in general. And of course, here, if you click on up launcher, it will show you the rest of your office 365 laps and they're gonna go into that in detail right now. Mainly, we're gonna focus on planner. But like I said, here are your settings, which you can change your different you know, modifications. Etcetera. Right? Right here from your planner. You can manage your notifications here. Nothing. You right now and you can match your account here from your name. Of course, If you needed to manage and change your name right there. All right. And let's just go to create new plan to get started. Just have a quick tour. So here, plan, name. Let's call these yes plan and it can be public. So anyone in the business and the company can see it can be private Onley members that I add can see the plan contents. Generally you want to create private plants most of the time you're creating a plan for you individually or for a particular group of people you're working with rare you're gonna created for just anyone in the world to see. But these guys, I guess it's not anyone in the world but anyone within your organization. But that still can be a lot of people if you're in a big company. So most of the time you're gonna be using private by the fault. Microsoft planner sets everything to private by the fault. But you can change that. If you wanted to change it, okay. And then here below you have the options. And if you click on options, it'll just give you the option to that optional description so that again optional. You don't have to. But some people like to add a little more detail than just the subject or just the title of the plan. If you want to, you can do that. I generally don't do it. Onda Skip it so you great create plan. We're getting in your plan. Creating your new plan. It's called Esplen. Obviously, don't worry too much about the name like if you wanted to change the name later, you can. You know, it's not saying Stone, and here it is. Here it's what it looked, what it looks like when you just what it looks like when you just create a plan in planner . And this is what you use for everything in planner, your your plans, right? Everything that you're you're basically going to create in planners called a plan. Now, whether you use that plan to create a natural Cambon board to manager to dues, to manage your team to manage, you know different things that entirely up to you, But whatever it is that you're creating, you're gonna call it in the terms off Microsoft plan. Alright, and here's what a plan looks like when you start from scratch. It doesn't have too much added to it, so you can actually create at your own discretion. But basically you have a set of columns and we think those columns you have tasks, right? This is an example of a task. So it's called these Let's say task one click, enter and just at sit here. And then, of course, you see this little three dots here, it gives you more options. All you can also click directly on the task itself and you open up like a bigger view in which you can assign this test to a particular individual. You know, in this case, I could assign it to myself because I haven't added more people to the planet. I'll show you the woman how you cannot more people to the plan. But here is let's say for now that is just me. That's imagine that this is an example where I'm doing it desecrating my to do's. So I is task one. I'm gonna you know that my name to it. I cannot labels here. You see these colors here that you hover your mouse over these colors here. It gives you six different labels. And that can be helpfully if let's say this is work related or let's say this is, you know, something that is a task that is really into marketing. So I'm just gonna have to this, you know, pink label that is really helpful for filtering later or if you have a ton of tasks and you're trying really visually quickly assess. But it relates to what stream of work, what category, so you can use the labels to create, you know, kind of like categories or groupings. Or like I said, if you just want something really visual in an adult can be onboard, you might use this. Ask your you know your story points. The level of complexity on it has just different uses. Whatever you want to use it for, you can use it. But basically, you know is what what task looks like in detail. If we click outside here, just anywhere outside of it, off this white square or rectangle, if we click outside of it will take us to the main view off course. You can also just close it from here from the X, but alternatively, you can You can click just anywhere outside of it on it will take you back here and planet has again. You know, the interface is very simple. You have, Ah, menu here, right in the middle. At the top, left hand side. You have the name of the plan Here. You can favorite you know the plan. If you wanted to come kind of on top, you know, in the frequently plants and use on. Then here. Here you have the members. If you want to add a member, you just simply at the name of that member. And it'll look in the Madras list off your business, and then you can just select the name and at them, right? Like if I wanted to add, you know, take them eso his name will come up and I can just add him on click on that And then that allowed him to this plan. Here are some filters which you know will be helpful when you have a bunch of tasks created in planner. And when you have a lot of people working two different things and you can group your buckets which is basically the columns by different things as well. So you can go by a sign to so you can see who the tasks assigned to and what they're working on by Progress by Jude eight. By labels, Which is what I showed you here before and my priority. All right, so it is very easy. Let's say to dio and this is Let's imagine this is a test plan off work that I'm doing Onda , let's say here you can see here that said to private, But let's say here that I want him change the name of this test plan So you just go plan settings and let's just go it personnel to deuce, Right? These are my personal to do this and I can actually save you. See, just immediately renamed it So I'm gonna hear, hear to do. That's a bucket, you know, you know normally would call these columns off course on Dhere in Planner Microsoft. Cold sweat buckets doesn't really matter, you know. It's just a bucket off different tasks you cannot hear on your bucket and you call him. You can call these doing. Let's say, um, you cannot hear another one and just cool it. Let's say done. This is just for you to match your own tests. And as you can see, this is taking a beautiful shape, the shape of what an agile Cambon board looks like. Well, let's just call this year, you know, your personal to do so for now, you can actually remove these. So this is look so much as I can been born and is live. I'm gonna delete it. Yes. And I just You know, if you don't see the three dots here, unless you Khobar over it over, it s so you might not have noticed because I was going quickly there. But if he goes low, if it goes slowly and I just over my mouth over the column or the bucket, you can see that the gazing more options of three dots and then right click on it. And I can remember Renee meant deleted more, more to the left, um, on and doesn't matter. You know, even if it says here, moving to the left, you could also manually docked drag and drop it. So you just click left, click on it and just hold it and then move it. You see how I can move it done and then to the US, right? Unless just do it again. I'm just gonna left, click, hold it, and then just drag and drop it to the left. Very easy. All right? I'm just gonna create here just very quickly. Attest to task Task three. And then I could actually move this to done. You see how I can move this? You know, I can just left plate Dragon drop on day, and I could just take it. It means it's complete, complete task ticket, and you'll appear here in the column. I don't necessarily have to, you know, create a done column. If I don't want to are done bucket, I could just leave it here if I wanted to. Um, you know, if I wanted to, I could just click here and living here at the bottom. You know, it's done. But general, personally, I can't like separating them, So I generally would create something more like this and just leave it there on this is just a very quick tortoise, just to show you the different options around how to create your tasks. And then once you have a task here, do you see how this one has his pink label. I could have to these one another one. Let's say red or this one. Let's say he's procurement, for example, procurement labels, elimination in the separate human task. And we could rename this task to, you know, just click on it. And let's just rename it to, let's say, develop procure manned contract would say All right, so I just enter. I just clinical title just automatically saves it on. Then I can assign this to myself, my Sinuses and Mauricio. I can change the priority too high, you know. Low. Immediately important. Urgent. Let's say this is Sergeant, right? So he has these. You see these Aiken? Urgent. I could set a due date for this task. Let's say it's, you know, March, the 10th eyes gonna start this dust going to start in March, and it's gonna finish. That's saying April the 10th so a month I'm just exaggerating, obviously, is just a quick example. You can add notes here and also in a really cool thing about planners, you can have a checklist to each task. So let's say this developer cumin contract is a huge task which actually have subtexts like , for example, I would need to initially billed the template. Define contract terms. So I'm just going basically a to do list here, I guess. A checklist. A stop list of tests that I need to do to complete this big task. Right? And let's say you know the fine contract terms. Define contract duration. Andi, let's say review from legal. I mean, tell the country reviewed by legal. Right? So there's four different things here. If I take this but in here, which has shown card, let's just click outside for a second. You see these, you know, procurement showing here. The that it's urgent When it's ju on social. Sherman, he's here here 044 It means there's zero completed out of four items in the checklist that I just created inside this task, right? So if I click on the task itself and I let's say click on this shown card, it's now going to show me the different I attempting the checklist directly here in the task, which might be helpful because it's a bit more visual and then saves me one click of going inside. But you might not want to claret And you might not want to show that, you know, an executive meeting or a high level meeting with your team so you might just hide it. You just click this again and it goes, disappears here on the left like you saw. If I click again here, he appears here. The checklist appears here directly in the summer. In view of the task, If I am ticket, it just disappears, Right. I can add attachments again if you wanted to. You know, from one driver for your directly from your deck stuff on your computer, you can add comments as well. And you can add people so you can add, You know, Ben at Charlie A Greg. And then they'll get a notification off course. People can also wants described from notifications that they wanted to. But this is basically all you need to know about creating task. All you need to know about creating task Hearing planner. Right? You can clone the task. Copy the task again. If you needed the same task. Words, same things. You can clone it. You can move the task. You can copy the link to the task If you needed to share this with someone. You can also of course, delete The task on here is just a very, very quick example. You know, you can create here more and more to do so, um, task members for five and so forth and then you can move things around your completing them . You could also create more buckets like we saw before, and you already so that you can move these around. If you wanted Teoh again, I'm gonna move these again on you already saw that the task calls can be more between columns on you see how it automatically market market complete because I moved it to the done and let me just very quickly show you the filters. So if I have filtered by, for example, label, show me the procurement tasks, so there's only one. So that's why it's only showing me one. So this is also really use blast. You're starting to get more and more information added to it. It will also help you. If you have you, you won't feel to buy, you know when it's do or when something or by person assigned. If you wanted to, let's say this one, you can see these one doesn't have someone assigned to it on these ones. These artists have had myself assented. Let's remove myself from this one just to show you really quickly. I'm gonna take my name off it. Let's say we're having assigned this task. Yes yet to anyone, Onda. Let's just say so. You can see now we've created five tasks, right? There's three that are assigned to me. There's two that we haven't assigned to anyone yet. So let's say you had 100 tests here created and you just wanted to see the ones that are saying to you in particular you could either go to you could either go to filter on. You can just play come the main here more easier to see the one that are assigned to Mauricio, Right? So you're just gonna see the test assigned to Guarascio, and it's not showing these ones because they're completed. But let's say I didn't you know, Let's just mark and mark them on. That's the as if they haven't been completed yet. Right on. But let's just say you were going to sign them to Mauricio over quickly. All right, so we basically yeah, you know, uncompleted them on assigned them the system over my beyond science. Them Don't worry too much about that, because you you can reassign them later if you want to. Okay, Here you go on. And so we have five tasks. Three that are sent to me to the aren't streaming everything you might have. You had 100. I have 10 or 20 people working on a project. This will be field with a Tom test. Right? So it might be difficult for you to see What's your particularly working on? So you could just quickly go to the field, There's and show me everything more reasons working on. And now it's filtered out. Everything else is just showing me the three tasks that I'm working on or that I'm assigned to write. And if I click here again, it will show me everything. So I'm going to remove the fielder. Or you can also clear the fielder from here. It's gonna shows again, the five tasks. Let's do that really quickie. All right, So you're saying the five tests, that's it really easy. Really simple. Also, you could say group by Let's say you want to grow by assigned to. So it's now created assigned bucket automatically one with my name automatically Putting all the tests that are assigned to me is why this is so useful and so helpful for you. Diminish Resource is workload projects because you can very easily and very intuitively on very quickly see who's doing what directly here from plant. And I'm gonna walk you through later in the course. Another real world example of how we do this If you want to go to this. Also, there's a little bit more some more tabs here that you can go to on. There's more information here, you know. Members files no. Begin creating notebook sites at two favorites Explore plan to excel. So there's a ton ton, this plenty of candor. There's a ton of different options for you that you can view our use here in Microsoft. Planner gives you 10 of options that many you're gonna be using the board. That's what you know 95% of people use planner for, But of course, you can also use the charts in the schedule. So if you go to the charts is just very quickly tell you, you know visually, where you're at. What is the status? You have my tests left trying to do between Don? This is just my bucket. Right? But we haven't marked incomplete. So these same that started five. But if I went back to the board on if I click on just well, it's a This one is complete. That's number one I'm gonna complete if we walk into the chart is going to show one's completed. Now, do you see this? Once completed, four tests left. So it shows you very visually like a dashboard. And it shows you hear members, you know, visually how many tests they've assigned. What's the status, etcetera? Obviously, the more information, the more tests you have them for. People you have. This is gonna be more meaningful to you. And I'll show you later in the course. Riel world examples that will be more meaningful than this one that I'm showing you right now. But just as a quick tour off planner and what you can do with it, I just wanted to show you this very simplistic, minimalistic way with not too many people, not too many tests, just to show you very quickly what you can do with it on what it's useful for. If I went here to schedule, it just basically creates, you know, a bit off a scheduled view off. You know where the tests are because we don't have anything in John. Right? But actually, it's in March, April s so you can see here, especially when you jump to march. The task. You know which days that task is his part off. So it's kind of a bit of like a official tiling off when the task started. Starts on the 10th of March, and it should finish on the 10th of April, right? You know. So here is finishing on the 10th of April, and it gives you this visual view on this. Also, one question that often comes up, by the way, which is thus, you know, Microsoft plan to replace, you know, Microsoft Project, and it doesn't you know, they're very different tools for very different purposes. Microsoft Planner is more for high level planning for collaboration for managing tests and and Microsoft Project is more formatting. Projects is a lot more robust. You can create Gant charts. You can create availability of people. You can a cost per hour of resource is so it's it's a lot more robust. Love more complex requires, you know, definitely a bigger learning curve you're gonna use, You know, if you've if you've never used Microsoft Project before the learning curve, it takes a while for people to learn how to use that tool on its mainly for project managers. So made me proud in matters of the people that use Microsoft Project. Whilst Microsoft planner is a tool for anyone and for everyone, you don't need to be. You know, you don't need to be a project manager. You don't need to go through a very big learning curve is very intuitive, very easy to use, pretty much as you're seeing here on screen us and showing you, you know, mainly use the board to create your tests and match men and move them around and take them if he completed them at labels to categorize them. Ah, due date, if you want your days a checklist, attachments comments to the task. So basically, everyone in your team knows what is the status of the task very quickly, very visually in this particular example, because we created one personal to do just for ourselves. Just because it's something that you know we created to match our own tests at the office or at home, it can be again. This is not something that the meat necessarily t to use in the office. You could use it personally on fortune. Like I said before at the time of this recording is not available for personal and commercial and user use, its more for business. But I wouldn't be surprised if Microsoft opened this up in the future for personal on user used like they did with teams, and you could use it even for free. But for now, like I said, you can use this in the office for many different things on. We'll see more examples all these later in the course of hope that you've enjoyed this very quick tour off the basic functionality of planner. And if you wanted to, you know, see other all of your plans again. Personal to do is there You go here to this kind of like circle, which is called the Planner hub and shows you all the different plans. These are the ones that your favorite on below all the different other plans that you have this organized, of course, alphabetically here is showing you just a recent wants. But if you clicked on all that will show you the older plans and they'll be organized alphabetically. And then if you click here in this little icon, which is you, you'll show you the tests that are assigned to you in general. Not, of course, on Justin. These on these plan, but all other plants that you're working on. And if you wanted to create a new plan for a new project and new product roadmap, a new module camera on board, and you to do least you just go here too, creating a plan like we did before the beginning. And then you just follow that process, all right? And if we wanted to go back to the one that we just created, you just click here on the hob, and you just look for the name of it personal to this, which is a test plan that we created on Gets it. All right, guys, I hope you've enjoyed this tour, and we'll see you in the next one with a lot more real world examples of how you can use Microsoft planner for your different projects and the friend. And you should have said you're working on at the office, See? On the next one. Cheers. Bye.
35. Providing feedback on plannerv2: Hey, guys. So one other thing I want to show you is that Microsoft is really good at getting and gathering feedback from its users on from everyone and anyone in the world, and one of the ways they do this is by using a tool that it's called Use her voice. So Microsoft is really open to you guys providing feedback around how to improve Microsoft Planner or any of the other Microsoft products and services. Well, it started just about Microsoft Planner in this case because this is a Microsoft planner course. So if you ever had an idea suggestion, something you want to change, improve wanted to report a bug or something that you think should be done differently in Planner, here's where you would go. All right, so just go to your friend. Google google dot com On getting the search far you can use Microsoft Planet destroyed Microsoft Planner Use her voice. Okay, on Here we go. The first result that comes up in Google Microsoft Planner Feedback Forum. All right, so there's the official, you know, feedback forum from Microsoft Office, Microsoft Planner And here it's great because you consumed me ideas You can comment on ideas you can vote, you can join the community and so forth. So in these four room, you can add anything that you want to add anything that you want to suggest or anything that you wanna help with Planner. And the great thing also is that Microsoft is very active on this, so they actually get back to when people you know at ideas and vote on ideas. Microsoft will actually tell you whether he was completed. You know, whether it's ongoing or its plan or it's partially completed. Several. Which is one thing I find really cool, because before again, in the old days, you wouldn't get feedback from the company working on things and think they've actually completed it completely. Whatever they were doing. Or you would hear about it, You know, many, many months later or years, even later, after they finish some something. But in a tool like user voice, which is, by the way, not on Microsoft brackets of third party products, Microsoft uses together user feedback, Then you can actually provide input on board on things and by the way, you can live it anonymous. If you want to live it anonymous. And one thing I also really like about this is that when you add information, let's say you're gonna vote here. You can just use your email address and boat and you know, any time there's an update on that particular idea, you'll get another defeat been completed. Or, you know, if Microsoft added some information to it and you know people cannot comments to it, you can add comments to yourself. So these also something I just wanted to show you. It's another really good tool that Microsoft uses to get user feedback on. You can get a link to it. I directly from Planner Ash, and I'll show you that when we go directly to Microsoft Planner to see what it looks like. But if you're nine planner and you know you just happen to have an idea are a suggestion or feedback, whether it's you know, something that you want to change or something that you want to improve, where you want to report a bug, these this is a place that you would do it. And like I said before, you just go to Google. Just search. Microsoft Planner used her voice, and then you can find these form here on canal your ideas, your suggestions or anything you want to add Like we saw before on you can also get updates on. All right, guys, So really quick. I just wanted to show you this, right. I'll see you on the next one. Cheers.
36. The official planner websitev2: alright guys. So let's go directly to Google. If you wanted to learn also more about Microsoft Planner and go directly to the official website of Microsoft Planner, just first had to Google and then just type Microsoft Planner. That's right, Microsoft Planner. You enter and there you're taking years. You know your Google results will show you information of a planet this first you know this first result that you get for Microsoft Planner. And by the way, when you type Microsoft planners, you can see you get 93 or 93 million results. Does that just shows the level popularity off Microsoft Planner There's 93 or 93 million pages. Article log with the world words Microsoft Planner So obviously it is quite popular. Like I said before, it's widely used. And when you hit, you know Microsoft Planet where you search for eating Google, you get you know, right at the top These two links the 1st 1 is, you know, the kind of like the signing page to Microsoft Planner. If you're already using it, then you just go here to sign it. Sign in or, you know you can get planner for IOS or android on. Um, but more interesting than the first link is the second language is actually the official Microsoft product website for planner. So if we click there and it's complete here on opening a new tab, so you open it and then you get taken to Microsoft. It's planner official website. All right, so this is the website for planner directly from Microsoft, and you can see a bit here about it. You know, you can watch a video about what planner is what it does, etcetera. I'm not gonna, you know, watch that right now with you. But you can watch it on your own time, and it'll walk you through basically what Max of Planner does, which we've been talking about in the scores. And if you scroll down, you're going to see a little bit more, you know, snapshots of what you could do with planners. You can see here. There are a couple of columns that is, you know, we'll see that, you know, obviously, shortly around what it actually looks like when you actually log into Microsoft, plan around what you can do with it. I'm gonna walk you through all of that But before we get into that, I just wanted to show you the official Microsoft Page for Microsoft Planner, which you can see here right now easy to use, organize, work visually that this is one of the other great advantages off planet is that you can put labels you can use colors you can use reminders. He can use tasks, bullet points, you know, bold italics. You can have pictures you can attachment. So we're gonna get into all of that, you know, later in the course. But it just shows you that, you know, planner is very visual, which is great, because that, like I said before, he's one of the reasons why it's very modern, because in the modern world, we're very visual and we like to see things visually, you know, on this tool is built like that. All right, work together effort effortlessly. So, like I said before, this is a tool that's been built from the ground up for collaboration, you know, team sharing in discussions and so forth never miss a bid that basically is just a notifications that keeps you updated with it across different devices and so forth. And if we see here see plans and pricing. You don't just take us to you know how much it costs, etcetera. Like I said, before, Planner is actually included in the business side off office. 365 on and officers expired. Like discussing earlier parts of the course is a suite of applications or so 28 applications in office. 365 But Planner is one of those key and most widely used APS within office. Re 65 And it's one of the highest growing AB scheme, Microsoft or Right, and it is growing so fast and is being widely used by so many people because of the reasons we already covered area here in the course. All right, and you can see here, you know, it's definitely not pricey is definitely not expensive, especially if you're using it in a small company. Obviously, if you're in a big company, if you're multiplying these by thousands of users, that would be a ton of money. But just keep in mind that this is, you know, the official Microsoft website. But when Microsoft is dealing with huge companies or medium to large companies, they generally have special pricing volume pricing and the discounts for those companies. And if it's a government or, you know, company in the health care or education sectors, they generally have special pricings for those industries as well, I guess. So. Don't worry about what I'm trying to say is don't worry too much about the cost here because, you know, if you're using Microsoft Planner, we're kind of assume assuming, you know, making the assumption here that your parents basically in a business that is using this or is going to start using it on the probably gonna pay the license for you so rarely. I've seen people you know, pay for the for the business description of office 365 If they're not business, most of the time, they don't even have to worry about it. They just have access to it. All right, So, uh, I'm not gonna go into the details off all of these, but you can see here different features on functionality on the left the Microsoft planner offers, and obviously, based on the type of subscription that you're paying office 365 you have access to different things. So I'm just gonna go back and take you to these official Microsoft planner page. And yet, like I said before, here's where you go If you wanted to, you know, how about a quick snapshot off planner and you know the official Microsoft Planner website ?
37. Support documentation for plannerv2: Hey guys. So I'm now in the official Microsoft Support website. So if you go to your brows here and you just enter support that office, that con That's right. Support that office that come, you will be taken to this website, which is the official helping training and support website off Microsoft Office. And here, of course, you can find information beyond Microsoft Planner But you can also find the information for Microsoft planner on this site. And I wanted to show you this in this part of the course because a lot of people don't even know that Microsoft has thes Thanh off free training videos articles. Resource is available for you to explore on this particularly useful if you're trying to learn something about Microsoft planner or if you're unsure about how to do something in planner, how to create something new, how to change it, how to edit it, how to archive it, etcetera, wherever it is that you're trying to do. These is there a location that I recommend that you go toe first before you start asking other people before you start Googling or watching YouTube videos or whatever it is that you're trying to do. These is a place you want to go to first. It is a great resource, and he has a ton off. Really valuable information on myself has gone above and beyond in creating this side. Because, you know, I known I have worked with Microsoft for many years for decades now, and this is nothing like what they had in the old days. You know, the old days particles were really long. Videos were really long. If there were videos, a love thing, there weren't any videos. Now they they have re short, concise eyes articles. They have really good videos. And the videos are generally really short less than five minutes. So we thought further of you. You know, if if you kick here on more office APS so it's gonna show you show us all the APS that they have and we go here to the letter P here splendor, right? So we could get help with planner. We click there, and Okay, so here it is, the official, you know, Planner, help center. And like I said before, you'll find here a ton of information about planner which he can, you know, use at any point in time, it's free. You don't have to pay for it. It's right there on the Internet. And, you know, if you didn't want to go through to click here like we did before original support up that office and more absent than here on planner, obviously you could also use this girl directly and go to support that office dot com slash e and dash us slash planner. And it will take you directly to this page or just like I said before, keep it simple. Go to support that office dot com and then just click through to elapse and then planner, And then you will take you here as well. All right. And if you can see here, learn from the experts Like I said before, watch now see how they have. Like I mentioned a moment ago, they have not just articles, and I just, you know, step by step guides and cheat and screenshots of hell planner looks and how you do things. But also they have videos which can watch around how toe plan an event. How to use something in particular in Microsoft Planner. All right, and here are, you know, different topics key topics that they've group for. I also wanted to highlight that Microsoft Planner is available in Android and IOS so you can download the Microsoft planner up not only, of course, your Windows device, but also to your iPhone. If you're using a knife on an iPad or if you're using, you know, on Android smartphone, you can download it from Google play as well. I've used the apps in Android and IOS really good. I've used the Web version. I've used the Dexter version they're all really good on. It's definitely like a great product. Like I said before, here are different things different kind of like key categories around getting information or help or support for planner. But of course, you can always just use the search here. The search bar answer for anything in particular that you're searching for body when you're just getting started were, you know, kind of. Obviously they have, you know, they have a topical get started, so just go there, get started on It'll just show you a couple of week articles and videos around how to do different things in planner and how to signing two markers of planner and like I said before, it's very intuitive, very concise, very high level. So don't worry about no need to spend a ton of time watching videos or reading articles. All these information from Microsoft has been convinced in a way that is very digestible. Short burn, intuitive. It is already short as well. Very visual. You know, a few bullet points, A few number. I don't want to Three super easier, right? Create a plan. So these are, you know, solving initial things you would do when you're using Microsoft Planner. You know, in planner, when we're doing something, you generally start by creating a plan, and we'll see that later. In the course, you create a plan, and that can be you know what you're gonna be using to manage your task. Your to do's whatever it is we call it, You know, in trailer, we call them boards in preliminary. Call them plans. All right. Managed us. So there's another article around how you manage your task task. How do you know? Change tasks, edit them, move them around, etcetera. I'm not gonna go into all these in detail right now. Comes cause I'm gonna show you all of these directly in the tool itself directly in Microsoft. Planner, This is just a supporting documentation from Microsoft about planner. Body is great for you to know this because at some point you might be looking for something you might need something that you forgot to ask or you couldn't remember from a video you watched in the scores or somewhere else. And this is a great source of resource and resources and information for you to use. I don't like a set. Best of all, it's free. You have to pay anything for it. All right, if you plan and get updates. So these around the notifications, etcetera, like I said, really reassure. Released to it. It set up your moral lapse so it shows you how to, you know, down all the tear IOS and Android, etcetera. And I'm not gonna go more into these detail details All these, you know, support Page. But like I said before, I'm just going to race these underscore directly to the main page planner. Make sure you bookmark this page so you can use it for future reference on. I definitely recommend that you explore these, you know, it's part of your continues learning and you know your learning journey in this course and part of your learning journey with Microsoft Planner, I have used this resource and help center many times, and I will probably continue to do so. It doesn't marriage for an expert in Microsoft Planner. If you've been using it for ages, it really doesn't matter. Something is just need a little help or you mind into watch video how someone else is doing it or you just can't remember something on. This is a great place for you to find information that will help you. Right, guys, we'll see in the next one. Cheers. Bye.
38. Introductionv2: Hey, guys. So we're now gonna start by talking a little bit about what Microsoft one drive is. And Microsoft. One drive is basically a tool, a nap, a piece of software that allows people to basically safely secure securely store files in the cloud. Now, for those of you that don't know what the cloud means, it basically means that it's sitting somewhere remotely in a server so that you can access it from anywhere on any device in any country. So your files are basically on. Microsoft basically guarantees that you will be able to access your files now. Obviously, Microsoft is a huge, massive company, and they take a lot of precautions to ensure your father never lost, such as doing redundancies on backups, on copying your files across different data centers and making sure that they are safely stored and protected to the UK Nazism anywhere on any device at any point in time. Now wonder is great because it seamlessly integrates and sinks across the different devices that use, such as your computer, your laptop, your tablet, your smartphone, whether you're on an android device, and I always devise it doesn't really matter what you're using you can pretty much access one right anywhere on anywhere. I don't mean just anywhere on any device, but also pretty much anywhere in the world. And you can even access your files while you are off line. So you don't even need to have access to the Internet to access your files as long as you have sink them to your computer or to the your device, whether again, whether it's a smartphone, tablet or whatever, as long as you sink them, you'd be able to get them off line by selecting some simple. And there's some really simple things with wandering. Obviously one driving some Microsoft happened tool. So if you're using Microsoft products and services such as Windows 10 or you know Microsoft 63365 any of those things one Dr will seamlessly integrate with those making your life a lot easier on allowing you to maximize a leverage. The full power that Microsoft wandered has to offer now for those of you who are just hearing about one right for the first time and wondering what it is and what it does like I said before, it is just basically an app that allows you to access your files anywhere. It serves us away off a backup or storage of your files and by files. I mean any type of file, like literally, you can store pretty much any type of fire. I'll in one driver and I'm talking about, you know, warned documents. Excel Document for points. Pdf Sip files videos you name it you can pretty much anything that you can think of. Audio files. It doesn't really matter. You can store it on one drive. Now, wondering does have free versions and paid versions or a free version of multiple paid versions. And obviously, the more you pay them or you get with the paid with a free version, you have a limited amount off storage and some limited functionality. And with the paid version, the more you pay you get Increase capacity off storage so more father, you can Putin and also extra in advance functionality. So we'll call a little bit about that in a moment. But before we go there like a mentioned before, you can access your files anywhere. You can access them even off line, and you can share and collaborate with others by using one drive. And by that it's one of the things that really cool things about wonder. It is when you put your files, you one right by the fold. There generally private meaning on Lee. You can access them with your password. And if you've turned on second factor authentication on Lee with your password after you've authenticated that, confirm that it's you who is accessing the files. But one drive also allows for sharing and collaboration. So if you wanted to make a file, say public so that anyone would just a link could access it, then you can do that. You could also put things such a six expire ease on the links that you're sharing and even password protected wings. Now we'll go over that later in the course. But I just wanted to let you know that all of that functionality is available. Now. You might notice that I'm on a website right now, and I'm just showing you the one right website. You can get to it by using the euro than you're seeing on screen. Or simply type juan dr dot com on your browser and you'll get to this website you can also just Google one drive and you'll be able to find the website as well. Now there's a ton of tunnel things. Like I said before that you can do with one drive, and I'm sure that the more you use is still the more reliant you're gonna be comin on it and the more you're gonna love it. And it's just gonna become part of your date daily life. Now, Like I said before, if you're more familiar with other tools, such as a drop box or iCloud or box or Google drive, Well, Juan Drive is exactly the same, but from Microsoft. So anything that you're currently doing with, like tools such as Dropbox or I ploughed Or like I said before Box or Google drive well, pretty much you can do exactly the same thing with one right. But the scores is mainly about wonders. I'm not gonna go too much into the any of these other tools that are out there. I just wanted to let you know that obviously, there are competitors to one drive another product that you can look into. Obviously they have different pricing and the different features, but in general sense they're pretty much a like for, like, product. You pretty much can't do the same thing across all of them. And in these course, we're gonna focus in Microsoft on one drive, because Wonder is one of the many products that Microsoft offers in their office. 365 or Microsoft C 365 Sweet. But it is definitely one of the most widely used Microsoft products out there. And like I said before, he has to do with the East how user friendly these, that how intuitive it ease and how it was powerful. It is for you to do your work or even your personal things, even like a lot of people just use water to store their personal files, such as their family photo albums or their music collections on stuff like that. Now that's really cool, and we'll get into that later in the course. Also, if you wanted to learn a little bit more about wander, it just had to Wikipedia and just type one drive in the search and you'll get to this page and it'll tell you a little bit about you. No one drives history. When it was initially released, etcetera now first launch in August 2000 and seven. That's when Wonder wasn't initially launched, and you can read a little bit more about its history that set her up by just going to the Wikipedia page here. And just that's, I guess, the key things that I wanted to share with you in this intro to one drive and we'll get more into it in the next part of the course I'll see in the next one. Cheers bite.
39. Plans and Pricingv2: Hey, guys. So, like I mentioned before, one drive has a bunch of different plans to suit different needs. And there are different things that you get depending on the level in the amount you pay for. Or of course, you also have a free option, with some limited storage and some constrain on all, obviously also less functionality than what you would get if you go to the paid version off one drive now, if you want to. Finally, to be about more off one writes plans and pricing, you just go to one dr dot com that will basically take you to Microsoft one Drives website , which you can see here the your L. A. At the top. Or like I said, just hit one dr dot com. And then if you click on see plans, he will show you the different plans available to you and the different pricing. And they go from, you know, top the top plan on the left hand side to the lowest plan on the right hand side. And obviously they're trying to, of course, promote the paid versions by putting them first. But you also have a really good one, Dr basic five gigabytes version and five gigabytes. It's not massive, but it's also not small, I'd say is probably, you know, big enough if you're don't have a ton of data and just want to get a taste for the functionality and the software. But again, if you have a way more than five gigabytes, then you probably find with just buying their 1 99 per month on getting 100 gigabytes of that up and off course. You could also opt in for one terabyte if you were one of those powerful users that actually has a ton of that up on you. Just based seven bucks a month. 6 99 And then you start getting a bunch of extra functionality, such as office 365 and some other advanced stuff that you can see here on the screen. And like I said before, if you get go to the free version, you do have some limits on the stuff that you can, you know, store on the storage, and you don't get some of the extra functionality that you get when you're on the paid version, such as expiring sharing links. You know, file. Reese restore, uh, etcetera. So you basically want to going through this page in detail to check what better suits your needs. But generally, I think the main thing you need to think about when you're making a decision on which plan to get is how much you have in your files, how much storage you actually need. So these row here, storage is the key factoring you, making the decision where you go for your paid and if you go paid, which level paid, you get all right and off you. Obviously, like I mentioned before in the course, there are other options that you can explore. If you're unsure whether you want to get one drive, you can get box. I you know, iCloud, dropbox, etcetera. Personally, I can definitely I speak from experience and recommend one drive. It's actually the one that I use out of the different options I mentioned in a lot of other options that explored in the market and basically the main reason why I personally chose one drive as the backup for all of my files and to keep my files safely and securely stored in the cloud. The main reason I chose wonder it was because he gave me the best functionality at the most affordable price, so their prices quite affordable. But beyond that, it also integrate seamlessly with all of the different Microsoft products. And if Europe you know, Windows User and Microsoft users such as myself, then you want a you know, leverage on the part of the whole ecosystem and something like one drive is just very handy to have. And you can you're gonna, ofcourse, ofcourse, love it, love it and maximize the power of one drive if your Windows and Microsoft user. But having said that, you don't have to be a Microsoft user. You know, like a Windows user or an android user to use one drive, you actually can usually don't give it on a Mac on an iPad or an iPhone. So regardless of what you're using, wonder if it's still a really good choice in a really good option for you, not just because of the, I guess, functionality that he offers, but it's also ill, quite an affordable product. And of course, you can change between the plans as you go so you don't have to, you know, state to a particular plan you can actually askew as your storage grows as you have more files in your story. More stuff, more pictures, more videos, etcetera. You can start switching between the different plans as you need to, and the same goes the other way around. If you actually got rid of files and you need to, you know, downsize in your your plan, will Microsoft very easily allows you to do that. As also, it very easily allows you cancel your monthly plan at any point in time. So it's kind of like, you know, like a Netflix subscription, which you can cancel, you know, in at any point in time directly from your account. We thought, any questions asked. So I guess that's pretty much quite standard nowadays with, you know, with some subscriptions and month monthly payments in installments, you can easily in a lot of these tech companies, they just offer you a way to cancel it. If you ever want to cancel it on DATs it. That's basically how it works. So here, like I said, I just wanted to show you a bit about the different functionality that it offers on the different things and as you can see here in these other core features, regardless of whether you're using one of the paid version or even does a free version, you get pretty much the same of these level on these other core features, such as free office for the Web mobile apse with based access so you can access your files . You know not directly from your computer by just from a browser. Photos edit and I don't take files. Falls in the Massa like you get a lot of these things, regardless of whether you're just a free user, which I think is pretty cool, Microsoft has given users, even for users, a lot off functionality and options, which is why I wonder if it's such such a popular product. Like I said before, I'm not talking about wonder just because I'm making the scores actually use it every day, like it is the tool that I use. I also have ah, you know, I guess in May being as well, honest and transparent with you, I'm all I'm also gonna let you know that I do have a dropbox account, but the drug books account that cab is actually a free account eso I'm not actually paying for drug books. And I just have a few files there. Nothing, really. You know, Major, I think some of the things I have there are just things like when I travel like my copy of my passport and stuff like that. So just a couple of like, personal files, which I also have my one right. But, um, I wonder if I'm actually on the paid version so actually have, like, literally everything, Everything. Everything that I own in terms off my, you know, digital files and music and videos, etcetera, photos, my albums like all my personal stuff, even my works of everything. I started one drive, and it's really cool because he just sings automatically from my computer. So it's super easy to use, and we'll go through that later in the course. But in this bit off the course, I just wanted to show you the different plans that Microsoft offers and the different pricing on what you get with each pricing. But don't worry, also putting the link for you a spot of the lecturing the course, so you can also go here directly and explore these in detail. If you want to write guys, I'll see you on the next one. Cheers
40. Initial Tour of OneDrivev2: Hey, guys. So I just wanted to give you a really quick initial tour of one drive and what it actually looks like when you go inside. All right, so after you actually signed up for free or for one of the paid accounts and you've set up your account, basically you're going to see what I'm gonna take you in to see you right now. Now, obviously, this is gonna look different for everyone in the sense that you're gonna create folders and folders and files, which are gonna be different depending on your personal circumstances. But basically the functionality that you see still the same. You can create folders and folders and files, upload files, share files, download files, etcetera. But obviously the files that you see in the folders that you see our folders that you will create depending on one you normally use. And how so the sap, obviously, that you're gonna see surely is my personal set up on you can do your own. But this is just an example to illustrate. Weight actually looks like when you go inside. So after you've created your account by signing up for free or to one of the plans that we saw before. You just click on Sign in and I'm gonna signing with my account. And here you're gonna enter your email address. And here's something important that I wanted to know to mention is that some people think that you use one right. You need to have a Microsoft account. You need to have a Microsoft email address, and that is a myth. That is not reality. You don't need to have. And I repeat, you don't need to have Microsoft account or are Microsoft email address and outlook. Otters are Hotmail address to actually be able to use. Wonder if you can have a Gmail address you can have up, you know, Yahoo address whatever. It doesn't really matter. So I'm gonna use my email address here to log in, which is asked at mauricio rubio dot com and down Discover. Click Next. And now it's sending me a notification to allow access to my account, and this is because I have set up the Microsoft authenticator app on my phone, which you can also do. You just amble the microscope authenticator up for free on it will allow you to set up eso you're signing by using the notification. So basically, since your prompt your smartphone, I'm gonna click. Send notification here, and then I'm gonna get a prompt on my smartphone on the Microsoft authenticator up, which you can find on the APP store or the Google play store. And then it shows me here just a couple of numbers and I'm just gonna click the number that matches this number on my phone. So they just puts, puts up a pop up on my phone and showed me different numbers entering this one, which is the one you need to click. So I'm gonna pick on this one, and then a threat click is gonna face idea me because I'm using an iPhone and then it's gonna let mean Okay, so now it's letting mean to my one drive. So what you're seeing right now on screen is what one Dr actually looks like on off course . Just let me remind you that were on the Web versions were using the browser, and that's why we went toe one dr dot com, and then click on signing. So this is what the Web version looks like. Microsoft, by the way, is updating this all the time regularly and adding new features and functionality and so forth, and I'll show you a little bit about how they do that later in the course. But this is basically what it looked like, what it looks like. And like I said, if you look at here, it shows you how much storage you have. Someone the premium wondered like I said to you guys before, actually used these up US A. Paid virtual, not on the free version, because I have, as you can see here, 436 gigabytes of data. Now that is a ton of data like most people wouldn't have even 20% of that. But because I'm a content creator, I mean constantly doing videos and you know, tutorials and courses and stuff like that. I actually have a ton of time of storage. And probably also the reason why my storage is so heavy is because in the early days when I started doing teaching, I didn't know how to compress files and to make video files really small, so I recorded files and they were really, really big files. Nowadays, when I record videos, I learned how to make them smaller, so they're the require less storage. But like I said, that's not something for you to worry about. I just wanted to show you that I'm not a paid version. And as you can see here, I'm on the one tear abide paid version. That's that's basically, you know, double really what I actually need. But I just wanted to get that version. So that's what I have. So on the browser here on once, you've long in tow one right? A couple of things to note is this is gonna like your dashboard, your main screen that you see when you look in, which is your files. And it basically shows you all the folders that you have created. And you see this little number here on the left bottom, left hand side corner off each folder that you see here it is basically telling you how many folders you then have or how many files you then have inside each of these folders. So if I click on this one, for example, is just telling me has 96 folders in these So folders in this folder on DSO fourth you know , pictures it says here have 55. So folders in these pictures folder. So, for instance, if I went here, it's just gonna show me the self folders off all of those pictures that I had And these are , you know, just my family pictures and stuff like that that I created over the years. So you can see here I got a bunch off photos, so on again you'd repeats the pattern and the concept. So you see here where it says 44 it just means there are 44 photos inside these folder. So I think that's pretty cool from one drive that it tells you how many files or folders you have inside each of them. And you can see also that as you're drilling more and more into them, you can see here kind of like the pictures, and you can, you know, kind of like the trail or the tree off all the things that you're accessing so you can go back, tell these people call these of breadcrumbs and stuff like that. So, for example, if I went here to sample pictures, as you can see here, these are just some simple pictures from Microsoft. And these are the files that are stored here all my one gripe sample pictures folder. But you can see your the breadcrumb or the tree of the file structure so I cannot go out to go back to pictures by just kicking here or go back to my files. Might just clicking here as well. So I'm just gonna take on my files just to go back to the original screen we were seeing. Like I said before, this leader icon on the left hand side corner, the number here Sorry just tells you that there's sub folders or files inside each of these folder, which is just some information that might come in handy. And another thing that's important to note is that you can actually share in wondering not just off full file, but also a whole folder. So I could actually share this whole folder with anyone if I wanted to. I will get a little bit into that later in the course, but just a couple of other things. I wanted to showing this quick initial tour. You see, here you have a left hand side menu with recent father you access photos shared on the recycle being so they recycle. Being is very similar to what you would have on your computer. You know, their cycle being that is in your computer, where you can actually restore files after you've deleted them, as long as you have not permanently deleted them from the recycle being. If that makes sense, the functionality in wandering functions exactly the same as it does. You know, Windows Machine. And of course, this is just because it's Microsoft, you know, keeping things consistent between their different products and services. So if you went to your recycle being on bad things, there, you could actually restore them. If you wanted to restore these files by just clicking on them on, then just restore. You see this restore button here on the, uh, talk left hand side menu, and that basically just restores it to your files, or you can just click restore all items. You could also empty the recycle bin if you wanted to permanently the lead, all of these files. Okay, so I'm just gonna go to my files again on it's gonna show me here. Everything I have a couple of other things is remember that you don't just have these bottom left hand side menu. You have these menu here. You have a search functionality here, which allows you to search for anything that you have stored in your one. Right. You also have a sort functionality. So you might have you had hundreds and hundreds of folders or files. You can just use the sword functionality. So sort the files were the Fullers by name, by less mortified by size by ascending or descending on. And you could also save the sort order so that you can use it later on and hearing these other menu you have, you can see them us tiles, photos completely star list, just like on this, just to show you what it looks like. So you just list is least all of your father and I get you a little bit more information with it. When was the last time it was modified? Whether the sharing it's private or whether you actually shared it with someone on, then the size as well. The size off the different folders that you have there and again you can sort is by long it's a larger, smaller, and it's going to show you which folder has the most are the biggest size across the different want. So, for example, my M. Rubio folder is right store the vast majority of my fouls, which is why I have 266 gigabytes off that out in that folder on This filtering functionality here allows me to see that again. You could sort is again by smaller. Generally, I try to sort things alphabetically. My name, which is why they go a Zet. And that's just because my brain functions easier to find things like that. If I'm just using the folders by, like I said before, you could also use the search functionality here if you wanted to. Now you notice here that you also have above these, You know, many of that. We just saw the top. There is another top level man. You hear? The one right here is your account manager, where you can find more information about your account, your help center your settings and it just gives you more options and then click to learn more about plants and upgrades. So this little up I can hear if you click here, it's just going to show you What you currently have body will show you. If you wanted to get auditioning, like, for example, get additional storage, it will give you and show you more options. So, for example, you can see here different storage, additional stories so you can get with what you currently have. All right, so that's pretty interesting as well. Like I said before, if you were kept growing beyond your whatever it is that you bought Microsoft very easily allows you to have more storage if you wanted to or if you needed it. Okay. If we go here to the APP menu, weaken, weaken, go again to oh, manage storage gives you more options. I could get here on your storage as well. And if you click here on one drive, you don't just take you to the home that you were seeing before. I'm gonna put this again into the tiles just because I prepare it. So it just shows you them, you know, a little bit bigger. And then here on the left hand side as well. You click here. It shows you different maps that you can launch from your one drive. No, I have access to all of these because I've actually bought a paid version of one drive, which automatically gives me access to all of these other APS from Microsoft, which is pretty cool. Now, If you were on the paid birth on the free version, you probably wouldn't get all of these other additional absolute. Mainly, you would just get your one drive. So like anything else in life, I guess you get what you pay for. But that's just option that you have. Alright, guys. So this concludes my initial tour off one drive and the menus on where you can see there and we'll get into follows sharing foul, storing procreating, etcetera in the next part of the course. Right, guys, I'll see in the next one. Cheers, bye.
41. How to Create, view and open files in OneDrivev2: Hey, guys. So in this part of the course, we're gonna go through how to add files to your one drive, which is one of the most important and basic functionalities that you have one right for on one of those key things that you're gonna be doing often when you're using one ripe. So that's what we're going to see in this next part of the course. So I'm going to start the process from scratch so you can see the whole thing on. Visualize how easy it is to have files toe one drive. How you can at them. Remove them, copy them, move them, etcetera. Just a reckoning. One drive on. Then we're gonna get a little bit more into sharing and all that stuff, right? So it just opened your browser and then go to juan dr dot com. All right, so I'm just gonna logging into my wander of account, So I'm gonna click here on signing, and then here I'm gonna enter my email address, right. And then I'm gonna get us to authenticate. So I'm just gonna send a notification to my phone. Right. Send notification on, then I will keep me signed in. I'm gonna hit. The number of this number is now showing up in my phone. I'm gonna hit that number to authenticate that. It's actually me. No iPhone is going to face idea me. I'm gonna be face. I did my by phone on non signed in tow. One drive. All right, So you're seeing now all of my one drive files on these, by the way, is not a dummy account. This is actually my real life, real world, one drive account that you're seeing on screen, and we're just gonna do a test right now off uploading and idea file to your one drive. Okay, so I guess the first thing I want to show you is you see how I have these folders here on my wonder of these are folders that I actually created myself, right, So these are folders that I mentally create, and then I add it falls to them. So I'm not going to them too much into detail because, well, their files that I had before I created the scores. So they're already there, and probably it's good for me to show you how I do this from scratch. All right, So what I'm gonna do is I'm gonna create a full there. So then we can add a file to that folder or write something and click here new. I'm just gonna create a folder. See, one really cool thing about wandering that you're seeing here right now is that actually, you can create war documents, excel, um, parte 0.1 note forms and even plain text documents. So, like no pat documents directly in your one driver. So this is against an advantage of having a product like Wonder, which is part of the Microsoft family. So basically, they're allowing you to leverage on the different tools and, you know, software that they offer on it seamlessly integrates with one. Right. So you can create these documents here on the fly. All right, So the first thing I'm gonna do is I'm gonna create a folder, and I'm just gonna call this test folder just as an example for you guys. Right. So I'm gonna create okay on this is now gonna create this folder here for us. All right, so it's already here. You see it in your seen it Here on the bottom. Left hand side screen on. Do you see this? Little three like lines. Blue lines that are on the top, left hand side off the word that's full, the sentence or the two words test folder. So this basically, when you see these in one drive, it just indicates that is something that was just created, or just add it to your one drink. So, as you can see, none of these folders have those little blue lines that you're seeing here on. The reason for that is because they are not new folders. Their old folders, older folders that I have created before. But this one because I just created it. One Dr automatically puts this three, um, lines. Just a visual. Indicate to you that it's something brand new. That, of course, will go up away in just a few minutes and then you won't have the street lines right? There is part of the of the title of the folder, so I'm just gonna go here inside the folder is click inside a folder, and I just want to show you here that I'm gonna create like a word document from scratch here. So I'm gonna create new inside this folder working right here from one drive. Okay, so without me, opening word, I can actually create award document in one drive. So just create this war document. Okay, So you're seeing that now. When you see here, it says safe toe. One drive on here is the location that it's saving it to one drive test folder, which is where we want it. And we're gonna call this word document. Example. Word document. Right. Enter. So it saved it. Like that example were document, and we're gonna just add a title here. Example court document. I'm just doing this just real quickly just to show you again an example. And then you're next here, would and set, right? So, again, this is a normal or document like exactly the type of war document that you would do when you're creating anything inward directly on your computer is just doing in the record from one drive. But again, this now has created a file. An example. War documents filed in your one right. That's what it says here. Example were ducking sick toe one drive. It's indicating to you that this is the title of the document and there it is. already automatically say for you into your wine drive, and that's because we created it directly for wondering like we saw before. And let me just go back to these other tab. See, now it's here. You see it? Example where document just now means he was just not created. And, as you can see, my files test folder. So this is again if we were went back to the tree structure and I went to the say, the main one drive my files page then is showing me all the folders that I have and now do you see that it's has a little one here in the folder on the bottom left hand side corner. That's indicating to me that this desk folder has one file inside it. One follow on for one, something incited, right? So we know it's a war doctor because we just created. So if I go back in and I just click on that, you're going to see this document that we're seeing here on these other tub, which we just created. All right, so I can close this now and hear the foul. One thing that I wanted to show you as Well, is that of course you could. Also, if you click here, you select the file. Now it's selected. You can open it in ward online, or you can open it directly in ward in your deck, Still in your computer. All right. So online it opens it like we saw before the regular browser. And then this takes you here. And if you open it on the award app well, it's basically just gonna open Microsoft Ward on your computer. Yes, Open word. So you're seeing here that it's no opening word from my computer. And then, wallah, you go here is exactly that same file that you opened a moment ago, right? The cool thing also, I wanted to know about this for you, too, I guess. Realizes that when you open files like this from one drive into your computer and let's say I'm gonna add here a second line just as an example, I'm gonna highlight this in yellow just to show you what I mean. Even though I'm opening these war document not directing one drive, but from my word inside my computer, because this file was downloaded and opened from my one drive like we saw a moment ago, then it is automatically being saved to my wonder. You can see this auto save here. Turn on. It means it's saving the file online. And you see this little save I can hear as well. Then you can save it here and again. You will say we don't line and I'll show you this in a moment. That's just so you can see that it's consistent. I'm gonna close this file and remember this award on my computer. I'm just gonna close this. And if we go back to the browser, you can see that this was just recently updated because showing me the just now the three blue lines here and I can see even without opening here that yellow highlight that I that I did because he's giving me kind of like a preview, a very small preview of the file. But if I click on the following opening online is gonna show me exactly what I had on my computer, right? So that is really cool as well. With one drive and the integration it automatically has with Microsoft and all of Microsoft products and services and democracy, Microsoft, 365 street of applications, because then you don't have it. It just basically saves you the time if you having to download the file, editing it and then putting it and uploading it again, you can just selected opening in ward in your computer, edited and then close it, and then it'll automatically be safe for you in one, right? Which is pretty cool. Okay, so that's something I also wanted to show you with this. Like I said before, we can create folders and all of these types of documents or files here directly from one drive. But like I said before, that doesn't mean that you can't actually upload different file formats that are not being shown here, such as a pdf, etcetera. Right. Okay, so let's actually do the Asan example. I'm gonna open this inward. Okay, So I'm gonna open this inward on my computer, and then I'm actually going to save these word file, save a copy, and I'm going to save this to Yep. The test folder. Yes, I'd saving it again on my one drive. Okay, that's fine. But you could save it again on your computer and then uploaded the you know, Why bother when you can just up automatically? Say you don't You don't want your one drive online, which means you'll have your bowel available anywhere else. So example word Document on. I'm gonna put Imprint is here. Pdf version on instead of saving is US award document. I'm gonna save it. Asked Pdf. So I'm just gonna select here. Pdf and I'm going to come save and Wola that's already being saved. I'm just gonna closed now. The work document. If we go back to our folder here, it's now here. You see how it magically appeared after I saved it from word into my one drive. Now you see that this is and you see these little I can hear. It's indicating to me that it's a pdf file. If I see these iron blue, I come here, it's the Ward document icon is indicating to me that it's a war document. So similarly, if I created an Excel file, let's just do these as an example as well, Okay? And I can say this ass let's just saved us. Example Still document or file, and then save on, they are going to save to one drive easy All right. So I'm gonna close this now and you're gonna see in a moment when we go back to her wonder here, it's already there, which is pretty cool. Okay, Just takes a second to created here, and you wonder about looking it. Here it is, and again is showing you the icon that indicates that he's an excel file. This one is indicating that this little icon here is getting it. So, pdf file this one, It's a word document. So you can easily tell what type of file it is right now. These file. Because I created it just on my one right online version. It's not currently anywhere else. Right? But let's say you wanted to download this file to your computer to work on it, you know, offline or later or whatever, You can just select it and then click on download, right. I needle downloaded to your computer. That's all you need to do. Like if I'm gonna show you this year so you can see that I don't have it on my desktop in my computer. So you can see here that I don't have the foul right now with me on my computer. If you look at all the for all the icons I have here that followed this nowhere to be found because I haven't actually saved that followed. I just wanted to show you that you can download files from your one drive to your computer or wherever you like. So I'm just gonna select here, and I'm gonna click on download, and then it's gonna ask me where I want to save it. I'm just gonna say saver to my deck. Stop example. Excel file. Save on, then, Mullah, Here is the file example. Excel File. All right, so it's as easy as that. Right? But normally, you know, with one drive you don't really have to download. If you're opening like a word document excelled a meter apart point because you can actually open it. That rep you from one drive like we saw before, So I'm just gonna believe it. I deleted that. But if I go back here when you click here opening Excel, I can open it in Excel Online, us. Well, and it'll just opened another tab in your browser with the file, and you can play with it, which is fine. The Excel version online Web version. The same for word or PowerPoint is very similar. I'd say it's really 80 90% exactly where you would get on the deck stop version on the Excel that you opening your computer. But personally, I kind of prefer working with the version on my computer. It is entirely up to you. You know, there's really, like I said, not much of a difference between them. So it's just a personal preference. But normally I prefer opening files they reckon on my computer than on the Web version. So disclosed this and show you an example here, open in Excel Opening XL. Yep. So this will now open Excel on my computer. So I'm not any longer on the Web but actually like my computer like you're seeing here. But it is still automatically saving to my wondering, because I opened the foul from one driving that makes sense. Let's do that again very quickly so you can see how easy it is, right? So you go to your one drug use, like the follow you want open and then you say open and it gives you the option to opening an Excel online like me so before they will just open a new tab with the file there. Or we can open in Excel in the up, Dexter up the after you have on your computer, the exhaled up. So I'm just gonna open in excel. And then you could edit the file, play with it again. Example. That's a number two justice an example, and I'm gonna this'll good. It's a good example. Just gonna make this center and bigger can. This is just a quick example saving it, closing it. All right, so there it is. A file has automatically being updated. And I didn't have to, like, you know, download the follow my computer and re uploaded again. I can open it using this functionality, and it automatically saves it for me and one drive, not on my computer. So it means it's available anywhere for me on any device. A tablet, the smartphone. I just hoping my one right pap and it's gonna be there. And I can use this functionality to edit it directly in Excel. If I wanted to. Okay, now let's try and our thing just to show you a quick example, I'm gonna create a new stop folder here. I'm just gonna create the success. I'm just gonna name it so full. There again. This is just an example. You can, you know, put the name whatever name you want to your folders. I'm just gonna call it so folder Justice and justice. An example of where? Why we're doing now. So I just want you to note one thing. We have one full So folder folder here, created in this Tess folder. It's showing me the structure here. So if I click here is gonna be my false tests folder and then sub folder. Let's just click this so you can see that my files, this folder, So folder. All right. And if I go to my files back again and I see this this folder that we originally created night has a four. Right? So it's just telling me inside this folder you have port for things, right? That could be fourth. Well, folders inside the folder or that could be four files a pdf PowerPoint award document on an Excel file. Right. It doesn't specify what it is, but it just still do you have four things there, right? And then if I click here. I'm gonna see the four things that I have that so folder. And then one thing you can do as well, very easily. You can move files into your different folders up, so folders as you need to you can copy them off course. You can also delete them if you need to delete them on so forth. And, of course, we're gonna talk about the share functionality a little bit later. In the course, you can also rename them if you need to rename them right on again. Create album from folder and bedded. Sarah gives you a ton of options and you can play with that as you see fit. But I'm gonna just move these example Excel file to this. So far, the rights all just selected. I'm gonna pick moved to, and then it's gonna show me all the files that I have right in my all the files that I have in my one drive on the folders and I'm just going to look for the test one. So I go to the letter T because it's organized alphabetically. As you can see, a BCG etcetera. I'm going to get to the test folder, and then I'm gonna go to sub folder. I'm gonna just click. Yep. Move item here and then I just click here on the move. Right. So you select the folder, you want to move the Pol two, and then you just click on move, okay? And it's moving. So it tells you that it's doing it. Then you can see that it's like progressing because it has it. And now it's removed. So moved. When I think is a folder, right? So if I go to the folder that self, I was gonna be there. Easy. Here it is. Alright, guys. So that shows you just how easy it is to create files. I reckon. Your one drive safe save files. They're open files from your one drive. Andi. That's basically all I wanted to show you in this part of the course We'll see on the next one, and we'll see another couple of different examples. See you guys. Cheers. My
42. Uploading, renaming, downloading, copying, moving and restoring files in OneDriv: Hey, guys, swing this next part of the course, we're gonna see how to upload files here to your one drive. Okay? And like I said before, this is super easy on. There are Thompson argues where you would want to do these. Normally, you would want to upload files. You're wondering because you want to back them up. So you want to keep stored safely and securely a copy of your files or the you know, actual or radial file itself just for protection off your files. Answer. You conexes them without having to take your computer USB drive or an external hard, hard drive. Keeping them safely stored in one drive in the cloud basically allows you to access your files anywhere you go if you're traveling. If you're going to the office, if you are going to switch to a different computer, a different phone and different tablet that Sarah, which is why there's really no need for you to continue to say files directly in your computer like you used to do in the old days. Nowadays, you can actually leverage on the power of tools such as one drive to do that so you don't have to carry around those external hard drives or memory sticks, etcetera. All right, so that's basically the power that wonder it provides. And as you know, from what we've been seeing in this course, we're using the one Dr Cloud version. So the one you access it by going to the browse hair and to the cloud, right. But you can also access one driving at the decks of version, which we'll see later in our part of the course. And you could also, of course, access it by going to, you know, the iPhone app, one drive app in your in your iPhone or in your tablet or the android one. Dr. Apus. Well, if you're using an android device, right, So I'm just gonna show you here on except what was going to go to a website. This cold splash. If you've never used on Splash before, it's just basically source off free. High resolution photos that you can use for any of your projects has a license that allows you to even use them on commercial products. Like if you're selling something and you want to put your images like this so you won't have issues with copyright or anything like that. When you're downloading the images from, like Google and other sites like that, you could potentially have issues with copyright infringement. If Frank's Princeton, somebody doesn't want you to use their image, and it just gets a bit complicated because on Google, sometimes you can find a lot of images that actually are not meant for distribution or commercial purposes, etcetera. So if you want to download and used photos or for your pictures and stuff like that without having to worry about that, this is a site that I definitely recommend. Now this part of the course is not really about on Splash, and I don't want to get to eat too much into it because I think it's something you can learn on your own. Or I could put this on our course, but basically I just want to use this as an example. I'm downloading a picture of somewhere on. Then I want to put it in my one drive. Okay, so do more. This the picture from the United Nations. I kind of likely let's see if we find a really cool picture that we want to save. How about this tiger, right? Like I likely speak. Show these tigers. I'm gonna click here. Right? I'm gonna click download for free, and we're gonna download these to our computer. All right, I'm gonna save it to the deck. Stop aside, J pic, I'm gonna call the picture tiger, and then save. All right, so it saved it now to my computer. So if I go here to my computer, here it is. Here's a picture of the tiger, right? I mean, I say, hoping with photos. Okay. All right. So we're seeing the picture of the tiger now, right? Vertical picture. I really like this picture, by the way. So and I just found it now, like, you know, my Korean since I wasn't specifically looking for a tiger. But yet I really like the picture. Okay, so we're gonna close this, and now we're gonna upload it to one drive. Now, I'll actually show you later how you can actually sink that using your wandering in your computer so you don't have to go to the browser and mentally uploaded. But you can just save it on your one drive folder in your computer, and then it'll automatically save it for you in the club. Now, if you're using a Windows device, Windows automatically pre installs the one drive app for you in your Windows computer. So all you have to do is sign into your one drive and it's super easy, and we'll see that in a moment. But if you're on a Mac device or something like that, you can just download the one drive up on. Then you can just sign into it and just put the file there, and it'll automatically sync with the cloud version. Alternatively, you can do like we're doing now, so you can You can just use this if you prefer. You don't have to actually signing to the one right happen your computer, you know, in the win your Windows computer in your Mac computer. Whatever it is, you can just use the cloud version if that's what you prefer. And that's fine. Like a lot of people just prefer to use the card version, and that's fine. You can you can do if that's what you prefer. All right, so this desk folder I'm now gonna create another one called Pictures Rights were creating another folder. So this is a folder inside the test folder that we've called pictures. And again, you can see that he puts it to the left automatically. And this has to do just because one dr puts everything you know for medical order automatically. So it's easier for you to find. All right. But you can see here also, there's a sort functionality weaken, you know, sort by last, modified by size, of sending the sending, rearrange, etcetera. So, yeah, you know, it's just just for you to no one to be aware off. Okay? So I'm gonna upload here the tiger picture to my one drive. Right. And there are two ways of doing this. And I want to show you the two ways because they're really easy. One of them is just clicking here on upload and then files. And then you just select the file from your computer, right? You just click on it and then open. I need to upload it for you, right. I'm just gonna cancel that or I'm just gonna do that just to show you how you know how it works. Okay? You can see here are blowing one item. Here is the picture of the tiger. All right? It's already been uploaded for you. You can click on it on you, be able to download it again if you wanted to. I'm just gonna cancel that, or you could click here. All right, So if you right click on the picture, it gives you a bunch of options. Same goes for if you click right, click on any of the file. So it's a little bit like what happens on your computer. So Microsoft again uses and leverages on functionally they normally use. So if I click on the pdf talking right click on it, it also gives me a bunch a bunch of options here. Open preview share, download elite moved to copy to rename and bad version history details and these overall changes details of the fault. Right. So in this case, I'm just gonna right click here, and I'm just gonna flick preview and it just shows you a preview off the picture. Right? Which you can then play us a slideshow out to an album, share, rotate, download elite, etcetera. Right. You can edit tax copy to version history, etcetera. Just close. This is just a show. You a quick example close this, and I'm just gonna delete this file right to you can just selected and use the menu here, the league or again, you can just right click on it and just select elite. All right, so it's now deleted the file, and I'm gonna upload it again. But I'm just gonna use the different alternative way for you to upload pictures. Okay, So the alternative way of doing this is you can actually just drag and drop. Right? So this is your browser, your web browser, right? I can just minimize this window, like, so move it a bit here, to the left or to the right story. And then I can just grab this picture that is sitting on the tiger picture that is sitting on my computer. So I'm just gonna click on it and then just keep the mouse, you know, the left leg oppressed, so kind of like drag and drop it. I'm just gonna drop it here, drag and drop it right. I'm gonna drag and drop it here. You see that? It says copy. And it says here at the top drug the items to any location. I'm gonna get Yep. Drug it here. And then I just let go of the mouse. So I stopped pressing and just drag and drop it there and then uploading when I am. Okay, so here it is. All right. And now I'm gonna just show you that you can rename this. So I'm just gonna rename this to Tiger Picture to. Okay, Save on now. It's been renamed Easy, right. Easy. Now, the other option I have is I wanna copy this file to the pictures file so I can just click here and copy, too. On if I go here to the test folder. All right. It's that. Can you be to load? Here we go Pictures, and then I just click here on copy. It'll just create a copy of that file here in this folder. So, you see, the original picture is still sitting here, but a copy off it has been created Now, under the pictures folder that we have in this test folder. Okay, so if I kick now in pictures, you can see now copy of the file. Beautiful. Super, Super Easy. Right. Okay, so I'm just gonna leave this one here, but I'm gonna go to the test folder. And now I'm gonna delete this one here. So I'm just going to leave easy the leader one you can do, which is really cool as well. So undo, you know, put it by here. It will restore it. Or I can just delete it again if I wanted to. And here you can see a version history as well. So you can see who modified the file etcetera, right? I'm just going to leave it again. And then I just want you want to show you that actually, you could restore this picture on the older one that we delivered before by doing this really simple trick. Kind of like what you do when you're in your computer. Just go to the recycle being and see here. Right at the top are the last two pictures that I deleted that were sent to the recycle being automatically and Microsoft wondering. Basically, keep the recycle being there for, like, 30 days so you can restore files up to, like, 30 days. But if you don't restore them, they will automatically get cleaned up. Kind of like what happens on your computer with your recycle being, I guess when our thinking too important to note about the recycle bin, which I think is pretty cool is that it doesn't actually count towards your quarter. So anything that you have in your recycle being doesn't affect. You know, your quarter here, where you have your one terabyte, um, off available storage, anything. Your recycle being doesn't count towards that. So I'm just gonna take your tiger picture the 1st 1 that we had originally, and I'm just gonna click restore. Okay, So the original location is this pulled? I'm gonna get restore so you automatically restores to the original location. So if I go to my files test folder and here it is, here's the restored file. The tiger original follow we had. So that's all there is to it. You know, it's super easy. And if you wanted to do the inverse well, you could just download by selecting it. And then, uh, hearing on down. Look down. Right. So that's basically all there is to it, guys. That's how you copy how you move files how you restore them. If you deleted them on how you upload files. Your one right either from your computer by just simply dragging and dropping like we saw before or by just clicking on the upload button and then bringing up the whole pile or the whole folder. Okay. Super easy, right? Super easy. Okay, so how about we do just do for the sake of quick exercise? Another example? Let's look for are interesting picture. I like I like this red one. Let's just downloaded, Okay? Yep. I'm just gonna call it red. Next up? Yep. Save All right. And then I'm just going to drag and drop. This year, I'm gonna uploaded to my one drive he So here we go. Ready? Is here. All right. So in the next part of the course, we're gonna talk about sharing and what you can do and the different options they have available to share different files, pictures and terror. Wherever you have in your wandering, you can actually share with other people. But like I said before, just remember that by default, whenever you upload something to Dr One drive by the fourth. It said to private, so only you can view it with your password and with your loving. But you can also share it then, like we're gonna see in the next part of the course or right guys, we'll see in the next one. Tear spite
43. Sharing files and folders in OneDrivev2: Hey, guys. So in this next part of the course, we're gonna go over what is probably one of the most important aspects off one drive, if not the most important aspect of one right, which is sharing files with other people. Right. So in these next publish cores, I'm gonna show you how to do it. How easy it is to share files with others, how you can actually set up on expiry link or and even protect the files that you're sharing, even with stuff such as a password. Okay, so let's go to this next part of the course or right, So I'm just gonna go here toe one dr dot com. So I guess started process from scratch again just to show you how easy it is. So for you to be able to share ah, file from one drive, the first thing you have to do is log into your one drive. So you just sign into your one drive. Right? So we're gonna sign in. Yep. Similar notification to authenticate. So I'm gonna get the notification on my phone. I'm gonna click here, keep me signed then and then I just had have to tap on my phone, the number. And just as a reminder again, this is something that makes it easier for you to sign him. So you don't have to actually use a password. Eso I use this. What I use is the Microsoft authenticator up. You can get the microscope authenticator app for free. So I'm gonna hit the number 86 on my phone. IPhone is gonna face idea me, and then I log in, right, So nine inside my one drive and I'm seeing all my folders. And inside each of those folders are so folders and files everything that I have saved there but for the purpose off illustration and justice An example in the scores. We've been working with the test folder that we created yesterday. As you can see here it is showing you when he was created as well. Okay, so I'm just gonna go here to the test folder on Here we go. All right. So we have a war document the ward looking in the pdf, the red picture of the tiger picture and some other folders that we created. So the first thing I wanted to say is that you can actually share an entire folder or just a fall, whatever you want to do. Okay, so let's just start with the example off sharing this pdf documents. So I'm just gonna click here, and then I just click here at the top, right to share right here. Alternatively, you can just right click on the file and then click here on share. So whichever of those two options you choose, you get the same and result is just two different ways of doing the same thing. So just a recap. You can just select the file, click here on share and start a sharing process with others. Or you can right click and then click here and share and start the same process. Well, chairing this file with our people justice a reminder. And I mentioned this before in the course. Was justice a reminder by default. All of the files that are stored in your one drive are set to private so only you can see them. Nobody else can see them. But again, if you wanted to share your files with other people, it is as simple as what you just so a moment ago. So we just click on the file, and I'm just gonna pick here on share and then, Okay, so it's gonna give you hear some different sharing options. All right. So, for instance, this says here anyone with the Lincoln edit, right? So it means that anyone that you shared this link with he's gonna be able to edit the file . All right, but if you click on that, it gives you more generic options. OK, so anyone with the link literally means anyone with the link. So anyone you send the link can open it and can edited because we're allowing anything. But if we wanted to just set it as view on Lee, then we would just click. Here are maybe more than click unromantic here. Allow editing. Meaning that people wouldn't be would be allowed to view the file, but not edited. All right, then you have a here below a few more options. So, for example, said expiration day and say the password. If you top on this just kick on it, you'll show you different options for you to set in terms of when you want this file to expire. And you can put that you know, into a month in the future, a particular day or week, whatever you want to do, so you just select the date where you want it to expire. And by expiration. What that means is basically that the link won't work after that date. So even if someone you should a link, had the link in their email or whatever, after, let's say two weeks or whatever you said, it's the expiration date. They're not gonna be able to continue to open the following. Just won't work for them so they won't even see the file anymore. Now allow for editing again in which scenarios you might want to allow for anything is just so. This is something that you would normally do when you're working with people that's at the office, and I do this all the time with colleagues at the office or we might be working on that's representation together. So I might be putting up a couple of slides, and then one of my other colleagues might be putting some of the other slides eso I just shared and allow editing, and then we can work at the same time on the same file, which is pretty cool because, you know, in the old days when you had to, like email back and forth a pdf attachment of Apia apartment presentation will A you would take longer, be you to two different people, would be editing two different files, right? And then you wouldn't know exactly what the other one change, and then he would have to email them back and stuff like that. So it used to be pretty conch clunky to work collaboratively on files at the same time. Nowadays, with things like one drive, we can actually just share the link. And then everyone works off the same on the same source while and it gets the same file. But you can see who made edits. You can work on the same follow the same time. So it's pretty easy to collaborate, you know, in one, right, doing things like that. All right. And you can also set a password aan den people that meet when you send them the link. You also have to send in the password for them to be able to open the link or the file because if you don't, if you set a password and don't send them the password again. They're gonna be able to just see the link, but they're not gonna be able to see the actual file itself. All right, so adjusting this example, I'm just gonna leave it with anyone with a link can access this file, and I'm gonna allow any I'm not gonna allow anything. So it's gonna be just view on Leigh read only I'm not gonna set an expiration date. I'm not gonna set a password, and I'm just gonna pick, apply. All right, Cool. Okay. And I'm just going to hear copy link. So it's creating a shareable link. Did you see that? It's ended right there, creating a shareable link. And now I can just copy these link. It's already been copied automatically for me, but again, I can also pick here on copy, and then it can pick here on clothes. And then anyone that has now this link will be able to see the file. So, for instance, if I'm just gonna go to another browser just to show you what it would look like if someone else opened it, So I'm just gonna go here to Microsoft Edge. I'm just gonna paste the five the link to the file and hit Enter and then boom. The file is visible to that person. That's all there is to it. That's all you need to know about sharing files with one drive. It's super easy on the process is the same regardless of whether you're sharing a Pdf apartment and Excel a Sip 12 folder. It's exactly the same process as you saw a moment ago and again, once your copy that link that you are l you can send it to someone in an email in WhatsApp in your smartphone. You know whatever challenge when I use chat application, whatever channel you. When I used to share that, follow with someone you can just copy and paste it and send it to them on, then they'll be able to view the foul again. If you see this here, it doesn't allow them to edited. They can printed that can open it. They can download it. They can see the version history, but they don't have the option to actually edit the file, because when you share the file, like when we share the follow. A moment ago, we didn't set the option off, allowing editing actually said That's view on Lee, which is why people can just see it here and again. You can also notice that I'm sharing it and that the other person was viewing. The file hasn't even signed them to their wander account, which is great. So what this basically means is that when you create unshared file from one drive, the other person you're sharing it with doesn't necessarily have to have a one driver Microsoft account. It can be anyone. They don't even have to sign in. They can just look at the file like I'm looking at it now and they can just open it, downloaded, etcetera. So that's also something I think it's pretty cool from Microsoft for one drive, which is just sharing the foul. It sees a very seamless and easy experience the other person doesn't actually have to create, or they'll have to actually have Microsoft account actually be able to view the link that you just sent them. OK, so I'm just gonna close this now. We're gonna go back to the other browser where we were already loved in, and the other thing I guess I wanted to mention is that even though I shared this file, I can also change the options off that So you can actually remove the sharing from the fall it later if you wanted to do that as well. All right, So let me just go back to my files bringing I'm going to test folder. Okay, so I just wanted to refresh this page just to show you a little thing that you mind at No notice unless I actually pointed out to you. But I'm gonna point out to you, cause I want you to see it. Do you see here these little two heads thes little two icons here that they look a little bit like to people here? Well, there, actually, I can a Nikon the represents of these that this fall has been shared with other people. If you see none of these other files or folders has that I can hear on the left hand side, left hand side, meaning that they are private, meaning that you're the only person that can see them. But this file has now been shared with someone because you can see the icon there. Now, I'm gonna do the same exercise of sharing, but now myself following a share A folder so on, Instead of using this functional here, I'm just going to right click. So I'm gonna write like this Boulder correctly can share. And again, you can see it gives me the same option the same functionality that we saw before. And I'm just gonna close this a second just to show you something, you can see here that it doesn't have the people here next to it, right? Doesn't have those sharing icon that we saw below because it means that right now I haven't actually created the shareable link, which means a foul on the phone. The folder, it's in itself is still private. Now, one thing, obviously, that you want to keep in mind when you're sharing a whole folder, he's that if you're sharing on giving people access to the whole folder, well, obviously they're gonna have access to everything inside that folder. They're not gonna be able to see your other folders or other files unless you specifically shared it with them. But if you actually share a whole folder and towel folder where they're gonna be able to see everything inside the folder, which is obviously logical, right? So you right, click here and we're going again. Share. And then we're gonna set? Yep, Anyone with the Lincoln edit. So we're gonna given option to Ed, and I'm gonna set an expiration date on this one, So I wanted to end in two weeks. Okay, so after two weeks, this is gonna not These link is not gonna work anymore. I'm gonna pick, apply source. We're sharing it with anyone with the link again. You you have another option. If you don't want just any random person to access a link, you can actually specify specific people that you want to share the link with by just changing the setting here and just clicking on instead off anyone with the link specific people. And then that's gonna ask you later to actually up the specific email addresses off the people that you want to share the foul with. Okay, that's all that. Thus it just basically then asks you to enter after you pick up. I was gonna ask you the email address of the people that you're you're gonna share the following. Okay, So only the people that you enter the Madras there would be able to actually see the file. But I'm just gonna keep it simple for this example that we're seeing right now. I'm just gonna kick again. Anyone with the link allow editing? Yes. This is gonna expire on the 26 2020 on. I'm gonna set a password to of these as well. So I'm gonna said this password here. Right? So it's and it's OK. Send a super strong fast, everybody. It's OK. I'm gonna try to make it more complex. Okay, so I made the passport a bit more complex now, and I'm just going to apply now. Remember, anyone with the Lincoln see the file, But only people that actually. But only because I'm setting up password now on Lee. People with the password would actually be able to view it if they don't enter the password . If they don't have the password, they're not gonna be able to be. And I'll show you that in a moment. Allow editing? Yes. Anyone of the link I'm gonna take apply, and then we're gonna click copy link, and that's gonna create the link. The share A building for us. Okay. And if you notice there, two icons here again that we didn't have before. If you hold or your mouths just very gently, you'll see here that this icon represents that the the link is password protect, protected. And then if you over over the counter, Aiken, he's gonna tell you that this link expires in 26 of June of 2020. So it's actually just putting a date expiration date like we did before. And I'm just gonna click here called the Link, and then you're going to see that it's going to start creating the father, share a bowl, the terrible link. So I'm gonna take here on copy Link, creating shareable link. OK, it's Bean has been created, and I'm not like your copy. And then I can share with our people. And I'm just gonna refresh this page just to show you that Now, this is gonna have the shared this folder because we're sharing this this folder with this Pictures folder it's gonna have Now, here the now I cannot off that is being shared with these two people that we saw below. So I'm just gonna share. I'm gonna just reload this patient, just gonna refresh it just to show you. What happens now? Okay, So notice now that the folder that we just shared now has this icon on the right hand side off the two people similar to this fall, this file below having these two people here just basically, it's an icon that indicate that this folder is a shared folder. If you notice a folder on the right hand side, these one doesn't have these little liken that their one on the left hand side has. Which means the one of the writers are private folder means I'm the only person that I can actually see it, because this is inside my wonder of account. So only myself with my log in and my password would be able to see these files on then the other one. He's a shared folder because he has these icons. So it means that created a share a building so that anyone could actually see it. Well, in this example that we're seeing right now, I created in a way that anyone with a link on the password would be able to see the folder , but we could also create. We could also share the folder with specific people like we saw before. Where it just gonna is just gonna ask you the specific, You know, the address of the people you want to share the folder of the file with. Okay, so let's just go. Because I copied the terrible link and let's just go to the other browser. Let's just based in there right on. Let's just go there. I just want to show you that you won't be able to getting to the file in this case is actually a folder that we're sharing with them unless they actually enter the password. All right, So even if they had the the link without the password in the specific example where we actually added a password protection to the folder, he won't work for the people that you're sharing it with unless you actually share the password with them as well. So I'm simulating like another person just going and using the link that you've sent them, right? See, this is what comes up for them. So even though they have the link because you've sent him the link, unless they have the password and you've set for that folder or follow your sharing, they won't be able to access it. Okay, so I'm just gonna now enter the password that I set up for this. So I imagine that it is being shared with me, and I'm another person opening the file, okay? Checking safe password. And we're just gonna say never. All right. So as you can see now, we're inside this pictures folder that was shared with these person. Right? So this is the shared folder, and it's joined them, As you can see here, that you're sharing them is showing this information. But as you can see, if I click on the test folder, it doesn't actually allow me to go back because we didn't share the test folder. We only shared the pictures folder, right? So, like I said before, people are not gonna be able to access everything in your one right When you share a specific folder a specific Well, so rest assured that when you send when you share a specific folder or a specific file with a certain group of people or a specific person, that person in that group of people are only getting going to be able to see download ended . Whatever you have defined. Based on the settings that you have provided. So you haven't shared a folder with anyone. It's gonna remain by the full private. Like I said before, only you can view it. I'm only you can access and only you can edit it, etcetera. Same goes for all the files on all the folders right now. If you actually shared it with the person that you've shared with will have the option depending on what you have defined. When you were sharing the file like we saw before in this case, we actually set up an expiration date on. We also added up passport protection to the to the file to the share a bowl link. So again, you don't have to do that. You can just not, you know, take up the expiration link on the expiration date on. You can also just share share the foul with them the link with them so they can open the file. So it's up to you how you want to set that up. And obviously that that is different for everybody, depending on you know, the use case in the scenario that you're in. But generally when I'm sharing files with people, I don't generally add password protection or expiration dates to them unless I think it's something really, really sensitive. So in case you were wondering OSHA at a passport expiration date and on, you know, a passport as well set up expiration, they don't pass aboard. The answer is, it's yes, it's a good practice. It will make Willow. It will make it more ships secure, but you don't have to. So if you want to keep it simple like me, when I'm sharing a cell with someone, I just generally send them the link without an expiration date and without a password set for the shareable link. Now, like I said before, if it's something super sensitive that I don't I want to be very cautious with that doesn't get into someone else's hands or whatever. Then I would actually say up a password, and I would actually set upon Expiration Link and I've done it and I do it every now and then. But I don't do it often. Generally, I just share the link. OK, so I'm just gonna closes again. We're gonna go back to where we wear, which is here now. I mentioned that you can actually remove the sharing options, right? So you let's say this is a shared folder, right? Because we have this icon. Actually, I can actually unsure it, so I can actually remove that as well. So if I go here and then I go to share right on, then I go to So sorry. Let me just repeat that to show you the process of how you can unshared ah, folder or a father you've actually already shared. Now, in this example, we had already shared this folder on this file. Now we're gonna unshared We're going to remove the sharing functionality. So let's say you had shared something with someone and then you wanted to unsure. You didn't want them to look at it again where you wanted to make this folder private again because you were gonna have more pictures. Not just this would take Tiger one, but you wanted to have more pictures, and you didn't want anyone else to be able to see the other pictures. So in that scenario, you would want to remove the sharing that you have done before that terrible link, right? So you just select the folder or the father you want on share on, then at the top right hand side. You're going to see these open details Pain option. That kind of looks like an eye off information. You just click there and then do you see here that it has this option called manage access . So here it's telling you, has has access, is telling you that you're giving out a link for anyone with this link and access a folder , right? So I'm just gonna click there on manage axes, and then here I can see the link there's being shared on. I'm just gonna pick here on remove link. So now the thing is asking me, remove link. If you want to share this item again, you'll need to create a new link. So is basically telling me now that I'm gonna remove the link so it's not gonna be shareable anymore. So I'm basically unsure ing this folder on doing what I have done before, So I'm just gonna click, remove link, and then bam, it's being removed. So if I close this you see, now that it has is locked, it means this item is not shared. So it's changed from that link that we had before a shareable link that we could ships into anyone to its luck. Nobody else can see it. So if I'm just gonna close this, okay, I'm gonna done. Now you can see that these doesn't have the icon here that he had before, right? Which means he's back to private. Same goes for these were document pdf document. Right. These pdf taught me that we created before it's currently being shared via terrible link that we created before. But I'm gonna and share it again. I'm going to remove that. I make it private again. So I just click here and then go to here on the right hand side and again, you can see they see here by these hiking that is being shared by people that have the link . So we just kick here and manage access, and we just click here on remove link, and that's going to remove the link. All right, cool. Remove link. Douala. Easy, super easy. Now it's been locked against his back to private. And as you can see, nobody is now. No one is able to see this file any longer or this folder, because now it doesn't have that share I can hear or here right, which which basically means we unshared where we had shared before. So that's it, guys, that's older is to it. That's all there is to sharing files in one dribble told you need to know about it is super easy. Like I said before, just to recap, you select a file and click on share or you're right, leak the follower, the full there, click on share, and then you can add an expiration date. If you want an expiration date, you can add a password protection to the share a building. If you want to add a pass, protection to the share will link, and then once you've done that, you can decide whether you want to share it via just a link. So anyone with a link and access and view the file. You can decide where you want to make the foul edit herbal or just read on Lee. So if you don't take on editing, allow anything. Obviously, I'm gonna allow anything so you can take that if you don't want out. If you don't want them to be able to edit the file, so just view it right on like we saw before. You can either share it via that link, or you can actually shared with specific people by just entering their email address. That's it, guys. That's all you need to know about sharing files and folders. The one drive on again. It doesn't really matter whether it's up. Pdf apart. Point a word document an MP three young and before Doesn't matter. The file for my sit filed. It could be any type of file. Basically, this the process of sharing that foul is exactly the process that we just saw a moment ago . Right, guys, I hope you find these valuable and interesting and that you make the best off sharing files with your colleagues, with your friends, with family and the process like you. So it's super easy. And then, once you've created your shovel, link your shovel, you're shareable links so you can share that file or folder. Then you just simply copy it like we saw before and paste it on. Just send it to whoever you want to send it. Right, guys, I'll see you on the next one. Cheers. My
44. OneDrive mobile examplev2: Alright, guys. So I just wanted to show you the wonder application on my phone on my iPhone. Like I mentioned before, you can access one drive when you're deck stop your laptop, your tablet or your phone. It doesn't have to be an iPhone like the one in using you could access as well one right on your on droid phone if you have an android phone. So it's just a Samsung or a hasty sea or one of those other ones. It doesn't really matter. Like you can access one drive from pretty much any device you can think off. And that's really pretty cool. So if you're using on an iPhone, you can just go to the APP store and search for one driver and then downloaded. I've already downloaded it, and I've already signed in. So after you signing you just go to the one right up. So the wandering Bob looks like this time is gonna top on it. And I just wanted to show you like I mentioned before, I'm actually on a premium feature off one drive, so it gives me one terabyte of data, advanced security, bigger personal vault, and it's pretty cool. Like I said before, you have access to also premium versions of Word Excel, Power Point Notes, Outlook and one Right. So it's pretty good. I really like this and one drive. Like I said, it works really well for me. And, of course, if you wanted to see all the features that you wonder when you're more phone has where on the Web merchants will has you just go to this, never run out of space. So that's pretty cool. Bigger personal vault so you can store, You know, um, the personal vault is something that you allows you to act like an extra layer off security . So it's like a imagine like it's kind of like a safe, you know, when you have their safe, like a bank safe to examine extra. And that's it's inside your one drive, and it's an extra thing that where you can put like, really, really, I guess confidential files, whether it's war, document ality or video, whatever it is, eyes just like it. That's an extra layer of security around your important documents and images in one drive, and that way you know, it keeps them really safe. Obviously, anything you have in your one drive by the folded safe. But the personal vote is just like an added layer off extra security. And I guess the only thing I would recommend for you to use it if you had something really , really sensitive are really, really private. He didn't want anyone to use that. You would put it in your personal vault, which would then be also, you know, protected with things such a sector second factor, authentication, etcetera and expiring sharing links. We saw that before, earlier in the cores, so you can send the link and they just put an expiry date on it, which is pretty good. You can password protect sharing links, which is also something we saw before, which is basically just adding a password to a terrible link that you're creating for a file. So if somebody has the link and they don't have the password, they won't be able to access the file again. This is all All of this stuff is advanced extra security features for your files and for the links that you're sharing. But again, this is optional. You don't have to use it if you don't want to Like I said before, I generally don't put expiration dates and password on links when I'm sharing them with people. But when it's something really, I guess sensitive or private, or I want to add extra layer layers of security I do at that stuff. But like I said, it's not something I do regularly. I do it, you know, every now and then when I need to. Okay and ransom or detection and recovery. So Micro Microsoft, 36 by will alert you if he did take rents more attack and help you restore you wonder So there's just some other stuff that allows you to keep your account safe. Normally is on something. You need to know so much about this. If they if you are a victim of something like run somewhere, which hopefully, hopefully you never are. I've never bean. I've never met anyone that's being a victim of that, so I don't think it's super. Come on. I don't think it's super rare either, but if you ever wear victim of that bill, Microsoft will help you out because you have your account and you're paying for us. Description files restores you can restore on record your entire wander up upto 30 days after a malicious attack. So that's pretty cool like. Imagine if you lost your files. Somebody hacked into your account or whatever they deleted them or whatever you could steal . Recover your files 30 days back from after 30 days back, which is pretty cool. It's one of those things I really like about wander as well and offline folders. Yep, so you can still axes your folders and stuff, you know, if there is no Internet connection. I mentioned that earlier in the course. I also find that very helpful, more sharing. So increase reassuringly midlevel blasts all the stuff we've covered already earlier in the course on premium Productivity. APS. This thing is something I do wanna highlight because, like I said before you, being part of one drive is being part of the Microsoft ecosystem off app such as Microsoft 365 or office 365 which was the name he was using before. And that's something that adds a lot of power because you can compound the productivity and the things you get from one up by leveraging on others as well. So, for instance, when you're working on. You know, something like teams or outlook sending emails. You can attach file. You can add files to your you know, you can add a link a shareholding to your one drive pile instead of actually attack idea. Attachment on that saves saves your space. Makes things easier. Faster for everyone. So that's pretty cool. And that's something you enjoy when you have your one drive. So got it. And I say I say here got it as well. And then it's loading. Keep up with file changes. Get notified about fall activity. Okay, Sure. I'm gonna allow this. Yep. Life happens. We get the things happened. 10. Turn on camera upload to save your memories to one drive. I'm gonna say I'll risk it. So I don't want to turn this on cook and changes the privacy settings or proceedings have been applied from changes. You may in another up. Okay, cool. See? So this is what the one Dr look senior in your phone, You know, pretty much the same that we saw before. You can see here that that's folder that we created before we have here the picture of the tiger and Red and again, same as he. So before you could just tap it and then here share. If you needed to share it on, then you can do stuff like that. All right. You could also delete it, move it, make it available offline again. It gives you a bunch of options. Nothing, you know, super complex or super difficult for you to do very similar or pretty much exactly the same as what you saw on your deck. Support on your, you know, Web application of one. Right? Like like we saw earlier in the course, right, guys? So that's that's eat this a bit. I wanted to show you off. How wonder if looks when you're accessing it from your phone. Like I said before you seal your folders, I Can you consort this as well, like you saw on the computer on the Web. You can also go by two recent files shared photos and you can sort things you can change the viewers. We'll also from, you know, like like to see the actual folders instead of a list. You can list them as well, so whatever works for you, whatever is easier. That's what I recommend that you do not know that. I think it makes a huge difference. But this is what your one drive looks in your phone. That's all you need to know about that, guys. All right, I'll see in the next one. Cheers.
45. Introduction what is zoomv2: Hey, guys. So before we deep type into zoom and what you can use zoom for, let's just go over a very basic question. What zoom and what can you use it for? So basically, assume is a tool or a nap for online meetings and collaboration. You Can you zoom for a ton of things When you're working with people who are in different locations now, it doesn't mean that everyone has to be working remotely for them to be able to. You assume you could have some people at an office and some other people working from home or the library or wherever. Assumes, assume, basically allows you to connect all of those different people in all those different locations via videoconferencing or audio Onley phone calls. But Zoom is a lot more powerful than you. Just seeing other people on your phone or on your computer on your tablet like you would if you were using FaceTime soon has been designed for the workplace on for people to collaborate on projects, and we're working together. It allows for advanced functionality such as screen sharing, chatting, changing your background on a lot more like, for example, you can actually express your emotions when people are talking by giving a clap or stuff like that. And I'll show a lot of those other really cool tips and traits when we're actually going through setting up and hosting zoom meetings or when I walk you through how you can attend two meetings as well. Now the cool thing about soon is that it has been designed with virtual teams in mind, so it allows for remote collaboration on for people being able to connect with each other even when they're not physically in the same room on. That's why soon is so popular and so widely used by different businesses across the world. I dare say that soon right now is probably the most widely used and popular video conferencing tool out there. So you learning how to use assume will definitely come in handy when you're working for a different businesses applying for jobs or things like that. You could even be potentially interviewed via zoom instead off Skype or FaceTime. Now a lot of businesses have started to embrace assume, and I see more and more people all over the world using assumed in the business and to run their projects or toe work collaboratively with their different teams who might be spread across different locations. Different campuses or different offices now assume is quite powerful. But it's also quite flexible and easy to use. And you don't have to be a techie or an expert in any of this technology or any of this type of stuff, like anyone can really use it because just very simple and easy to use. You don't even have to have a computer or a laptop or a tablet. You could connect. Assume meeting just by using your home phone or your mobile mobile phone. That's one of the advantages of soon. And that's one of the reasons why it has continued to grow exponentially worldwide because it is very simple and easy to use. And it doesn't matter if you own a Windows device or a Mac, or if you're in an android device or an apple device or whatever brand you want to think or you use it doesn't really matter at all. Zoom caters for all of those different scenarios and allows anyone regardless of which device they're using to connect, assume meeting, and this is super important on highly helpful when you're working from with people that are remotely specifically, there are a lot of scenarios in which you might want to. You know, working a project or share information on it might be a lot of easier and faster to do it the assume. Or you might have some people in your team working remotely. They might be sick. Or you might have people in your company that are too spread across different countries, different regions, different time zones, etcetera and soon allows you to manage and do all of these. It also has some really cool integration on things without Look, for example, or other tools like that that allow you to, you know, just add a condom. Invite in soon in your calendar using assume details, assume details to connect to assume meeting. And that's pretty cool. And we'll see later in the course that every time you set up a meeting in Zoom, you automatically get details generated for you, which you can just send to people in an email. And it's already set up. An easy for you to use is just a template email where you get the link or the numbers that people Condell in if they're Dowling into your zoom meaning. But they can, like I said before, they can also just use the link and kind of from their computer. Their mole devised their tablet tablet or their smartphone. It doesn't really matter. What they're using soon allows for all of those different scenarios. And you can have different people connecting to your cold like there's really depending on the plan that you are. There might be constraints, of course, in the number of participants that can join a zoom meeting. But we'll get a little will go through those details later in the court warrant, looking at the different options that some offers. But keep in mind that Zoom does have ah free plan as well, meaning that anyone, anywhere in the world can start using Zoom for free today right now. And I hope that s part of the scores. You give it a go, explore it and you start using it soon. Right, guys, I'll see in the next one. Cheers. Bye.
46. Getting Started with Zoomv2: Hey, guys. So the first step in getting started with assume is going to the assume website, and you do that by going to assume dot us on your browser. So just open your browser, whatever it is that you're using, whether it's safari, chrome edge Internet explorer Firefox, brave whatever it is, Oprah, whatever browser you're using, just open the browser and just go to zoom dot us. That's right soon dot us. That's all you have to do. Alternatively, of course, you can just go to google dot com and then to search for assume, and then it'll take it to the website as well. All right, so this is assume Website on is just a very basic website, which includes information about soon while you can use it for and just some general advantages and what it offers versus other products and services. So consistent Experience meetings, video webinars, conference rooms, own system business, instant messaging, Right, so these are basically the key things that soon has to offer and sumas a company. They do offer different palace on services which you can see here on their solutions at the top left hand side corner. So you can see here products, meetings and chat rooms and workspaces, phone system video webinars upmarket plays on. Then they have a bunch of liars stuff as well. But in these courts were mainly gonna focus on what the vast majority of people you assume for, and that is for videoconferencing. So for meeting with colleagues or friends remotely, who might be in different locations. Or some might be at the office and others might be different locations. Or you might be working with a team that he's partly in your country and partly spread across. Other countries are across other continents and regions, and this is where to zoom becomes really powerful because it is very easy and intuitive to use super and user friendly. And you don't even have to be a techie to use it or Donald special stuff or anything like that. You can even use it just using your mobile phone on just dialing into a doll in number, and we'll talk a little bit about that later when we get into the specifics of Zoom. But I just wanted to give you a very quick overview off assume website and how to get started so The first thing you have to do, of course, is sign up, all right. And don't worry. You don't have to pay anything soon is actually free in case it even know that assume does offer a free option. And I'll show you that in a second. Let's just quickly continue here just very quickly, going down the website to see you have a quick glance over, and I won't go over all of these in detail. Of course, you can read that yourself, but just very quickly, just to show you why. Soon, Such a great product and service he's like I said before were easy to use, and you can escalate as you need as your need increases. It's something that some allows you to do, which is really good, all right, unless it's continue scrolls he like I said before, they're widely used worldwide by some of the biggest companies in the world like you can see here. And the bottom, of course, is the many where you can see more things about the website of product features. Why assume that t the assume team press information downloads, etcetera, right, so they offer a bunch of different things. And again, I won't go into all of this in detail. But I will go on to the plants and pricing just to show you the different options that you have. Okay, so in here, like I said before, there is a basic version which you can use, which is completely free. And you can host up to 100 people in your assume videoconferencing when you're assume video conference or all my meeting. And it does have a constraint on group meetings. So if you're doing group meetings, they have their constraint of 40 minutes. That doesn't mean so. That means that basically, after the 40 minutes, the coal will automatically disconnect. So you can do, you know, an hour, two hours long, long meetings on the free version of soon. But just keep in mind that there's nothing, of course, stopping you to from starting another soon meeting right after the the 40 minutes go by and it automatically disconnects so you can actually just let it end. If you don't. If it ends and you need to go longer meeting and then just plan for another one, I do realize that that is a bit annoying But that's just how they are trying to push you into. Of course, buying one of these other options that you see here and I'm seeing here the pricing automatically reflected in Australian dollars because I'm in Australia. So that will change, of course, depending on the country that you're in. So if you're in the U. S. Will, this would be in U. S. Dollars. Of course. On you can see that just by going to the website. Like I said before, assumed that u s slash pricing or just go assumed at us and then just click on the plants and pricing and it'll take you here and you can see here a bunch off, you know, different features and functionality that each plan offers. Obviously, the more you pay them where you get and these little plus buttons here, you can actually expand them, and it will show you more information about the different features that you're getting with that plan. But like I said before, if actually expand all of these, look at this. You get a ton off stuff with the free version, like literally, there's a ton of tough you get with a free version. So probably the free version would be more than enough for most people. If you're working in a basis or if you're part of a bit off a business, more likely than not, the basis will pay for the zoom licensing. And you don't even have to worry about this part that I'm showing you right now in the course. But it's still good to know for you to know that if you wanted to use it in your personal time or if you wanted to have assumed catch up with your family or your friends, which you can do, by the way. Because Zoom is not just specifically designed for business, it's just that is very easy to use by businesses. And that's why businesses love it, you know, because it integrates very easily with the other things that they normally do not like I said before, because it's just very user friendly. And so here. Like I said, you can see the different pricing on the different licensing types of the over. But like I said before, if you're in a business that is already working with soon, more likely than not, you don't even have to worry about this. They will probably be a system or an I t at mean managing. All of these are a procurement person managing all of these for the business. And they'll just tell, you know, just use your user name and or your email address your business email address in your business password to assigning into soon handle my providing different You are elf than this. And that's something that you might need to check with the business if they're using us a specific, different girl for you to sign in if you are a business that is using soon. But if you're not at a business that is using assume and I guess under the scenario that you're just setting up your assume for the first time yourself and that you're actually, you know, managing the whole thing yourself a scene you're either getting the free version or paying for one of the plants that they offer. Well, this is how you would get started right now. You would go to the website, and then you would just click on Sign up, it's free, or you just go to the plants and pricing and click on the sign up, It's free again with general these to you click on either this one of the top right hand side corner or these one. When you go to the plants and primary pricing page within the soon website, it'll be the same thing, right? So if you click sign up, it's free. You'll take it to a sign of page where you can actually just enter your email address so you can start on Sign up. And even though this says your work email actress, it doesn't mean that you can sign up with, you know, a Gmail account or a Hotmail account or whatever a personal email account you can. You don't necessarily have to use a business email address to sign up to Zoom S. Oh, don't worry about that, of course. Alternatively, you can actually sign up to zoom by using Google or Facebook. So either of these options you have. You know, you could just sign up with your email address or with Google or with Facebook. Any of these will allow you to access Zoom and will. I'll let you do this right now. I just do that, you know it's part of the scores just sign up. Let's just you walk through the whole process with me as well. We just click on the sign up button, enter your email address, sign up and you'll get a confirmation email accepted on. Then that's how you get started once. Once you do that process, I'll show you the next part of the course what's next and how you set up your zoom meetings . How your schedule them, how you see which money makes you've schedule. How did the recurring meetings on how to attend two meetings as well? Now keep in mind. Like I said before the assume is something you can actually download to your android phone or to your iPhone or iPad? A. So you can see here in this part where it says download in the Wilson website at the bottom of the soon website Beings Client, which you can download to your you know Windows were my device or there's a browser extension as well and outlook plugging, link plugging on the iPhone and iPad app and the android app is well, so basically soon gives you all the options that you can think off. Doesn't matter if you're on a laptop deck, stop tablet, smart phone, android phone iPhone. Whatever you say you're using, you can actually download the app that reckoning to any of those devices. But again, don't worry too much about that, because if you let's say you didn't actually want to download anything at all, you could actually use the cloud version as well from the browser directly. Which is why you also have these browser extension here as well. So yeah, don't worry too much about that. Like whichever option you want to go for his fine, they're all pretty much the same. There will offer pretty much the same functionality and soon has been designed so that anyone can connect regardless of which device they're using, regardless whether their Windows users are an apple user so that literally anyone can use. And that's why. Another reason. One of the reasons why it's so popular. Alright, guys. So I'll leave you here with this part, and we'll carry on with the next part of the cores. Talk to you soon. Cheers might
47. Getting Started with Zoom Part 2 Account Setupv2: Hey, guys. So just to recap on the sign up process and getting started with soon, it's very easy. You go to the soon website you, then just click on the sign up. It's free button and then just enter your email address. Even though it says here your work email address. You don't have to actually enter a work email address. If you don't want to, you can actually use a Gmail account, a Hotmail account, a Yahoo account, whatever type of email address you have you can actually use to sign up for Zoom. Now, remember, and keep in mind that if you were working for a company more likely than not, they have probably purchased. Zoom. Realizing on an enterprise version, assume, which probably means you just don't even need to sign up. But they probably already set up a signing website or your L for you to you assume at your company. So if that's the case, you've been asked to, you assume as part of the company are currently working in, we'll just make sure you check with your colleagues or, you know, your soon I've mean or where is your I T support Central help this which you are l they want you to use to signing too soon. And you probably don't have to sign up like we're doing in this video because these more for someone that is saying up soon from scratch, as if you were gonna use it for personal use or for business use. But you were setting it up yourself, all right. And that's what we're gonna cover in this part of the course. So, like I said before, just enter email, address these case, my email address asked CEO reveal dot com And then I just click on Sign up. That's he. Very easy. Super fast, Super simple. Once you hit on, once you click on, sign up, you'll get this confirmation page, which basically says that they've sent that soon has sent an email address to your email so you can confirm your account. Now, this part is pretty standard. You've seen it before. You're used to this. Whenever you actually sign up to any website productor service in the modern world, it is very likely that you will get a confirmation email just cause they would want to make sure that is actually a person signing up to these. And it's not about, you know, it's not like an automated computer tryingto mimic a registration. Okay, so just go to your email address, then to confirm your account. So in my case, I would just go to email dot merisier rubio dot com, which is where my email is hosted or just enter my email address and password. And then I would just signing, All right. And then I can see here in my in Audrey's zoom email place after very your assume account. I'm just gonna click there on. I'm just gonna allow these images to display. Okay, here we go. On. I have these email address from soon here that I can actually just click on the button, activate account. So you just click on activate account, and then that takes you to the screen where you basically just continue your registration process. Right? So welcome to assume they ask you for your first name, your last name, and then you can set up a password, right? So then you enter your password that whatever passer you wanna use off course, they give you some hints about the type of password Here. It must have at least eight characters. At least one letter on this one number improve both uppercase and lower case. So this is just making your password, that making sure that your password is safe and secure. So once you've done that, you just get can continue. We'll go here to the next page and we're going through the steps. 12 and three here at the top. So the second step of you've entered your account info is inviting someone. You don't have to do this right now, by the way. But if you want it, Teoh, invite someone to your assume so they can connect with you. You could do it here, but I would recommend just keeping this step for now. I will talk about invited out of people later in the course, so I just go skip this step test meeting, OK, so Zoom automatically sets up a personal meeting your l, which you can use with anyone that you are going to connect via Zoom Okay. And we'll talk a little bit about how you can use this meeting. You are ill later, but basically you can use it to start assuming with anyone in any point in time or alternatively, you can just in this screen here just click on start meeting now. But just remember that this is part of the registration process. So you won't be seeing this screen that you're seeing right now after you've actually completed the process and when you normally and typically signing to your account. But don't worry about that will take it step by step and I'll show you later in the pores how to set up a meeting in assume how to schedule it in advance. How does generate recurring meetings, etcetera. Don't worry too much about that right now, but here I just want you to go through the whole registration process with me so that you got comfortable with doing it yourself at home, at the office or wherever it is that you're following the scores as you're preparing to launch your zoom meetings yourself. OK, keep in mind that you can also download the Microsoft Albert blood in here, or the chrome extension here on this on these space age that were seen from the Zoom website. Definitely recommend that you do that. They're definitely helpful, but you don't have to do that right now. Either you can actually go to the soon website at any point in something time which is assumed the US remembers assumed that us. And at the bottom off the website, you're gonna find here this download, you know, menu, and then here the something the sub menu confined different clients extensions or absolutely can download depending on the device that you're using, for example, an iPhone or an android phone again. Don't worry too much about that. Basically, doesn't matter which device you're using. Whether it's a laptop that stop tablet iPhone 100 phone or whatever it is, you'll be able to download an app for soon on that device. But again, you can also I just access the cloud version directly from the browser like we're doing right now. So don't worry too much about that again. So just here just go to go to my account, and that will take you to your zoom account. And this is basically what you're gonna be seen when you actually signing to assume from the soon website Andi will go through all of these in a moment. But I just wanted to show you real quickly what you see when you sign in. Now the moment there's there they put ever notice here that because of the increased demand there, actually some of the dahling by phone Are you conference capabilities maybe temporarily removed so you can actually close this? This probably something that you don't have to worry about her one. Apply most cases for you. This might be a temporary peaking the Man of Zoom, so you can just close that at the moment. And obviously you wouldn't even see that if you were on a paid version. But because we're in a free version, they're putting up this notices because they might be having an increasing demand at the moment on. Obviously, they're gonna prioritize paying customers over free customers. But the worry too much about that. That's just for the dialing number. People with a smartphone on Internet connection and a laptop or a computer can easily dialing anyway, but we'll get that. We'll get that late to that later. In the course on, you're going to see that you have different options and ways to connect, to assume video, conference our conference kohl and just keep in mind that even though Zoom sits up videoconferencing and has capabilities for videoconferencing. That doesn't mean that you necessarily have to do a video conference. You could actually do just all you on Lee if you wanted to. And you can actually turn on and off your camera, and I'll show you that when we get to that part later in the course. But this is how you just basically signing too soon after you've actually set it up. All right, So if you wanted to sign out from your assume page here, they put a bit of a node is here. You. Your plan has a 40 minute time limit, and that's again because we're on a free version. You cannot great if you wanted to, but I'm just gonna stay in the free version for these course, so just click here on the X, right? And again, if I click here on this, you know, which is meant to be like my avatar? If I click here on the top, right hand side, corner on, I sign out, you'll just basically take me out. Assume all right. And again if he just wanted to signing and go back to that page, we were seeing a moment ago. You just go to the zoom website and they just keep consigning, and then you just enter your credentials and then you'll be able to signing on. This is important signing because the signing page and after you actually go into assume website on you actually signing that's where you're gonna be doing your, you know, scheduling your meetings or set up. That's where you're gonna manage your assume account, etcetera. All right, so So after you've signed in, you just clicked. You know, enter your email address and your password, and then you just click on signing. I do recommend that you leave this box tick. That's just a sign being, But you don't have to, of course, if you don't want to. But it's just something that will make it easier. So you have to signing if you're browsing on other website etcetera. But just then go to signing and it will take you here now to the page were seen before, which, like I said, he is pretty much where you manage everything in zoom for setting up your meanings, etcetera. All right, so I'll leave it there for this part of the course around registration and just getting started with Soon. I will get in a moment to scheduling your soon meetings or joining soon, Beings. All right, guys. See you on the next one. Cheers. Bye.
48. Zoom Account Overviewv2: Hey, guys. So once you've actually signing to zoom, you're going to get to this page, which, like I said before, is basically where all the magic happens when you're setting up your meetings and managing your meetings in zoom. All right, so this is basically your account in Zoom. This is where you manage everything in zoom. Okay, So before we start saying up meetings and going through all of that, I just wanted to give you a very quick tour and just remind you that there's different menus on these page. Right? So you have a left hand side menu here with some information about personal at mean on also some support and help material right here on the left hand side at the bottom. So make sure you actually make the best, and you actually attend this, like training, watch the video tutorials and read up on the knowledge base. All of these information is gonna help you as you're getting. You know, you're getting used to, and you're getting familiar with zoom. But ofcourse, you're also watching these video and you've enrolled in the score. So by the end of the scores, you know for sure you get the gist if it and be able to host your own meetings and attend meetings. But again, if you want to watch a little bit more detail directly from zoom itself as a company, this is the official training, support and help material right here. All right, and beyond that, they also have, of course, still their website manual here on the top left hand side corner, which you can access or just click here. And I'll take you to the soon website etcetera. They also have here on the top right hand side corner, some information again. I'm seeing the Australian number because I'm here in Australia. But this would very depending on your location, you can request them with your company. There's resource is here, similar to what you have here in the bottom left hand corner here on the top, right hand side corner. You have seen it. Our information have accused, like training webinars etcetera on. There's also a support button where you can access support from from some directly. Okay, and then there's here. A sub menu nor resists of menu here are also in the top right hand corner scheduled meeting , join a meeting hosted meeting and then your avatar. If you click on your avatar, you're just going to see your information that you're in the basic plan on the sign up, Sign out option on Don't forget there's also you might. If you scroll down, you might notice that you also have at the bottom here the menu off the page of the soon website. The soon page again. More information about soon if you needed it. Here is a currency that I'm seeing stuff in Australian dollars because I'm here in Australia. But these would automatically change for you, depending on your location and off course. There's also help, kind of like chat functional. I hear that you can also click and get some assistance on if you needed help. And that's basically ah, very quick tour off the different things you're gonna find when you sign into your account . And here, of course, you can on your email address your personal assume I d and your personal some link, which you can use to sell meanings. It's showing you here in your profile that you're on the Basic plan, which is a free version off assume. Just remember that soon on the cream free version, basically the main constraining houses that meetings end up, you know, after 40 minutes. But again, like I said before, there's nothing stopping you for him setting up another meeting right after that one, or just starting another one right after that one on. Most people would probably be fine with that. But of course, if you're on a business, you're probably on a paid version, which means you won't have that constrained. And you won't have to worry about that, meaning automatically disconnecting us after 40 minutes. Okay, so it also has a constraining capacity. This because we're on the free version. It means you can't have more than 100 people connecting at the same time to a particular zoom meeting. But if you're on the free version more likely than not, you'll never exceed the capacity on. Even if you're on the business paid version, I don't think I It's not very often that you see people having more than 100 people meeting . Generally, when you're doing business meetings, you have 58 maybe 10 sometimes 15 or 20. But even that's pushing it most of time. People are working with small teams in businesses, and that doesn't mean that their business is necessarily small. You could have a business off tens of thousands or hundreds of thousands of employees. It just means that most businesses manage their projects or the things we're working on in smaller teams. So it is unlikely that even if you're on the free version, gonna hit that cap. But if you did well, you could just operate on its Not that expensive anyway, like we saw before And here. Language. As you can see, there's Ed Edit buttons here on the right hand side. For all of these meaning you could change your name, you could change your avatar if I could hear on change. You will just allow me to upload a picture here and again. It's joined that I'm hearing the Sydney Time zone because I'm actually here in Sydney, Australia, but this would automatically put your local time zone again. You can change that by picking on the button if you needed to. You can also connect to Kander and contact service, so integration with things like a Google Outlook or exchange and sink your counters here directly with soon if you need it. And that's something that yet can definitely be helpful and signing password Polski, etcetera. All right, so I'm not gonna go through all of these in detail. We just saw probably the key things, and we'll go through the different items in the menu on different things later on. But I just want to you to, I guess, give you a very quick overview off what you see in these soon account when you sign in on where the menu somewhere they where they're they're located on the left. Uh, you know, on the top, right hand corner and at the button as well. And basically what each of them relates to and where you can find support and help information and knowledge based articles that video tutorials on life training as well. And again, you could just sign out if you were going to sign out. But just clicking on your avatar and then sign out. Remember that he shows you your name, your email address and the type of plan or yep, type of subscription that you have in this case, I'm on the basic one, so I'm using a free version. But like I said before, I like we saw before. If I go here to plants and pricing and I'm just going to just really quickly to show you and remind you what we saw before the free version, it actually has a ton off stuff, right? Like if we open this up, he has a ton a ton off functionality. So even if you were on a free version, you probably still get a lot out of Zoom. All right? And he's one of the reasons, Of course, we assume has grown so much over the years. OK, so I'm just gonna go back to my account here, my profile. And these are what we were before, right before we went to just seeing quickly the prime plans and pricing again. Right, guys? So live you with these in this part of the course? Just a general overview off your accounting soon, and we'll get to scheduling a meeting in a moment. And then the fund really starts bright. I see. In the next one tier Spice
49. Hosting a Zoom Meetingv2: Hey, guys. So, like we talked about before when you're hosting a zoom meeting or your scheduling assume, Meaning the first thing you do is create that meeting are scheduled That meeting my going to schedule button in your account. Once you've done that, zoom will generate a link which you convince sent to people in a regular calendar invite so they can connect your video conference cold. Right now we're gonna do that just is a recap of what we did before, and just to show you and remind you of just how easy days we're gonna do it very quickly. And then right after that, we're gonna go on jump into that real world real life zoom conference school. Right. So we go here to schedule a meeting, and I'm just gonna call these catch up on it's happening today, 11 PM Okay. It's gonna be half an hour meeting, okay? And it's a recurring meeting meeting I D d area dramatically. No password video hosting. Participant off. You can, of course, later. Even though you have said this here is off, it doesn't mean that you can turn it on later. It's just by the default when you just start to call. I'm just gonna leave that like that audio telephone, computer audio. I'm just gonna say both enabled join before host I recommend is that you always stick this when you have on your planning on your hosting zoom meetings that allow our people to start joining the call even if you have enjoined, which is good. So this conflict that your participants upon entry, I also recommend that you always have this one ticked before you actually same your assume meeting. And this is just to help with the background noise and OK, recorded meeting automatically on the local computer. Let's just say yes, we're gonna record the meeting and then just save. All right, Here it is. I'm just gonna copy the invite. Copy meeting invitation, and I'm gonna jump to my Google calendar. And I'm just gonna create this right now. It's an event. More options. All right. I'm just gonna call his catch up. Yeah, I'm just gonna leave this the time like that. I mean, the description I'm gonna add here, just copy and paste. You remember how we on assume we just copied the temptations of Click on that copy meeting invitation, and then you just based it here in description paste. Okay. So we can join in on. I also recommend you just copy the link that people need to use to connect to the video conference school. And you just put it here in the location. All right. And then in terms of guests, I'm going out here, Eduardo. Okay, So this is my brother. He's a guy we're gonna meet soon on this example on. Then I just click save, and it'll send him. They invite right away for this video conference call. All right, here we go. Safe. Would you like to send invitation? He knows to counter guests dismissed on sand. Sand. Yep. We're sending this congress. Invite said, All right, that's it. That's how it is. So Old Warner has to do is when he gets this invite and he accepts it. Whenever we're gonna start. He just opens a condor. Invited because you would normally do when you've been invited to a physical meeting. And then they just click on the link to join the Sioux, meaning that's all they need to do. And then the system will automatically guide them through just hooking it, cooking into that phone call into the video conference call. All right, that's all you need to do. Guys is super easy, super simple, and it goes the same way for the host. If you are the host and you're joining a meeting, it'll be in your calendar. You know, whatever daytime you've scheduled it, whether it's in your al look rgu candor. In this case, we're just looking at my Google calendar and to join the meeting. There's two different ways for us. A host. To do it, you can either click on the link like everyone else was being invited to the Sioux meeting . Or alternatively, you can go to your assume account, and you can click on the start this meeting button when it's the time for you to actually meet. Okay, just keep in mind that so actually allows you to start a meeting at any point in time so it doesn't have to be in a specific time that you set up the meeting four. But normally you wouldn't meet with someone in a different time than the time you actually scheduled, so that doesn't matter. But it's just so you know that you can if you want it to do that, Okay? And just remember that also. So here we're actually inside the catch up meeting. But if I went to my meetings, is gonna show me all the different meetings that I have set up on then for the catch up meaning, which is the one that we're doing in this example. I can just click on Start, and it will automatically start that meeting. All right, that's it, guys. That's all you need to know, Justus. A host when you're setting up and scheduling and booking those zoo meanings and that's all you need to do so that people can actually connect to it. You just send them the calendar invite like you would in your Google calendar or in outlook . If you're in a basis for a company, you're using outlook and you just add that zoom meeting details inside the calendar invites and in the location you just put the zoom links or people connected on That's it. Super easy. Super simple on when the time comes for people to meet, they'll just heat click on that link, and it will open soon for them and will start the meeting right then. Right, guys, we'll see in the next one. Cheers
50. Scheduling Meetings in Zoomv2: Hey, guys. So in this part of the course, we're gonna go over how to schedule, assume being all right. So here's where the fun starts on. This is one of the things that you're gonna be doing often when you're using soon, you're often gonna be scheduling meetings into the future, as you would do if you were having a business meeting or personal meeting or whatever. Generally, when you're scheduling and setting up meetings, you do that in advance, right? You send the counter, invite the outlook or Google calendar or whatever to the people or to the person who you're meeting in advance so they know where to find you. So you might say of media in Room 2050 or whatever it is, or I'll see you on this location on this cafe or whatever you consume. It's pretty much very similar, and you would probably follow the same process with the exception that is still saying to them, I'll see you in this cafe or I'll see you in room 2050. You just provide them with assume, meaning contact details or assume details, which allow them to connect to assume video conference cold. All right, So the process is very easy. Once you start on your sign into your account, you just click on this schedule a meeting button on the top, right hand side corner schedule meetings, or just click on that. You'll take us to the schedule, a meeting page, and here we can just say, What is the topic of these meeting? Right. So let's just call these the convention, Right? So we're doing a meeting to discuss an upcoming convention again. This is just an example that I'm showing you it off course has to have a name. When you're saying up a meeting, the description is optional. So it's up to you. You want to add more details, you don't have to. Generally, I leave that empty because it's optional. And then here you set up the time, right? And okay, the date so you can see here whenever. Let's say this is gonna be something that's gonna take place on the 10th of April of 2020. Um, it's gonna be a meeting of 10 a.m. Okay. And here it gives you the option again. Like I said, when this is occurring is when the zoom in is gonna take place. So pretty much very similar concept when you're scheduling just a typical meeting in your outlook calendar or in your Google calendar, you set up a date, time and duration the duration. Here you can change the hours and the minutes for us slowness you want and your assume. Basic plan has a 40 minute time limit on meetings with three or more participants. So if you have more than three people in the coal, you're gonna have a 40 minute limit. Let's say and let's assume that this is just a call with one person, so I don't have to worry about that 40 minutes. And, of course, you can upgrade at any point in time to enjoy unlimited meetings. You can not show this message. You click here. It'll just disappear again. This assume trying to sell you the pro plans in the you know, more advanced versions that they offer, but you can dismiss this message if you don't want to see it anymore. I'm just gonna leave it there because I like the reminder that I want a free version on that. It does have some constraints again. If you are on a meeting with someone we assume on the free planets. Just one on one. You don't have this 40 minute time. Limit its on Lee when you're meeting with three or more participants that you're gonna get that, you know, time. 40 minute time limit on the free version again. We're talking about the free version. If you're on the paid version, you're not gonna get these constraints, so don't worry about that. Okay? So these is us setting up a meeting and zoom. It's a recurring meaning. It's optional. Of course, you might be just doing a one off. If I was saying that this convention is, ah, reclaiming that happens every Wednesday. Then I would just click on recurring meeting here. I would just say it's a weekly thing. So it gives you the option daily, weekly, monthly nor fixed time. Let's assume so. Semen or to you know what you see on Outlook when you're doing recurring meetings on Outlook or a Google calendar? The same pretty much same functionality. But we're doing this hearing symptoms apart. Set up our soon meeting. Let's say this unity that you were doing a weekly and it happens every week on. It happens on Tuesdays, right? So you might say that it happens every week on Tuesday, and that gives you the option to have an end date or end after Exxon over. Current says. So if you have used outlook calendar functionality or Google counter from Chanel, you're already familiar with this as you're setting up meetings pretty much the same. So very easy, Let's say, Senator, Recurring meeting about a one. Also, I'm just gonna antic this. He's who again was just an example, and it'll it shows You hear the time zone as well, so automatically is defaulting to my time zone. And of course, that's because I'm setting up the meeting. But I can just let's just go here and remove the recording make. It's not a recurring meaning. Okay, And meeting I d generator automatically or use your personal meeting. I d I'm just gonna leave it. You can just leave it to generate automatically. Is just the meeting ideas. Just a code that, you know, Zoom gives to this perceiving virtual meaning that you're creating. So don't worry too much about that. Whatever you want. I normally just leave it in generator dramatically and meeting password so you actually can set up a password for people that are connecting to the vehicle to the audio coal you don't have to like normally, I just remove these to make it easier for people. So just remove these if you want to, you don't have to. Video holds participant off off. So I'm just gonna leave that by the phone off, meaning that when people signing two or join the meaning that by default the video will be off the camera on the soon video conference coal. But they can still turn it on if they want to, if they wish to do so once the meeting has started, it's very easy, and we'll see that later in the course. So after you, whether you want to leave this on or off personally, I normally David often, then just let people turned her camera on or their V on if they wish to do so. And depending on the type of meeting that you're setting up consume. If you're just doing telephone computer, are you or both? It gives you the option. Okay, so you can, you know. So, like, I recommend that you live here the both. So people can either use their phone or their computer for audio when they're joining the media conference. Kohl dialling from and you can click on edit and just at the country. In this case, right now, you might see some constraints because of what? You know that it's a high demand assuming is experiencing at the moment. But normally here it just basically allows people to Dowling from different locations just using, like a local number, depending on the country that they're in and then meeting options. Here is something that you can actually you know, control a bit in terms of how you're sitting of the meeting enable joined before before host basically allows anyone to just when they're dialing in or when they're taken into joined assume meeting. Even if the host of the meeting hasn't arrived, they can start connecting. So I definitely recommend that you take this and that you also take me participants upon entry, and that is just like, you know, best practice to allow, so that there's no a lot not a lot off background noise interrupting the meeting as people are connecting. So by taking these options basically means when people join, they can join, even if you're as the host haven't actually arrived yet to the zoom video conference call or the soon meeting and you commute participants on upon entry, so that automatically mutes them, Which doesn't mean that they can mute themselves later. They can and will show that and I'll see will see that when we're actually going to a pole here in these course using zoom. But by default, I do recommend that you take these two options at the beginning when you're at the top, when you're saying up your zoom meeting so you like. I said control a little bit and allow people to actually start connecting even if you're not there. And so they connect. They are munera manically initially, uh, which later on the cannon mute themselves again. You don't have to take this if you don't want to. I recommend it because that's how I normally use it. And that's my personal preference. But it is up to you how you want to use it on here. Of course, it also gives you the option to record the meeting automatic tea on the local computer. Now you don't have to again use this on. If you do, just be mindful and respectful and just let people know that you're gonna be recording the meeting. So they're aware of that. But again, I'm not going to use that because I literally, like, pretty much never used that functionality of recording the meeting. But if you feel you need to if you feel you must will recorded. But let's just be cautious and let people know that you're recording them. So they're aware off that and then just get done, save, and then we are going to I have here Army. All right, so you save that on you've set up your manage convention meeting. So convention is the name of the meeting that we've set up. It is just an example. And you see here at two Google calendar to outlook. So if you just click on that, it will just automatically generate the outlook invite for you that you can send to people if you wanted to on it just shows you how you sell the meaning. Here. What's been take what's being hasn't been ticked on. I you can ofcourse, ofcourse, after you set up a meeting and zooming corruption actually deleted. If you wanted to. You can edit the meeting, or you could actually start the meeting at any point in time. You click on started a lot of money systems start soon for you, And you basically start a video conference called right there on the spot. So you weren't even had that. You don't even have to wait until the scheduled time if you didn't want to. But normally you would want to set it up. Here is the thing that you're gonna love after you've actually set up a meeting in Zoom. And that is that even if you didn't use these at two calendar functionality, which you can and you will just automatically generate that for you, you could actually copy the invitation. So assume automatically generates, like, a temple. You consent to people in at calendar, invite as your you know, you can just copy the invitation. Right? So it says here Mauricio is in body into schedules. A meeting topic joins him. Meaning on here. Still link copy the invitation, and then I'll show you hear what I mean? So if you clicked on, uh, you know, I'm just gonna just got pasted here. Just just an example. So if I've pace this year, I'm basing it right now. Onward. But again, you could just paste this on a calendar invite and then people would just signing using these u R L to assume meeting now if you're on the paid version. This gives you a lot more information on other ways to join, assume meeting. But because we're on the free version, it does have kind of like just this option. Basically, it's just giving people the option. And the Dowling numbers are not appearing because they're probably experiencing high demand right now and soon. So they disabled that like we saw in that notification that they had there before. But normally they do actually have dialling numbers is just that because right now there's a very huge demand for assume worldwide. That's why they've disabled on the free version, because they're obviously giving party on the dahling numbers to paid customers are paying customers. But again, if you're not working for a business, you'll likely get that. And don't worry. I'll show you what this looks like on a paid version out paid account so you can see the difference, but for now, doesn't really matter. Like people going. Just steal connect by using these link to your soon meeting and that's it, guys, that's pretty much all you need to know about. I'm gonna kick your castle about setting up as a meeting in soon. And don't forget that once you've set up a meeting, if you wanted to look at the meetings that you've set up, you just go here to your purple meetings and it will show you all the meetings that you have set up. For now, I've only set up these one meeting the convention one that we're seeing So I can start that that meeting at any point in time or I can just click on it. And then it will take me to the details that we're seeing before where I can edit, delete it, start the meeting right now. If I wanted to or I can actually just copy the invitation, then just email it to people via, you know, or a counter invite the outlook or I could also alternatively just download these to my Google Kandahar or my Albert calendar on. It'll just pretty much set up on a calendar invite automatically for me, which then I can just add the people that I want to join into that meeting. Alright, guys. So that's pretty much how you schedule a meeting. Assume that's all there's. That's all holders to it. And that's all you need to know about scheduling meetings in soon. See you on the next one. Cheers. Bye.
51. A Real World Zoom Conference Callv2: Alright, guys. So we're now gonna join a re a world real life example off a zoom meeting So you guys can get a feel for what it looks like? An for what it feels like. Okay. So, like I said before, when you're gonna connect to your assume meeting you just use the zoom link that was generated when you created and scheduled that meeting. And you will have that in your counter invite the one you send to your guests. In this case, I have only one guest, which is Eduardo, Who's my brother on? Was kindly World volunteered to help with this example. Right. So let's just join our soon meeting by clicking on the link. The soon link that is already in your counter invite. So let's click on that. All right, So you get to this page, you just click on open zoom, okay? And then that will open soon on that will basically start our assume. Meaning if you haven't downloaded soon before, the first thing it will do is it will download your assume meeting software, your assume meeting app so you can actually connect to it, right? It gives you hear the option. I'm just gonna pick here and join with computer audio. Just click on that. Okay, on. Let's expand that to see if we can see Eduardo. Uh, hey, Gordo, can you hear? Yeah, I hear your all right. So I'm just gonna, like you noticed by default. I have my video turned off so Eduardo can see me right now, but he can actually hear me. So the reason I know he can see me is because if you look at, you know, this consume at the top in the middle of the top. You can see my name here, Mauricio Rubio above Eduardo here. But you can't see me, right? Because I have actually turned off by default. My video when I scheduled, assume meeting, right. Like I showed you in the example before Andi. What I'm gonna do now is I'm gonna turn my video so that you are to consume you, right? So just bear with me a second. You just click on this bought button here on the ah bottom left hand side corner There says start video button. Just click on that. So you click on that Ambala adored. I can now see me right here, I So for everyone who is watching this right now, Eduardo, he's my brother. He lives in Germany and I live here in Sydney, Australia. So I just wanted to take a moment to thank Eduardo for, you know, being very kind and volunteering to help me with this video. All right, so I'm gonna you know, it's just talking a moment ago with Eduardo eso He hasn't actually used so much. This is only the second time he's, you assume so. It's a really good example for me to show you are a couple of things that I want to teach you. All of you guys watching this video, my students about how you can you assume on some of the critical functionality and features that soon has. So you're seeing right now that there is a button here indicating that that were actually recording this session. So when I actually scheduled this meeting on you so mean and lecture before in the course scheduling these, I actually set it up. So I was recording the conference, called the video conference call. But as you can see here soon gives you a pause on a stop bottom to stop recording if you didn't want to record it. Obviously, I definitely don't generally recommend that you record the meetings. Were you meeting with people? If you are going to record a meeting, obviously make sure you let the participants know that you're recording them. So they're okay with that. And they're comfortable. Just keep you be respectful with people and let them know if you're recording. Okay, Um, do you see anything in your assumed that are telling you that I'm recording decision? Yeah, perfect. Leaning. Any recording? Perfect. All right. So that's also just something for you to keep in mind. If you haven't told your attendees or your invite, invite people even invited to the conference call that you're recording them. They'll actually know that you're recording them because, um will tell them that you're recording them. So whenever you're gonna record a meeting like I said, I normally don't record meetings when I'm meeting with people. In this case is just because I wanted to show you the functionality in this part of the course because I wanted to do our due also to see how it works. But you don't normally record meanings. I like I generally don't do that with business meetings, but like I said before, if you are going to do that, just be kind and let people know that you're recording them. And like I said, if you forget well, they'll know because you'll have a button indicating that you recording them, right? So what's asking Edouard or not that long ago, if he had actually experienced the functionality of change of background? So what you're seeing in Eduardo's background is you know, he's apartment where he lives and what you're seeing in my background here is the same where you know where I live. So it's a real background, but we can actually change that consume. So assume allows you to actually change the background. And I'll show you that in the second on a larger will see a scene in real real life. Okay, so if you go to this video button here where it says top video, if I click on that, I'm just going to show you for a second. I can I can stop the video sharing at any point in time when I'm meeting with people in Zoom. All right, so I'm just gonna stop that for a second, All right, so Eduardo now can no longer see me, and that's something you might want to do. Like I said before, when you're running meetings, online meetings with people, not always. You want to be watching what other people are doing. Sometimes you can be a bit distracting. Something's people like it. You know some things. People want to see each other, and it's great, and that's fine. But it's up really up to you. You don't have to record video while you're doing your conference call or put yourself on video if you don't want to. All right. But if you do want to, I'm gonna turn on video again. Just click on start video. You can actually also change the background. So let's say you were in a messy room and you didn't want people to see the messy room behind you or in your in your living room. On you didn't want people to see the living room behind you, so you see this little arrow next to the stop video button on the bottom left hand side corner. If you click on that, there's here. A new option at the bottom that says, choose virtual background. So if you click on that, choose virtual background, you don't give you the option to change the background. Okay? And I'm just gonna add here. You see these ads, image or video button? So I'm just gonna click on that at image on. I'm going to select something from my computer. I'm just going like this mountain open. Okay, How about a nice Beautifully. So I'm just gonna leave that background there, and I'm just gonna close this now. All right? Are you seeing the background Adorno? Yeah. What do you think? Do you like it? Green? I e No, you pretty cool, huh? Pretty cool. Yeah. Yeah. So I love this functionality because, as you can see, I can you know, it can look like I'm actually sitting here in the mountains and it can look like like I said, it kind of hides completely what I have in my background. So I could actually be in a message place and people wouldn't even know. Right? So this is one of the really cool functionalities that soon has. And people love this, by the way, because it can be fun, you know, it can be fun. So I'm gonna change it now you can change it. Of course, you don't have to stick with the same image. So I'm gonna change it again just to show you again. The process. You click on this leader arrow and then at the bottom, you see, choose virtual background, and you can pick Choose your told background on you can choose from the images that you previously uploaded. But you can also add another image. Or you could even have a video in the background, as you can see here. But I'm just gonna keep it simple. I'm just gonna add another image. And I have these Harley. Let's just what is there? See how it looks? All right. All right. Okay, guys. So yes, so just different options. Different things you can do with this is it's fun to play with that. And again, you can in turn that off. If you wanted to turn that off at any point in time. So if you go to choose your 12 background, if I choose none again, I'm just going to see again the rial actual background in my room, in the room and using to record, but I actually kind of liked that mountain background, so I'm just gonna keep that one while I'm meeting with Eduardo. I'm just gonna close this now on. This is just one of those really basic but really cool functionalities off zoom. Okay, so I'm just gonna close this, all right? One of the other things they can do while you're having assume meetings is used. That chat functionality. Right. So they're hearing the meat in the middle of the body in the button at the middle. There's a chat button. Okay, so if you click on that button and I'm just going to click on that, it opens a chat functionality and I can just and message here, Lord of Like, High and then in order will get a notification on. He can reply to that. You want to write something? Their door. The police. Hi. Perfect. All right, So you're seeing here and water responding to me in real time, and we're just having a chat conversation, and you might be wondering why you would use that. Like, why would you actually need at chat while you're actually talking to people? Well, I can give you a couple of real world examples and scenarios where you might want to use that. For example, while I I'm talking to Eduardo, I might actually want to share a link with him, right So I can paste it there. So that's one of the options I have. If I wanted to, like, for example, let me just do it right now. I can go to my browser on. Let's just go to free lancer dot com is just a website. And this is just something that I was talking to Eduardo earlier in the day. All right, so I'm just gonna copy the link, you know, copy the link. I'm going. I'm just gonna go back to the chat, and I'm just gonna pay. Sit there. All right? Okay. So, control V, if you're using a, you know, a windows device, or you can just right click and then just based and then just hit enter. All right. So Eduardo can now see the link that I just sent him. All right? Yeah. Eso That's something that you might find useful when you're doing business meetings. You might be talking about business decisions, or you might be talking about different things and you might want to share articles or you might want to share a link with people. That's something that's that's really useful for this functionality. Off chatting is really useful for that now. The other reason why you might want to use the chat functionality and this happens quite often in business meetings is in the scenario where you actually have multiple people connected to assume meeting. You can actually send chat messages to individuals privately. So here, right now, if you see here in the chat functionality, the two button there sent it says everyone right. So it means everyone was connected to the call is gonna get this message. But I could also just say Eduardo and I could just pick his name and then you see that it puts a little thing here, could call privately, right? That would mean that basically, Onley Edouard would get this message and no one else could see this message. And that's helpful because sometimes you might be in business meetings and, you know, there might be business discussions and you might want to ask one of your colleagues something, but you don't want everyone else to see what you're asking them or, you know, being in that conversation. So that's a really good example how you would use the chat functionality. All right, So, as you can see, you can also, you know, at things here. But the technicality is pretty similar to any other check. You know, there's nothing magic about or anything weird, but it's just something else. You can use the zoom. All right, Another thing you can see here in this button menu is there Some manage participants button , which shows me that Eduardo is connected to this. And if I click conduct you just noticed here that it shows me at the top, right hand side corner the options off Mauricio Edouard and I commute, you commute. I could I could meet him where I commute him and stuff like that. All right, so this is just an example of things you can do. We assume I could also invite other people by clicking on this in like, button. And then I could just, you know, email people they invite so they can connect to the call. If we wanted to, Normally wouldn't do this like in right in the middle of a conference school like normally , you'd actually just set up on a regular invite schedule, Assume meeting like we saw before in in our part of the course. And you just sent the calendar in by two people, and then everybody connects at the same time. But every now and then, you might actually be in a situation where you're in the middle of the meeting and you realize that you might meet someone else to connect to the meeting. In that scenario, you can actually just use this invite button here to add more people to the other people, to the conference school. Right on another really good thing here is also and is widely used as well is the share screen functionality. Have you used to square share screen functionality before it or no, no, I have never. Okay, so this is something really cool, because I can show it. Ward. Also, while I'm teaching about things that he's learning as well, cause, like I said, he actually just started to use soon now, So it's really cool, because it's actually a really world example of someone learning about these as we're actually going through the course. Okay, So one thing I wanted to show you is that when people say something like a daughter just said, Yeah, I've never used it before. I can actually express a reaction to that by clicking on this reactions button on the bottom off. Assume on. I can just say Yeah, thumbs up. And what I see is that bagel thumbs up imagining on his screen or equal. And I can I'm also seeing it right here. And I could also say, Let's say Eduardo said something really cool. I could also just clap, right? So just clap, just clap. It is just an expression of emotion. I kind of would like zum to have more of these. Right now, they only have the thumbs up in the clap, But I imagine at some point they'll add their hearts and other stuff. All right, s so I'm just gonna show it water right now, the share screen functionality so that you guys can see how you actually use this. And this is super useful when you're actually having B o conference calls in the business context because you might want to share people a specific website, a specific presentation on article whatever is that you want to discuss with them? As you're going through the conference school, you can actually just click on the share screen button here, and then it will give you different options of what you want to share. So I'm gonna share here my browser on I just select them. That's what will show everything that you have open. I'm gonna select here the browser, and I'm gonna take them here on share. All right. So that water right now should be seen my screen, which is the freelancer dot com website. Are you seeing my screen, Eduardo? Yeah, being it. All right. So this is the website that I was talking to you about earlier, right? Which is, you know, a place where people can actually sign up on enroll and find jobs on. And you can just I want to hire someone I want to work. So if you wanted to become a freelancer or someone that does just for someone else online, you just leak. When I want to work here on, then it will just take it to a sign up page, and then you can just sign up. Let's just give it a second to load. OK, now it's loaded S so you can continue with your Facebook account. Or you can just use your email just set up on you. You know, kinda counties in your real email on your password on you just speak on joining freelancer on that. See, that's all you need to do to join free last year dot com It's a free you know how website Like I was telling you before I do order where you can actually just create a profile. And then you can bid for a job so people will pause, posting this website jobs about different things on. Then you can actually just beat on the different jobs. And people here post things like trying translations, video editing, you know, voiceovers like pretty much anything you can think off. There's millions and millions of people posting jobs here and paying people to do some work . And this is just, you know, an example, things that you can you can actually do. So in order right now is seeing, for example, the website, right, Right now what I have on my screen. So this is very useful. Like I was saying before because you might be in a business meeting on you might be showing people you know something while you're talking to them on you. It might be a website, like I said here in this scenario, but it could also be an image. Or it could also be a design. Like those will be, you know, just a PowerPoint presentation that you might be discussing with. People ask your, you know, going through your video conference school. So this functionality is pretty easy to use. You want to try to the emotion button in order to like funds? All right, club. Ha, beautiful. So see that guy? So it water just basically just clapped using the emotion. The emotion button. Uh, how about turning off your camera? Can you turn it off? Yeah. What? So stop camera? No, You know, video. Perfect. All right, so now we can see that it wanted to stop sharing his video, and now he's turned it back on. Perfect. Beautiful. Easy. Uh, can you just mute yourself? Do you know how to meet yourself? A door at the bottom, right? Collective video. Right, You hear? Yes. All right. So now Eduardo has muted himself As you can see, it appears here with an iconic red. You know, Michael, that has a red Cross. A red line just basically saying that he can like his own mute. Right. So can you amuse yourself, please? You're Yep. I can hear. Perfect. That's it. So it's very easy, guys. Right? Very easy. Like if I was going to amuse myself, I would just click on this button mute. And now, even though I'm talking like Edouard can't actually hear me. But I am going to amuse myself again. Okay, that's it. It's very, very easy. Right? And as you can see here, thes assume also gives you I'm gonna stop the share here, Stop sharing. So if you're if you started to share something, obviously you can change that. So let's I want to To share something else. You just click on the new share, and it will give you the options of what you want to share again. But I could also just close this and just stop sharing. So I'm just gonna stop sharing for now. Okay? So it just brings us back to this video of you. So, Eduardo, now he's not seen my screen. He's not seen what I have in my computer cause I've stopped the sharing. Yeah, so I think that's pretty much it. Guys like these are the key things that you guys need to know when you're doing a running video conference calls in. Assume if you click on the arrow just next to the mute button just to show you here, it allows you to select a microphone like for example, I guess that's in Are you where you would use this is if you, for example, have connected? Hit? I had said I had some heads for headphones. With Bluetooth, you would see the option to connect your to your headphones here, and you could just switch the Microsoft to the headphones and the speaker to the headphones as well, from this option right here. But because Eduardo and I, neither of us, are using headphones right now, we're just using the, you know, the microphone and the speakers from the computer. That's why leaving it like that is fine. But I'm just showing you these because some of you guys might actually be wearing headphones on, and you might actually want to change this to your you know the mike and the audio to your headphones, and this is where you would do it. It's very easy. And with these other our like we saw before his where we did change the virtual background . Eso this is that you must that you're seeing here. We can stop there according from here, like we saw before. The chat functionality is here. The emotions here. And the other thing is, when you're ending a meeting, you can just click. There's a little red button. There's a little thing at the top, I guess Button right hand side cornices and meeting. You just click on that and then that'll that will basically end the meeting. Okay on. I definitely recommend that you're careful with that. Like in the sense that you know, sometimes people like they might keep talking with our people are stealing the Colombian. Forget that there are other people listening. You would. It would be very evident for you that other people are listening because you can actually see them and you can see their names here. But this is a safety thing. I always recommend to people once you finish your your call, if you have multiple people in that conference, coal. And you want to just have a newcomer staying on the call with a few of them. Generally what I would recommend it just stopped that meeting I started. You want just to be safe? The another person is listening in, even though you would see it. But just in case you forgot that, that's what you would do. But obviously, you don't have to do that. You could actually stay and just, you know, people could just disconnect. So, um, I think that's pretty much it for now. The ideal. Thank you so much for your help with this video. All right, so I'm gonna end these meeting now, and we'll talk again soon. See you by you by. All right. So then you click here on and meeting for all or live meeting if you're just leaving yourself and I'm gonna end for also had largely is also disconnected. But again, you could have just leave yourself and leave anyone everyone else in the meeting connected . But I'm just gonna take on end meeting for all so that he actually closes the zoom meeting and money for all. See, adored by by. That's it, guys. And then now, because I'm still converting them, I actually was recording these meeting. It's actually just converting the meeting recording on. I'm just gonna you know, I'm just I'm not just gonna wait to show you this part here, but, you know, it's just it's just that's it will take a little bit to convert that. But basically, after that finishes, you'll be able to save that video recording directly on your computer off that off that soon meaning on again? This is just in the example here where I've actually recorded these soon meaning, like soon by the fault. Dustin record. Your assume meetings is just something that you take when you're actually scheduling. You're soon meeting from assume account like we saw before on because I said that and I take that box to report assume meaning when I was scheduling that that cold. That's why you can see it. But most of the times, like 99% of the times, actually never report meetings with meeting with people. That was just to show you an example, all right. And I'm not gonna wait until these conversion finishes, But like I said, before you just It'll just finish and then you'll get an option to say that recording on your computer. Alright, guys. So I hope you find is really helpful. And I hope you enjoy these video on these lecture where we're actually went through a really world example of a riel video conference call with Eduardo. Um, like I said, he's my brother. He was very kind to volunteer and to help me out with his video. And that's it, guys. That's all you need to know about hosting, attending meetings in assume it is really that easy. There is no rocket science to it. You just get a link, you click on the link, you connect to the video conference goal and you just have the video conference call like you. So me and Eduardo a moment ago, Right, Guys else, you in the next one. Cheers by
52. Agile Roles: Hey, guys. So in this part of the course, we're gonna talk about agile rolls on. I know there's something of particular interest toe everyone taking the scores because a lot of your here to see other opportunities and how you can grow your career in this space , whether it is that you are actually enhancing what you're currently doing by having an agile certification in your resume or whether it is to pursue other specific, agile opportunities that can arise when you've actually gone through adult training and certification, such as the one you're going through these scores Now there's a couple of examples that I wanted to call out, like the ones you're seeing on screen off the many. And I I repeat the vast and many agile rules that you're gonna find out there on the market . And I called out a couple of real world examples of what you will see if you're going through job advertisements or any recruitment process around agile. Now I don't want to convey that these are the Onley agile rules you can apply for. There are a ton more, but these are probably some of the most commonly used when you're actually looking for a job role now, pretty much anything that you can think off that you would normally do in a business now has also a Nadal connotation added to it. Like pretty much all the companies in the world actually want regular rolls to go through agile training. Now that just goes without saying that that puts a lot of additional job opportunities out there for people just because they added rules such as agile project manager or agile business analysts or agile architect. Now, this is not saying, and I want you to understand these that there is a new, completely new role for someone that Phoenix is before such a fragile project manager or something like that. What this basically means is that a project manager are regular. Project manager has gone through agile training and certifications such as the one you're going through in this course right now, and they have mastered the agile concepts I just bring. Cipel's Andi have experience with applying agile in practice. That's basically what that means. That's basically what companies, when they post a job and an agile to the job title, that's basically what they're looking for it doesn't mean, really that you necessarily had to go through agile architect training or something like that. It doesn't necessarily mean that obviously, there are some training and some certification specifically designed for specific roles. And if you have them, that wouldn't hurt it. Off course will be seen as a good thing, but there it doesn't mean that you actually have to go to those specific, agile training certifications to actually be able to apply for the role. If you are for example, let's say a business analyst and you've gone through agile training and ankle certification , then you would be okay with applying for on a roll that, you know, it has been advertised as agile business analysts. That's okay. And look what I'm showing you here on screen, like I said, are just a couple of examples. But the least goes on right, like the list goes on. And if you look at you know, job advertisements in the market, you're gonna find a ton more. Now what I'm putting year is a little bit different to the, you know, just conventional, agile roles that you would see when we're talking about agile in theory, right like roles such as part owner, scrum master, agile delivery team, stuff like that, right? Like what I wanted to show you. Here in this part of the course are agile roles in practice. What, you're actually seeing the market if you're going to apply for job opportunities. And like I said before, these are just a few examples. But in the next part of the course, we're gonna go through riel, World Java, the advertisements so you can see what's actually out during the market on how much people make. Now, that's really super interesting and super valuable to you because he will allow you to go in prepared for your interviews on also to decide whether you want to pursue these opportunities, such as the ones I'm showing you right now. And when we go and see job opportunities and salaries, whether it's something that you want to specialize home and get, you know mawr into, and I know that this is and I find this really exciting because I've said this many times before, I'm gonna say it again. There are a ton off job opportunities for people who have agile training and Andrew certifications or agile knowledge or have experience with agile and have applied it in practice. The more you learn about agile, the better prepared you will be not just for what it's happening right now, but also for what will happen in the future because everyone is talking about agile. Right now, there is a huge demanding marking the market, and I don't anticipate this is going to slow down. It will actually continue to increase because with modern times on, with everything being hyper connected and you know the technology that we have nowadays, people expect things to be done quite fast. People expect that there is close interaction with customers and users that you're able to produce something very quickly and you can iterated and improve it as you go along. And that is exactly what Agile is all about. So I'm pleased. I guess I'm excited to share these part with you and this subsequent part we're going to see in the course where you're gonna see salaries, job opportunities and jump adds that you can apply for after you've gone through the scores . After you actually prepare yourself by taking these annual training on Idol certification and scram as Well, as you know, is one of the most widely and popular used adamant methodologies on I would actually say it . He is the most popular and widely used off all the different data methodologies because, remember and keep in mind, there is There isn't just one single agile methodology, but regardless of which agile methodology you're talking about, whether it has the m extreme programming safe or whether you're talking about scrum, they all share some common attributes things in common principles and practice, which we've already covered in this course. So don't worry about that. And again, if you want to get more into scrum specifically, which is the most popular of all, the adamant pathologist will you can, of course, find more about that in other courses that are specific to scrap. All right, so I'll see you on the next one. And I hope you found this really interesting and valuable as you pursue roles in the job market. Once you have completed these course And what once you actually started applying agile in practice and gained experience with agile All right, guys. I'll see in the next one. Cheers. Bye.
53. Before you start with Agile & How to get started with Agile: before you start doing agile, I recommend you start with Spring Zero or planning. This is really, really important, and a lot of teams skip it and then have issues with their delivery, or they take longer than they had expected. So follow the six steps on this list and you will be set to start doing agile. Start by defining who will be part of your team on which role each person will play. So basically, who will be the scrum master, who will be the product owner and so on right after that, discussed with the team the best days for the agile rituals such as retrospectives, spring planning and so on for daily stand ups? Well by default, it's meant to be daily. So it's just a matter of a ring where you will meet a lot of teams. Just meet at someone's desk on how the 50 minutes stand up right there. Informally, it's probably the best approach. Keep it simple and keep it lean. If you don't need 15 minutes, that's fine. Do it in five or 10. Even better, the third step in the spread process is getting your tools ready and set up so you're can been bored. Sticky notes, markers or digital boards, etcetera. Now let's move to the fourth step. Make sure you've covered your bases by doing your due diligence with things like the business gays, budget requirements, etcetera. And finally, the last two steps determine any constraints of the project so that you can manage them or mitigate them on. Define which days you will make your releases to production test etcetera. Now you're ready to start doing agile. But how do I start? You ask simple, create your user stories, assigned them story, points the fire priorities and moved into the top of your back. Look and start your first sprint, then continue to reiterate on a justice you go based on what is working well, what isn't on where you could improve, which in agile we call retrospectives. That's it. Easy, simple
54. Final Agile Recap and Final Words About Agile: so you're about to become agile, certified. When you finish this course. Great. Congratulations. So let's do a quick and agile recap before we finish. See the picture on your screen that's agile. That's only it's about. It's about having your user stories in a backlog, prioritizing them, then choosing which ones you will work on over your next sprint. Then starting or sprint on doing daily stand ups, then delivering a product increment every two weeks, so delivering value, delivering quickly on delivering often. And it's a repetitive and the charity process. And, of course, you're always adjusting and improving based on where you discuss your retrospectives. That's it that's agile in a natural. Before we finish the cores, I wanted to share some final thoughts. First of all, congratulations on taking the step to learn about agile. It will make a big difference in your projects, trust me. But even beyond that, I'm sure you have enjoyed how easy and simple agile is how anyone can do it on how it can be applied to any industry products or project. Now, I wouldn't be surprised if you still felt a little bit hesitant or unsure about how to start with Agile. A lot of people have some fear about getting started. They don't want to make any mistakes, and that's okay. Don't worry. It's OK to make mistakes. The main thing is you learn on a just reiterate on, Deliver the agile way, so get started with agile and let me know if you have any questions. I'm happy to help where I can, and I will continue to at the discourse over time to enhance your learning experience. All the best. Sometimes a certain smell will take me back to when I was young. How come I'm never able to identify where it's coming from? I'd make a candle out of it if I ever found it. Try to sell it never so out of it. I probably only one. It's in my brother because we have the same note. Same clothes, home grown, a stone's throw from frequent. But it would remind us up with nothing really added out of student loans and treehouse homes, we always take